Page 1

6 Edition

SUPPLY CATALOGUE


TABLE OF CONTENTS 1

INTRODUCTION

2–13

2

SPECIALTY FABRICS

14–41

3

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES

42–193

Foam

44

Webbing & Hook & Loop

46

Fasteners

62

Hardware

74

Tools

122

Sewing & Threads

142

Binding & Cordage

152

Tapes

166

Trimmings

172

Aerosols, Protectants, & Adhesives

176

4

UPHOLSTERY FABRICS

194–219

5

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES

220–335

Foam & Padding

222

Decking & Lining

238

Tools

242

Hardware

262

Sewing & Threads

292

Binding, Cordage, Hook & Loop & Webbing

302

Trimmings

308

Adhesives, Aerosols & Cleaners

314

Fabric Care & Cleaning Instructions

332

6

DRAPERY FABRICS

336–341

7

DRAPERY WORKROOM SUPPLIES

342–374

8

Tapes

344

Workroom Supplies

347

Hook & Loop

348

Grommets

353

Tools

356

Threads

364

Zippers

370

Padding

372

INDEX

375–384

A NOTE ON

NEW PRODUCTS

N

The “new” symbol, along with highlighted part numbers, will be used throughout the catalogue to indicate new products.


INTRO

SHOWROOM & DISTRIBUTION CENTERS CANADA

USA

HEAD OFFICE 12122–68 Street Edmonton, AB T5B 1R1

INDIANAPOLIS 853 S. Columbia Road Suite 125 Plainfield, IN 46168

VANCOUVER 13911 Bridgeport Road Richmond, BC V6V 1J6 TORONTO 6300 Kenway Drive Mississauga, ON L5T 2N3

TOLL FREE

ENGLISH 800-663-6647 FRENCH 888-663-6647 FAX 888-274-2910

2/

INTRODUCTION

TOLL FREE

PHONE 877-953-6647 FAX 888-274-2910

WEB

orders@jennisfabrics.com jennisfabrics.com @J_Ennis_Fabrics www.facebook.com/jennisfabrics www.pinterest.com/JEnnisFabrics


ABOUT J. ENNIS FABRICS A market leader for over 40 years. Prior to establishing J. Ennis Fabrics, James C. Ennis spent 22 years with LaFrance textiles. In 1958, he was transferred to Edmonton as their Western Canadian Regional Manager. During that time he learned all about textiles and the needs of his customers. On June 1, 1972, James and Lois Ennis opened their original warehouse, a 2,500ft2 bay, in Edmonton to distribute fabrics and supplies throughout Northern Alberta. Since that time, thanks to the continued support of our valued customers, J. Ennis Fabrics has experienced steady growth. Today, over 9,000 products are distributed throughout North America from four extensive, full service distribution centers in Toronto, Edmonton, Vancouver and Indianapolis. Additionally, we have a wholly owned 40,000ft2 quality control and consolidation warehouse in China capable of domestic Asian trading. Each day, we strive to surpass the expectations of our customers and employees. We achieve this by being passionate about ways to contribute to our customers’ success—being their partner, understanding their needs, being exceptionally reliable, and delivering the right products when needed.

Soft and stylish upholstery fabric, Loft. See p.202 for more colors.

INTRODUCTION

/3


INTRO

QUALITY CONTROL: Standards & Guidelines J. Ennis Fabrics maintains the highest standards possible in the textiles and supplies we present to our customers. Our inventory is managed with a piece based system allowing for the highest quality control. We sell both cuts and rolls and have the ability to match dye lots. The following are the standards we use for shipping to our customers. These standards are based on those set by the American Home Funishings Alliance (AHFA), the residential furniture industry’s recognized leader in the development of product and technical standards; the Asssociation for Contract Textiles (ACT); and the Chemical Fabrics and Film Association’s (CFFA’s) paper on Standard Test Methods for Chemical Coated Fabrics and Films. These are sources subscribed to by most North American manufacturers. These resources specify test methods, practices and minimum voluntary acceptance guidelines for various types of upholstery fabrics and standards for vinyls and coated fabrics. In no case would we supply items as first quality that could not meet these guidelines. Clearouts or seconds are of a lower standard and are priced accordingly. ALLOWANCES

MARKING OF FLAWS

The following allowances will be made for fabric flaws:

FLAW SIZE

ALLOWANCE

Less than 1⁄₈ yd

1⁄₈ yd

More than 1⁄₈ yd

Length of flaw

Two flaws (measured as 1 long flaw)

Length of flaw

Factory flaws are marked with either a red or yellow plastic “swiftach” type of marker or a length of colored thread or string in the selvage of material. When marked with a red tag, the flaw is considered a “spot” or filling (weft) direction flaw. It usually will be less than 1⁄₈ yard and is marked with a red tag for identification and numbering of flaws per roll. When a yellow flag is used, this represents a warp direction flaw, and there is a flag to mark both the start and end of the flaw. In most cases a flaw of this type would not be included in your shipment, but in case of a full roll order, the exact yardage between flags is deducted from the gross yardage on the roll, and no more than two pieces per roll.

FLAW DENSITY

This refers to the acceptable number of flaws in a given cut. A maximum of one flaw per 5 yards is allowed. If the cut is equal to or less than 5 yards, then the cut must be free from flaws.

MAXIMUM FLAWS FOR FIRSTS:

4/

INTRODUCTION

Pile Fabrics

1 flaw per 7 yards up to a maximum of 7 flaws per 50 yard roll

Woven Fabrics

1 flaw per 9 yards up to a maximum of 5 flaws per 50 yard roll

Vinyls and Industrial Fabrics

2 flaws per 39 yards, 3 flaws per 49 yards, 4 flaws per 59 yards


BREAKS IN ROLLS

A break in a roll is considered to be a flaw and the allowance given is usually ¹⁄₈ yard. All orders 10 yards or less must be filled with a single piece of fabric. If this is not possible then the customer must approve shipment ahead of time. If the length of the cut is greater than 10 yards, a break is acceptable provided there is a suitable allowance. No single piece will be less than 2 flaw free yards. If more than 2 pieces are required to fill an order, the customer must approve this prior to shipping, regardless of length.

SHADE & DYE LOT CROCKING

ROLL ORDER SIZE CLEAROUTS

For decorative and woven fabrics, a match is 3/4 to 5.0 on the Greyscale ASTM D2616-12. This is true also for industrial and recreational fabrics. Crocking is the transfer of color from a fabric to fabric through the process of rubbing. On some fabrics, free dye or fibers may remain on the surface possibly causing crocking to occur. For suedes, dry crocking is 3/4 to 5, wet crocking is 3 to 5. Both are measured against the AATCC 8 Color Transference Scale. This rating is most prevalent for very dark or rich colors (i.e. black, navy, red). Roll lengths vary. Please confirm when placing orders for full rolls. Clearouts or seconds may contain flaws and have been priced accordingly.

INTRODUCTION

/5


INTRO

TERMS & CONDITIONS* TERMS OVERDUE ACCOUNTS ORDERING

BACK ORDERS HOLD STOCK POLICY

Payment terms are net 30 days from the date of the invoice. Shipments in Canada are F.O.B. Edmonton, Toronto, or Vancouver. Shipments in the U.S. are F.O.B. Indianapolis. A 1.5% service charge per month (18% per annum) will be charged on overdue accounts. When placing an order, please provide the following information: pattern name, color number and shipping instructions. If exact color match is required, please request a cutting of present stock or send a cutting to be matched. If matching a previous order, please quote the order number. If it is unavailable, send a cutting of the fabric for matching. Please note that dye lots may vary. Back ordered items will be shipped as soon as available unless advised otherwise by customer. Reservations placed on fabric orders will be honored for 48 hours with the following exceptions:

AN ORDER IS ELIGIBLE FOR A 5-DAY HOLD IF: •  Fabric ordered requires dye lot matching •  When customer makes a sale to their client but must wait to verify the exact yardage for a more accurate order •  When waiting for freight quotes

•  When customers do not have space to take all inventory at once •  Customer is quoting a project but must verify exact details from the customer (e.g. yards, color and pricing)

AN ORDER IS ELIGIBLE FOR A 10-DAY HOLD IF: •  Customer has requested to see fabric cuts before approval of an order

RETURNS

•  When “Ship Complete” is requested but part of the order is on backorder

Arrangements must be made prior to return shipments. Please see the Returned Goods and Claims Policies. Please read our Quality Control Standards and Guidelines carefully. Fabric may not be returned for credit once it has been cut or marked. Inspect yardage for flaws, length, quality and that it is the correct pattern and color before cutting. To ensure prompt credits on approved returns, please provide the following: invoice or packing slip number, pattern name, color number, yardage shipped and the reason for return. Refused shipments or cancellations after orders have been cut are subject to a 15% restocking charge. Cuts under 5 yards are not returnable.

LOST GOODS

Customers must advise J. Ennis Fabrics within 90 days of a shipping date that goods are lost in shipping and that a claim is required. We cannot honor any freight claims past this point.

SHOWROOM SAMPLES

A deposit of twenty dollars ($20.00) per sample and a deposit of one hundred dollars ($100.00) per complete sample book will be collected at the time a customer completes a “Sample Loan Out Sheet.” Unless otherwise stated, all samples are expected to be returned to our showroom within 2 weeks, at which time your deposit will be returned to you. If samples are not returned within 4 weeks the deposit will be forfeited.

J. ENNIS FABRICS 2-YEAR FABRIC WARRANTY J. Ennis Fabrics fabrics will be repaired or replaced if they fail to give normal wear for two years from the date of delivery. This warranty expressly does not cover: •  Cuts

•  Burns

•  Damage caused by improper applications

•  Stains

•  Pet damage

•  Damage caused by improper installations

•  Pilling

•  Soiling

•  Damage caused by unreasonable use

•  Fading caused by sunlight (unless product is specified UV resistant) Claims will not be honored when covers have been removed for cleaning. This warranty does not apply to fabrics treated with fluorocarbon finishes. If the identical fabric is not available, J. Ennis Fabrics will provide an equivalent fabric.

6/

INTRODUCTION


3rd PARTY PROCESSING

J. Ennis Fabrics may send goods to the laminator, quiltor, slitter or anywhere else the customer asks us to ship the goods for further processing. However, J. Ennis Fabrics is not responsible for goods that we did not directly make arrangements for.

* This information is offered for general guidance only. It is accurate to the best of our knowledge and it is not intended to relieve the user from their responsibility to investigate and understand other pertinent sources of information and to comply with all laws and procedures applicable to the safe handling and use of these materials.

INTRODUCTION

/7


INTRO

COLOR MATCHING CHANGE: Evaluating Color Difference or Change in Fabrics The Greyscale for Evaluating Color Difference or Change in Fabrics is used as the industry standard of judgment. It is published by the American Association of Textile Chemists and Colorist (ASTM 2616-12, AATCC 8, AATCC 16), and is used by all testing laboratories and most major mills. The Greyscale measures color change on a scale of 1 to 5. There are a total of 9 potential values that can be assigned to a fabric sample being tested for color change (1, 1/2, 2, 2/3, 3, 3/4, 4, 4/5, 5). The number 1 represents the greatest difference and the number 5 indicates that there has been no color change. Using the Greyscale measurement, J. Ennis Fabrics has established a standard of acceptance as a 3/4 or greater rating on the Greyscale for decorative fabrics, a 3/4 or greater rating for apparel, recreational and industrial fabrics. Dye lots below 3 would be rejected for all industries. HOW THE GREYSCALE TEST WORKS The fabric to be tested is placed against the accepted original fabric color standard. A special grey paper, supplied by the AATCC, is placed equally over the two fabrics. This allows a neutral viewing background so that a fair visual judgment can be made of the grade value to be assigned. Viewing is performed in a certified lightbox under D65 lighting. HOW THE GREYSCALE TEST IS IMPLEMENTED BY J. ENNIS FABRICS J. Ennis Fabrics has always had a high standard of quality assurance for the products we distribute. We work closely with our suppliers from the conception of a product, through it’s development and continually throughout it’s life cycle at the company. Every dye lot of goods is compared to a color standard for acceptance or rejection based on the “greyscale.” If the goods are graded below 3/4 on the greyscale, the dye lot is rejected and the process has to start again. Unfortunately, the rejection of a dye lot can delay delivery of goods anywhere from 2–6 weeks. However, this process assures us that we are providing our customers with quality goods each and every time.

8/

INTRODUCTION


INDUSTRY STANDARDS: Seam Allowance & Stitch Density STANDARD PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS FOR UPHOLSTERY FABRICS—PLAIN, TUFTED OR FLOCKED ASTM D3597-02-D434 is a test method published by the American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM). It indicates the standard performance specification of woven upholstery fabrics. There are specifications within this test method that indicate the industry standard for the sewing of woven upholstery fabrics. It requires the sewing of a seam using a minimum of seven and a maximum of eight stitches per inch using a seam allowance not less than ½”. One can expect seam slippage issues when an upholstery fabric is sewn with a stitch density of less than 7 stitches per inch and seam allowances of less than ½”, so please ensure you always follow the industry standard to avoid problems with seam slippage. SPECIFICATION GUIDELINES FOR CONTRACT UPHOLSTERY AND DRAPERY TEXTILES Here are some of the performance guidelines for contract textiles (commercial applications), as per the not-for-profit trade association, the Association for Contract Textiles (ACT). These guidelines are meant to help assist you when selecting an upholstery fabric for a commercial project, although product requirements will vary for each commercial project. FLAMMABILITY CROCKING COLORFASTNESS TO LIGHT PILLING BREAKING STRENGTH SEAM SLIPPAGE

California Technical Bulletin 117-2013 (Pass) AATCC 8 (Upholstery) and 116 (Drapery) Dry Crocking: Grade 4 minimum Wet Crocking: Grade 3 minimum AATCC 16 E or H—Grade 4 minimum at 40 hours ASTM D3511-03—Class 3 minimum ASTM D5034-95 (2001) (Grab Test)—50lb minimum in warp and weft ASTM D3597-02-D434-95—25lb minimum in warp and weft

ABRASION FOR WOVEN UPHOLSTERY FABRICS

High Traffic/Public Spaces:

Low Traffic/Private Spaces:

•  ASTM D4157 (Wyzenbeek)—50,000 double rubs

•  ASTM D4157 (Wyzenbeek)—15,000 double rubs

ABRASION FOR COATED UPHOLSTERY FABRICS

Heavy duty end use applications include the following: hotel rooms/suites, conference rooms and dining area usage. ASTM D4157-02 (Wyzenbeek)—30,000 Double rubs For facilities that are in use for 24 hours per day, the abrasion resistance requirement for upholstered furniture may be higher than the requirement for heavy duty contract upholstery.

INTRODUCTION

/9


INTRO

ROLL TAG FLAW INFORMATION Each cut of fabric is accompanied by a tag describing the item ordered and the yardage shipped. These tags also contain information regarding flaws, the date and time of the order, the packing slip number, etc. Please read these tags thoroughly. Whenever the Quantity Ordered and the Quantity Shipped differ, there will be a mark denoting whether the cause was a flaw, an allowance or a given fabric situation. Given indicates that there was a small amount of yardage left on the roll and was forwarded to the customer at no charge. Flawed indicates that there were imperfections within the yardage (as outlined in Quality Control Standards), therefore extra fabric has been allowed for them. Break Piece Allowance indicates that you have been allowed extra fabric due to a break piece order. This is when an order for fabric is fulfilled by cutting pieces off two rolls instead of one. The extra allowance is done to compensate for the pattern break resulting from the fabric not being cut from the same roll. This order method is only done pending approval from the customer. Description and Tag for / Comments will also help to identify the goods. Be sure to check these before cutting the material.

10 /

INTRODUCTION


RETURNED GOODS This section covers the J. Ennis Fabrics policies concerning returns and claims for fabrics and supplies. When a mistake has been made by J. Ennis Fabrics the goods may be returned at no charge to the customer. In this case, a returned goods authorization is required and may be obtained by the customer through our Customer Service Center. Fabric may not be returned once it has been cut by the customer. In the course of discussing the nature of the complaint, it is often to the advantage of all concerned if an agreement can be reached for the customer to retain the goods at a discounted price to save on administrative return costs and freight. Please call for an authorization before returning goods. Due to freight costs, we cannot accept returns on cuts of fabric less than 5 linear yards, unless the problem was caused by J. Ennis Fabrics, such as the shipment of incorrect goods. Any goods not accompanied by a returned goods authorization number will automatically be assessed freight charges and restocking fees. The restocking fee is 15% on products returned for reasons other than an error by J. Ennis Fabrics. This covers the administrative costs of receiving and processing the transaction, as well as the inspection of the fabric prior to going into stock. These procedures plus the accounting and other administrative functions are expensive in that they are quite time consuming. These charges will be deducted from the credit that the return will generate. Returns will not be accepted on goods older than 90 days from the date of purchase. Adhesives are not accepted after 30 days due to shelf life. Supply items sold in pre-packaged lots will not be accepted in less than the complete lot. The cutting of a fabric indicates acceptance. Fabric may not be returned for credit once it has been cut or marked. J. Ennis Fabrics is a customer service oriented company. Every effort is made to correct any mistake we have made. Wherever possible, we will work with our customers to minimize the negative effects of a mistake.

INTRODUCTION

/ 11


INTRO

WARRANTY CLAIMS Warranty periods vary by manufacturer and product. If you have a question or concern regarding the warranty on a purchase or an existing product in use, please contact your sales representative or our Customer Service Center. All warranty claims are handled on an individual basis. To initiate a claim, contact your sales representative to get a claims form filled out and submitted. Due to the wide range of manufacturers and suppliers there is no standard for claims.

WARRANTY LIMITATIONS WHAT CONSTITUTES AN AFTER-TREATMENT? AND WHY DOES J. ENNIS FABRICS REFUSE TO WARRANT AGAINST A FABRIC THAT HAS GONE THROUGH AFTER-TREATMENT? After treatments, or “fabric protection plans” are sold at most retail stores in North America. The chemicals are, in most instances, applied on location by hand. If not done properly, there could be over-saturation (causing fiber breakdown or discoloration), or key spots missed (i.e. coating the cushion top but not on the side borders), which could result in seam fatigue. Chemicals applied to upholstery fabric have a tendency to breakdown the fibers (primarily) filament yarns. Synthetic filament yarns make the fabric beautiful with a variety of twists, textures and wraps. After-treatment chemicals, such as Guardsman or Scotchgaurd, have a propensity to breakdown these fibers over time. In addition, the chemicals can erode the applied fabric backing, be it latex or acrylic. After-treatment chemicals have improved over the years becoming less toxic and less harmful to the environment. As a result, they have extended the life of the fibers over the previous compounds used but there is still degradation. The process is just prolonged. Consequently, it is impossible to determine whether a fabric’s defect or breakdown is the result of manufacturer error or because of an after treatment procedure. Therefore, neither J. Ennis Fabrics nor our fabric manufacturers will warrant against a fabric that has been after-treated. WHAT IS “PILLING” AND WHY IS IT NOT WARRANTED BY J. ENNIS FABRICS? As a result of normal wear and use, upholstered fabrics will begin to form little balls, or “pills,” of excess fabric on the surface. This is called pilling, a common characteristic of many upholstered fabrics. Pilling is not considered a defect by J. Ennis Fabrics because the fabric is not actually deteriorating. Over time, when all excess fibers have been released from the fabric, the pilling will stop. To restore the look of the material, we recommend occasionally “shaving” the product’s surface with a furniture or sweater shaver. 12 /

INTRODUCTION


ENDURATEX Ship2Shore UPHOLSTERY THAT PERFORMS ON LAND OR AT SEA

INTRODUCTION

/ 13


No matter if you’re looking to find fabrics for your awning, upholstery or boat top project, we carry a variety of options for your needs. Vinyl, engineered leather, woven polyester—we have it all.

14 /

INTRODUCTION


SPECIALTY FABRICS

INTRODUCTION

/ 15


SPECIALTY FABRICS

AUTOMOTIVE VINYL 16 /

FABRICS


LOW TEMPERATURE PERFORMANCE VINYLS (ONLY IN BLACK) Specifications for the following products can be found on the page numbers indicated below: TALLADEGA p.18 SEALSKIN p.217 MIDSHIP p.37

* T his information is offered for general guidance only. It is accurate to the best of our knowledge and is not intended to relieve the user from its responsibility to investigate and understand other pertinent sources of information and to comply with all laws and procedures applicable to the safe handling and use of this material. Please note: T he fabric and supply images displayed may not represent the actual product in its entirety.

BACKING CONTENT

COLD CRACK

MILDEW RESISTANT

TEAR STRENGTH

TENSILE STRENGTH

UV/ LIGHTFASTNESS

FIRE RETARDANCY*

WEIGHT

ROLL SIZE

ALLSPORT

100% Nylon

-50°C (-58°F)

-

-

-

≥1000 hours

CAL117—Sec. E; UFAC Class 1; MVSS 302; BIFMA Class 1

36oz./lin. yd 24.01oz/yd2

40yd

ARCTIC -40

65% Polyester; 35% Cotton

-40°C (-40°F)

Yes

191A-5136: Warp=6lb Fill=9lb

ASTM D751: Warp=12lb Fill=8lb

≥500 hours

MVSS 302

28.5oz./lin. yd 19.2oz./yd2

30yd

GAUCHO

100% Polyester

-40°C (-40°F)

-

ASTM D1117: Warp=16lb Fill=14lb

ASTM D751: Warp=80lb Fill=55lb

AATCC16: Class 3

CAL117—Sec. E; UFAC Class 1; MVSS 302; BIFMA Class 1

26.5oz./lin. yd 17.7oz./yd2

50yd

-20°C (-4°F)

-

-

-

-

MVSS 302

29.2oz./lin. yd 19.5oz./yd2

30yd

-20°C (-4°F)

Yes

191A-5136: Warp=6lb Fill=9lb

ASTM D751: Warp=12lb Fill=8lb

≥500 hours

MVSS 302

28.0oz./lin. yd 18.7oz./yd2

30yd

POLARIS

-40°C (-40°F)

Yes

-

-

≥300 hours

-

36.0oz./lin. yd 24.0oz./yd2

50yd

SIERRA

-18°C (-0.4°F)

-

ASTM D573: Warp=22lb Fill=22lb

ASTM D751: Warp=80lb Fill=68lb

≥1000 hours

-

25.0oz./lin. yd 16.7oz./yd2

40yd

-18°C (-0.4°F)

Yes

ASTM D1117: Warp=20lb Fill=18lb

ASTM D751: Warp=98lb Fill=80lb

-

CAL117—Sec. E; UFAC Class 1; MVSS 302; BIFMA Class 1

36.0oz./lin. yd 24.0oz./yd2

40yd

-40°C (-40°F)

Yes

-

-

≥1000 hours

MVSS 302

38.5oz./lin. yd 25.7oz./yd2

30yd

MADRID OXEN

WALLABY

WINTERZONE

65% Polyester; 35% Cotton

100% Polyester

FABRICS

/ 17


SPECIALTY FABRICS

TALLADEGA ACT PERFORMANCE INFO:

1009 Purple

108 Wine

1111 Burgundy

ABRASION: 100,000+ double rubs

14 Red

2 Spruce

2009 Forest

3006 Royal

302 Copen

3333 Indigo

405 Rust

47 Cinnamon

6 Brown

605 Doe

608 Sand

61 White

66 Off White

68 Buttermilk

808 Espresso

81 Camel

84 Sandstone

9003 Grey Mist

9009 Black

905 Grey

908 Charcoal

BACKING CONTENT: 100% Polyester BRE AKING: Procedure A, CFFA 17—2012: Warp=74, Fill=52 COLD CRACK: -30°C (-22°F) CONTENT: 100% Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) ELONGATION: ASTM D751: Warp: 31%, Weft: 144% FIRE RETARDANCY*: CALIF 117—Section E; MVSS302; NFPA260 Class 1; UFAC Class 1 UV RESISTANCE: AATCC16 Class 4 WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 54” (137cm) | 30yd (27.4m)

OTHER AUTO VINYL BRANDS WE CARRY

* T his information is offered for general guidance only. It is accurate to the best of our knowledge and is not intended to relieve the user from its responsibility to investigate and understand other pertinent sources of information and to comply with all laws and procedures applicable to the safe handling and use of this material. Please note: T he fabric and supply images displayed may not represent the actual product in its entirety.

18 /

FABRICS


w a t e r. we live to be on the

Sunbrella® is a registered trademark of Glen Raven, Inc.

Your customers depend on you to keep them on the water. That’s why you can always rely on the world’s most trusted marine fabric. sunbrella.com/wake FABRICS

/ 19


SPECIALTY FABRICS

MARINE PLASTICS 20 /

FABRICS


MARINE PLASTICS J. Ennis Fabrics carries an extensive range of quality marine plastics to suit any budget. Our high quality Pressed Polish Sheets include STRATAGLASS and O’SEA, brands that offer plastics with great optical clarity and durability. These products are formulated for maximum UV stability and feature scratch and chemical resistance.

For marine and automotive windows that require more economical alternatives, we carry SUPER 2 CLEAR, OKAMOTO and our own in-house line of Plastic Rolls, with or without paper. The variety in gauges provide convenient options for light to heavier-duty project needs.

Optically Clear Easy To C l e a n

Scratch Resistant

Sunscreen, Bug S p ray a n d J e t Fu e l Resistant Highly Durable Contact your Sales Representative for more information.

FABRICS

/ 21


SPECIALTY FABRICS

®

DON’T LET POOR QUALITY

SINK YOUR SHIP. O’Sea® clear, smoke and green flexible window glass is optically clear, durable, and made startto-finish in the USA. And did we mention- our O’Sea® press polished sheets are sunscreen, bug spray, and jet fuel resistant? Install worry free windows by switching to O’Sea®.

SUNSCREEN, BUG SPRAY AND JET FUEL RESISTANT

OPTICALLY CLEAR WITH NO DISTORTION

DURABLE AND LONG LASTING

SCRATCH RESISTANT COATING ON BOTH SIDES

LIGHTFAST AND NO COLOR CHANGE

EASY TO CLEAN-JUST A MICROFIBER CLOTH AND WATER

ASK YOUR DISTRIBUTOR ABOUT O’SEA® and REGALITE® TODAY.

22 /

FABRICS


MESH FABRICS

/ 23


SPECIALTY FABRICS

SCREENING HEAVY MESH

SCREENING HEAVY MESH

COLD CRACK: -28°C (-18.4°F) CONTENT: 100% Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC)

White

Orange

Blue

Black

Red

TEAR STRENGTH: ASTM: Warp=67lb, Weft=65lb TENSILE STRENGTH: ASTM: Warp=335lb, Weft=335lb THREAD COUNT: 9x9 threads/inch2 WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 60” (152.4cm) | 100yd (91.44m)

911 MESH 911 Mesh is a PVC extruded mesh with finished selvages. This product is recognized for both construction and quality. Field tested and approved for the highest satisfaction, 911 Mesh is ideal for outdoor usage.

911 MESH

4 Florescent Orange

3 Blue

2 Green

7 Black

6 White

CONSTRUCTION: 100% PVC TEAR STRENGTH: ASTM D5733: Warp=60lb, Fill=60lb TENSILE STRENGTH: ASTM D751: Warp=160lb, Fill=140lb THREAD COUNT: 11x11 threads/inch2 WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 61” (155cm) | 100yd (91.4m)

WE ALSO CARRY SCREENING BRAND Please note: T he fabric and supply images displayed may not represent the actual product in its entirety.

24 /

FABRICS


POLYESTER FABRICS

/ 25


SPECIALTY FABRICS

DEFENDER ABRASION: ISO 12927-2: 20,000 cycles

DEFENDER 108 Maroon

14 Red

2009 F.Green

27 Army Green

3006 Royal

305 Med Blue

308 Navy

46 Bright Orange (60”)

505 Yellow

61 White

708 Woodland (GS)

8003 Tan

9003 Med Grey

9009 Black

CONTENT: 100% Polyester CONSTRUCTION: 600 denier BACKING CONTENT: 100% Polyurethane WATER REPELLANT: AATCC 127 (Suter)—Average 600mm. THREAD COUNT: 44 x 30 threads/inch2 WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 59” (150cm) | 50yd (45.7m)

TONTO ABRASION: 100,000+ double rubs

TONTO 108 Maroon

14 Red

2009 Forest

3006 Royal

308 Navy

505 Yellow

61 White

9009 Black

98 Smoke

CONTENT: 100% Polyester BACKING CONTENT: 100% Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) FIRE RETARDANCY*: CAL117—Section E THREAD COUNT: 34 x 29 threads/inch2 UV RESISTANCE: AATCC 16 Class 3.5 WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 58” (147cm) | 50yd (45.7m)

OTHER BRANDS WE CARRY FOR ACRYLIC-COATED POLYESTER * T his information is offered for general guidance only. It is accurate to the best of our knowledge and is not intended to relieve the user from its responsibility to investigate and understand other pertinent sources of information and to comply with all laws and procedures applicable to the safe handling and use of this material. Please note: T he fabric and supply images displayed may not represent the actual product in its entirety.

26 /

FABRICS


100% Solution-dyed Satura® MAX

Performs Where Acrylic Fails

Outperforms Solution-dyed Polyester

• Minimum 5-year Fade Resistance • No Sagging • Highly Breathable • No Color Bleeding or Rub-Off

• 2X Strength and Durability • 6X Abrasion Resistance • 50% Higher Water Resistance • 25% Cost Savings

• Twice the Fade Resistance • Double the Strength Retention • High Water Resistance PLUS High Breathability

WeatherMAX® is a registered trademark of Safety Components Fabric Technologies, Inc. WeatherMAX FR® for outdoor applications requiring fire resistance - Meets California Title 19, CAN/ULC-S109, CPAI 84. SaturaMAX® is a registered trademark of Unifi, Inc. Canadian patent #2492753 FABRICS

/ 27


SPECIALTY FABRICS

FR AWNING VINYL 28 /

FABRICS


ENNIS 1974 Ennis 1974 is a PVC-coated Polyester with a PVCF/Acrylic finish—a choice material for awnings, tents, canopies, gazebos, inflatable structures and light frame supported structures. The matetrial undergoes a lacquering treatment (Rotofluo W) of surface coatings to protect and insulate the PVC layer. Treated with a thing acrylic/fluorinated PVDF blend on one side and an acrylic lacquer coating on the other, Ennis 1974 provides thermal insulation, sound proofing, superior chemical aging resistance, fire resistance, UV and Gamma radiation stability, and exceptional properties in tension and deflection.

422 Red

509 Terra Cotta

116 Burgundy

418 Dark Brown

415 Cocoa

417 Dark Grey

416 Grey

413 Bright Blue

425 Sapphire

431 Navy

426 Green

432 Forest Green

438 Spruce

427 Black

420 Lemon

419 Tan

410 White

CONTENT: 100% Polyvinyl choloride (PVC) COATING | FINISH: 100% PVC | PVDF/Acrylic COLD CRACK: -30°C (-22°F) FIRE RETARDANCY*: NFPA 701 CAN/ULC S109 Italy: Classe 2 France: M2 Germany: DIN 4102 B1 Scandinavia: SIS 650082 Europa: B s1 d0 UV RESISTANCE: ≥1000 hours WARRANTY: 10-year limited manufacturer’s warranty. 6-year manufacturer’s limited warranty when used in rental tents. WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 74” (188cm) | 50yd (45.7m)

OTHER AWNING VINYL BRANDS WE CARRY * T his information is offered for general guidance only. It is accurate to the best of our knowledge and is not intended to relieve the user from its responsibility to investigate and understand other pertinent sources of information and to comply with all laws and procedures applicable to the safe handling and use of this material. Please note: T he fabric and supply images displayed may not represent the actual product in its entirety.

FABRICS

/ 29


SPECIALTY FABRICS

NYLON 30 /

FABRICS


CORDURA

CORDURA CONTENT: 100% Nylon

1 Red

111 Maroon

2 Forest Green

28 Army Green

3 Royal

305 Medium Blue

32 Teal

333 Navy

4 Orange

44 Sport Gold

46 Blaze Orange Fluor.

5 Gold

6 White

69 Silver

699 Smoke

7 Black

787 Woodland

CONSTRUCTION: 1000 denier BACKING CONTENT: 100% Polyurethane WATER REPELLANT: AATCC 127 (Suter)—Average 350 mm. THREAD COUNT: 34 x 26 threads/inch2 WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 59” (150cm) | 50yd (45.7m)

SPORTLIGHT CONTENT: 100% Nylon

SPORTLIGHT 11 Red

2222 Forest

305 Blue

309 Midnight

33 Royal

55 Yellow

66 White

699 Silver

77 Black

8 Oak

905 Platinum

994 Fluor. Orange

CONSTRUCTION: 420 denier BACKING CONTENT: 100% Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) COLD CRACK: ≥ -20°C (-4°F) THREAD COUNT: 48 x 34 threads/inch2 WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 58” (147cm) | 50yd (45.7m)

9009 Black FR Please note: T he fabric and supply images displayed may not represent the actual product in its entirety.

FABRICS

/ 31


SPECIALTY FABRICS

OXFORD CONTENT: 100% Nylon

1 Red

1006 Redwood

111 Burgundy

18 Flames Red

22 Green

2222 Forest

27 Olive Drab

282 Woodland Camo

3 Royal Blue

3003 Oilers Navy

305 Medium Blue

308 Olympiad Blue

33 Canadiens Blue

333 Navy

4 Orange

505 Gold

55 Sport Yellow

66 White Opaque

7 Black

805 Brown

905 Platinum

9911 Light Grey

FR 9009 Black

CONSTRUCTION: 420 denier BACKING CONTENT: 100% Polyurethane WATER REPELLANT: AATCC 127 (Suter)—Average 800 mm. WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 58” (147cm) | 50yd (45.7m)

Please note: T he fabric and supply images displayed may not represent the actual product in its entirety.

32 /

FABRICS


PVC COVER/ TARP FABRICS

/ 33


SPECIALTY FABRICS

HERCULES: 14oz. Coated PVC

HERCULES 1 Red

205 Green

3 Blue

403 Fluor. Orange

55 Yellow

6 White

68 Beige

7 Black

9 Grey

33 Blue

44 Fluorescent

55 Yellow

66 White

69 Beige

77 Black

CONTENT: 100% Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) CONSTRUCTION: 1000 denier COLD CRACK: ≥-40°C (-40°F) THREAD COUNT: 12 x 12 threads/inch2 UV RESISTANCE: ≥1000 hours WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 61” (156cm) | 30yd (27.4m)

ATLAS: 10oz. Coated PVC

ATLAS

CONTENT: 100% Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) CONSTRUCTION: 500 denier COLD CRACK: ≥-20°C (-4°F) FIRE RETARDANCY*: MVSS302 THREAD COUNT: 18 x 12 threads/inch2 UV RESISTANCE: ≥300 hours WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 60” (152cm) | 50yd (45.7m)

* T his information is offered for general guidance only. It is accurate to the best of our knowledge and is not intended to relieve the user from its responsibility to investigate and understand other pertinent sources of information and to comply with all laws and procedures applicable to the safe handling and use of this material. Please note: T he fabric and supply images displayed may not represent the actual product in its entirety.

34 /

FABRICS

99 Grey


18oz. COATED PVC J. Ennis Fabrics’ 18oz. Coated PVC line is a collection of our top PVC products packaged into one easy-to-find resource. The fabrics featured include Apollo 81”, Mercury and Sampson FR. Each vinyl shares comparable specifications to each other. Provided is a comparison chart to help you choose the best product for your projects.

* T his information is offered for general guidance only. It is accurate to the best of our knowledge and is not intended to relieve the user from its responsibility to investigate and understand other pertinent sources of information and to comply with all laws and procedures applicable to the safe handling and use of this material.

1 Red

111 Burgundy

2009 Forest Green

Apollo 81” Mercury (50yd/100yd) Sampson FR

Mercury (50yd/100yd) Sampson FR

Apollo 81” Mercury (50yd)

55 Yellow

6 White

68 Beige

Apollo 81” Mercury (50yd/100yd) Sampson FR

Apollo 81” Mercury (50yd/100yd) Sampson FR

Apollo 81” Mercury (50yd/100yd) Sampson FR

8006 Brown

9 Grey

7 Black

Mercury (50yd) Sampson FR

Apollo 81” Mercury (50yd/100yd) Sampson FR

Apollo 81” Mercury (50yd/100yd) Sampson FR

205 Medium Green

3 Blue

308 Navy

Mercury (50yd/100yd) Sampson FR

Apollo 81” Mercury (50yd/100yd) Sampson FR

Mercury (50yd)

44 Orange

994 Fluor. Orange

Mercury (50yd) Sampson FR

Apollo 81” Mercury (50yd) Sampson FR

Please note: T he fabric and supply images displayed may not represent the actual product in its entirety.

APOLLO CONTENT

MERCURY (50yd/100yd)

SAMPSON FR

100% Polyvinyl Chloride

COLORS

9

50 yd: 14  100 yd: 7

12

FIRE RETARDANCY*

EN 1176-10: 2008—Playground EN 1021-1: 2006 Cigarette Test EN 1021-2: 2006 Match Test

EN 1176-10: 2008—Playground EN 1021-1: 2006 Cigarette Test EN 1021-2: 2006 Match Test

CPAI-84; NFPA 701; MVSS 302

THREAD COUNT

17 x 18 threads/inch²

YARN SIZE

1000 x 1300 denier

SERIM

Woven

THICKNESS

0.55 mm

COLD CRACK

-40˚C (-40˚F)

MILDEW RESISTANT

Yes

UV / LIGHT FASTNESS

1000 hours

WIDTH

81” (206 cm)

61” (155cm)

61” (155cm)

ROLL SIZE

50yd

50yd or 100yd

50yd

CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS CAUTIONS

Clean with Mild Soap and Water Do not use bleach or vinegar. Will degrade fabric over time, causing discoloration and a shorter lifespan. FABRICS

/ 35


SPECIALTY FABRICS

MARINE VINYL 36 /

FABRICS


MIDSHIP

MIDSHIP Midship was developed to withstand the harsh extremes of hot and cold temperatures. Not only is the fabric resistant to seasonal extremes, it can also stand up against chemical and UV exposure. A product developed for all four seasons, Midship is a superior vinyl product with proven marine performance. ABRASION: 30,000+ double rubs

1 Red

17 Burgundy

222 Hunter Green

3 Royal Blue

33 Navy Blue

333 Azure

34 Teal Green

6 White

6003 Ivory

6009 Oyster White

61 Mystic White

649 Almond

66 Off White

67 Mushroom

696 Bright White

8 Chocolate

805 Spice

84 Rust

87 Brown

8884 Rawhide

9006 Light Grey

9009 Black

905 Seagull

969 Dark Grey

97 Steel

98 Medium Grey

99 Mid Grey

CONTENT: 100% Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) COLD CRACK: -28°C (-18.4°F) FIRE RETARDANCY: CAL117—Section E; NFPA 260 Class 1; UFAC Class 1. UV RESISTANCE: ≥1500 hours WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 54” (137cm) | 50yd (45.7m)

MIDSHIP HEAT-SEALED Utilizing a top-quality Midship face, Midship Heat-Sealed is a great accent for boat seating. It features quilted heat-sealed channels every 1½” across the roll in top neutral colors for the Marine market. FACE CONTENT: 100% Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) FILL CONTENT: 100% Polyester COLD CRACK: -28°C (-18°F) FIRE RESISTARDANCY: CAL117—Section E; NFPA 260 Class 1; UFAC Class 1.

MIDSHIP HEAT-SEALED 6003 Ivory

61 Mystic White

66 Off White

969 Bright White

9009 Black

905 Seagull

UV RESISTANCE: ≥1500 hours WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 54” (137cm) | 50yd (45.7m)

* T his information is offered for general guidance only. It is accurate to the best of our knowledge and is not intended to relieve the user from its responsibility to investigate and understand other pertinent sources of information and to comply with all laws and procedures applicable to the safe handling and use of this material. Please note: T he fabric and supply images displayed may not represent the actual product in its entirety.

MIDSHIP GIMP & WELT We now carry Hydem Gimp and Welt in all matching Midship colors. See p.174–175 for more details.

FABRICS

/ 37


CANVAS 38 /

FABRICS


MALLARD Mallard is a piece-dyed 10oz. 100% cotton duck fabric with a canvas construction. As a product that is made in North America, Mallard is also NAFTA friendly.

11 Red

4 Orange

5 Yellow

CONTENT: 100% Cotton

33 Royal

208 Hunter Green

111 Burgundy

333 Navy

87 Brown

7 Black

CONSTRUCTION: Canvas FIRE RESISTARDANCY*: CAL117—Section E. UV RESISTANCE: AATCC 16 Class 4 THREAD COUNT: 76x28 threads/inch2 WATER REPELLANT: Yes

61 White

WEIGHT: 10oz./yd2 WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 58” (147cm) | 75–100yd (68–91m)

* T his information is offered for general guidance only. It is accurate to the best of our knowledge and is not intended to relieve the user from its responsibility to investigate and understand other pertinent sources of information and to comply with all laws and procedures applicable to the safe handling and use of this material. Please note: T he fabric and supply images displayed may not represent the actual product in its entirety.

TREATED VS. UNTREATED CANVAS The term canvas refers to a heavy-duty woven cotton fabric that is more than 8oz./yd2. Heavy-duty cotton canvas is available treated or untreated. Canvas can be “waxed” using a product called CANVAK (#7199, p.181), an oily substance that provides the material a certain degree of water

and mildew resistance. Treated canvas is an ideal material for the creation of tarps, bags and outerwear. Untreated canvas fabric is better suited for nonindustrial indoor uses, such as furniture slip covers, painter overalls, aprons, table coverings, pillows, art canvases and theater or staging uses.

FABRICS

/ 39


SUNBRELLA® FABRICS

Beautiful Durable Bleach Cleanable UV Resistant Worry Free The Sunbrella Brand.

Fade-resistant.

Sunbrella is the most recognized and trusted name in performance fabrics for the Casual Furniture, Residential Furniture, Shade, Marine and Automotive markets for over fifty years.

Sunbrella shade and marine fabrics are unmatched in resistance to fading and the degrading effects of sunlight.

®

Cleanable.

Colorfastness. Sunbrella fibers are saturated with highly UV stable pigments. Traditional dyeing methods, such as yarn or piece dyeing, only add color to the fiber exterior. All Sunbrella fabrics, including shade and marine fabrics, offer performance characteristics that are an integral part of the fabric, not an applied finish that would wash off over time. So they will hold up to even the harshest outdoor environments, both on land and on the water. Think of a carrot versus a radish.

1961

Mid 70’s

Revolutionary new Sunbrella® Sunbrella marine fabrics awning fabrics dramatically outlast begin protecting boats and cotton canvas. boaters worldwide.

40 /

FABRICS

Mild soap cleans most common stains. Using bleach or solvents for tough stains will not affect Sunbrella fabrics, but don’t try this with other fabrics.

Durable. Sunbrella shade and marine fabrics retain their strength after years of cleaning and weathering.

Early 80’s

2002

2011

Sunbrella casual furniture fabrics turn patios into outdoor rooms.

Beautiful Sunbrella residential fabrics mean indoor furniture is now stress-free.

Sunbrella Contract launches for commercial upholstery applications


SUNBRELLA® IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF GLEN RAVEN, INC.

FABRICS

/ 41


No matter what project you’re working on, we carry every supply item you need. With over 5,000 items at your fingertips, the possibilities are endless.


SPECIALTY SUPPLIES


FOAM 44 /

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: FOAM


FOAM (AVAILABLE IN CANADA ONLY) A

DIMENSIONS PRICE BREAKS PART # ¹/₈”4499 Cut (Yd) ¼”4500 Roll (25yd) ³/₈”4501 ½”4502

Closed Cell Foam

SEW FOAM

DESCRIPTION Closed cell foam on a continuous roll with a 60” width. This foam is non-absorbent and resilient. Can be used for backpacking mats, exercise mats, padding for athletic equipment, costumes, mascots, underpad for landau tops or anything where moisture is of concern.

COMPRESSION

DENSITY

(lb. | kg)

-

-

(lb./ft.3 | g/cm3) -

-

N

Our J. Ennis Fabrics Sew Foam is a regular roll foam with a Cerex backing applied. This is suitable for quilting applications without using a separate backing material. A real time-saver on stitched seat panels.

A

B

Constructed from 100% Polyurethane for a pliable pink foam. Great also for molding and shaping. This product is sold by the roll. B B

4365 4371

½” x 58” x 60’—Pink ¼” x 58” x 60’—Pink PRICE BREAKS: Roll (60’)

Please see p.244 for Foam Cutters.

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: FOAM

/ 45


SPECIALTY WEBBING

WEBBING & HOOK & LOOP 46 /

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: WEBBING


Please see p.131–132 for Hot Knife Cutters.

WEBBING Webbing can be combined with buckles, hooks, sliders and other fasteners to create a variety of sport bags, cases and specialty items. Specialty Webbing is woven from various materials such as cotton, nylons, polypropylene and polyester. Also available is the Sunbrella®-brand webbing made from a blend of acrylic and polyester. A

NYLON WEBBING—REGULAR D E F G H I

B

9851 9844 9821 9846 9850 9892

1” Nylon Webbing—Black 1” Nylon Webbing—Royal 1” Nylon Webbing—Olive Drab 1” Nylon Webbing—Red 1” Nylon Webbing—White 1” Nylon Webbing—Yellow BREAK STRENGTH: 1005lb (456kg) PRICE BREAKS: Roll (100yd) | Case (5)

C

D

9822

1½” Nylon Webbing—Black BREAK STRENGTH: 1750lb (793.8kg) PRICE BREAKS: Roll (100yd) | Case (5)

COTTON WEBBING A B C

9831 9832 9550

1” Cotton Webbing—Natural 1½” Cotton Webbing—Natural 2” Heavy Cotton Webbing—Natural PRICE BREAKS: Roll (50yd) | Case (10)

D

9824

2” Nylon Webbing—Black BREAK STRENGTH: 2015lb (914kg) PRICE BREAKS: Roll (100yd) | Case (5)

NYLON WEBBING—HEAVY-DUTY D

9782

¾” Heavy-Duty Nylon Webbing—Black BREAK STRENGTH: 1980lb (898kg) PRICE BREAKS: Roll (50yd) | Case (12)

D

E

D E G

9791 9794 9797

BREAK STRENGTH: 2390lb (1084kg) PRICE BREAKS: Roll (50yd) | Case (10)

F

D

9792

G

H

I

1” Heavy-Duty Nylon Webbing—Black 1” Heavy-Duty Nylon Webbing—Royal 1” Heavy-Duty Nylon Webbing—Red

1½” Heavy-Duty Nylon Webbing—Black BREAK STRENGTH: 3620lb (1642kg) PRICE BREAKS: Roll (50yd) | Case (10)

D

9793

2” Heavy-Duty Nylon Webbing—Black BREAK STRENGTH: 6920lb (3139kg) PRICE BREAKS: Roll (50yd) | Case (10)

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: WEBBING

/ 47


SPECIALTY WEBBING

WEBBING (CONT.) A B C

POLYPROPYLENE WEBBING—REGULAR A general purpose webbing for garment applications.

4-PANEL POLYPROPYLENE WEBBING

PRICE BREAKS: Roll (50yd) | Case (10)

D E F G H I J K L M

N

A B C D E F G H I J K L M

Olive Dark Grey Navy Red Tan Yellow White Silver Orange Green Royal Burgundy Black

¾”

1”

1½”

2”

9780 9781

9716 9859 9852 9769 9893 9874 9861 9766 9905 9853 9898 9869

9717 9864 9858 9856 9770 9894 9855 9862 9767 9903 9857 9899 9860

9718 9863 9868 9866 9771 9895 9865 9878 9768 9904 9867 9900 9870

A general purpose polypropylene webbing with great aesthetics and shine for bag and apparel applications. N

9570

POLYPROPYLENE WEBBING—HEAVY-DUTY The heavy-duty polypropylene webbing can be used for load-bearing purposes on garment and bag applications. PRICE BREAKS: Roll (50yd) | Case (10) M

9720

¾” Heavy-Duty Polypropylene Webbing—Black BREAK STRENGTH: 515lb (234kg)

G M

9734 9733

1” Heavy-Duty Polypropylene Webbing—White 1” Heavy-Duty Polypropylene Webbing—Black BREAK STRENGTH: 702lb (318kg)

G M

9736 9735

1½” Heavy-Duty Polypropylene Webbing—White 1½” Heavy-Duty Polypropylene Webbing—Black BREAK STRENGTH: 1086lb (493kg)

G M

9738 9737

2” Heavy-Duty Polypropylene Webbing—White 2” Heavy-Duty Polypropylene Webbing—Black BREAK STRENGTH: 1428lb (648kg)

48 /

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: WEBBING

1” 4-Panel Polypropylene Webbing—Black BREAK STRENGTH:   596lb (270kg) PRICE BREAKS: Roll (50yd) | Case (10)


O

POLYESTER TIE-DOWN WEBBING Thick, heavy, all-weather tie-down webbing used on truck beds and cargo straps. These goods will work well with the tie-down ratchets and hooks on p.52–53. Used to create custom tiedowns for any configuration required. NOTE: #9 Tufting Twine (#8125, p.151) is recommended for sewing tie-downs. PRICE BREAKS (10yd rolls): Roll (10yd) | Package (5) | Case (10) PRICE BREAK (100yd rolls): Roll (100yd) O

9701

1” Polyester Tie-Down Webbing—10yd Roll BREAK STRENGTH: 3500lb (1588kg)

O O

Q

9702 9706

2” Polyester Tie-Down Webbing—10yd Roll 2” Polyester Tie-Down Webbing—100yd Roll BREAK STRENGTH: 10,000lb (4536kg)

R

O 0

S

9703 9707

Sunbrella® is a registered trademark of Glen Raven, Inc.

T

3” Polyester Tie-Down Webbing—10yd Roll 3” Polyester Tie-Down Webbing—100yd Roll BREAK STRENGTH: 15,000lb (6804kg)

O U

9704 9708

4” Polyester Tie-Down Webbing—10yd Roll 4” Polyester Tie-Down Webbing—100yd Roll BREAK STRENGTH: 20,000lb (9072kg)

SUNBRELLA® WEBBING

POLYESTER WEBBING

The Sunbrella®-brand webbing is constructed from 78% solution-dyed acrylic and 22% polyester. It is UV-resistant at a minimum grade 4 at 2200 hours when tested against AATCC 169-2003. The product also passes lightfast test SAE 1960J with a minimum grade 4 at 1500 hours.

Used for backpacks, bags, boat tops, boat covers, outdoors and outerwear. UV-resistant. PRICE BREAKS: Roll (50yd) | Case (10) V

PRICE BREAK: Roll (25yd) Q R S T U

13127 13128 13126 13129 13125

Sunbrella® Webbing—Jet Black Sunbrella® Webbing—Cadet Grey Sunbrella® Webbing—White Sunbrella® Webbing—Burgundy Sunbrella® Webbing—Pacific Blue

TIPS ON CUTTING WEBBING Please note that all webbing should be cut with a hot knife. See p.131–132 for our selection of hot knives.

13130 1” Polyester Webbing—White TENSILE STRENGTH: 5000lb (2268kg)

W

13131 1” Polyester Webbing—Black TENSILE STRENGTH: 4000lb (1814kg)

V

W

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: WEBBING

/ 49


Please see p.244 for Foam Cutters.

SPECIALTY WEBBING

WEBBING (CONT.)

A

B

SEAT BELT WEBBING 2”-width seat belt webbing material meets MVSS302 automotive fire code. Extremely strong, with a fine weave and soft hand. It is easy to sew and flexible. A

9875

Seat Belt Webbing—Black BREAK STRENGTH: 4,000lb (1,814kg) PRICE BREAKS: Roll (100yd) | Case (5)

C

NON-RETRACTABLE LAP BELT Replacements for recreational vehicles, vans, trucks and wheelchairs. Comes in 74” or 90” length positive-locking seat belts with sturdy mounting. Available in black to coordinate with interiors. B B

9696 9686

74” Non Retractable Lap Belt 90” Non Retractable Lap Belt

RETRACTABLE LAP BELT Self-winding retractable belt pulls back out of the way when not in use. Features a positive locking mechanism and is selfadjusting. Available in black only. C

9685

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (5)

ELASTIC D

74” Retractable Lap Belt PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (5)

G F

E

H

KNIT ELASTIC

WOVEN ELASTIC

Constructed from 62% polyester and 38% rubber. Knit elastics are lighter than woven elastics but still strong enough to be used for waistbands, slipcovers, drapery tire covers, boat covers or to hold cushions on furniture and for a variety of apparel applications.

Stronger elastic for heavy-duty applications such as suspenders, sports equipment, equestrian applications (horse boots), bag straps for packs, wrist bands, orthotics (splints and supports) and more. Use wherever a strong memory elastic is required. Constructed from 84% polyester and 16% rubber.

SHRINKAGE: 10% STRETCH: 125% D

4249

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (5)

¾” Knit Elastic—White ROLL SIZE: 136.7yd

E F G

4241 4243 4246

1” Knit Elastic—White 1” Knit Elastic—Black 1½” Knit Elastic—Black ROLL SIZE: 54yd

50 /

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: WEBBING

SHRINKAGE: 3% STRETCH: 80% PRICE BREAKS: Roll (54yd) | Case (5) G H H H H

4253 4254 4256 4258 4260

1” Woven Elastic—White 1” Woven Elastic—Black 1½” Woven Elastic—Black 2” Woven Elastic—Black 3” Woven Elastic—Black


SPECIALTY WEBBING B

C

A

TIE-DOWN ACCESSORIES Use the ratchets and hooks along with the special tie-down webbings on p.49 to create custom tie-downs for trucking, RV hauling or anywhere cargo needs to be strapped down. Match the capacity of the hardware to that of the webbing to get a strong combination. The break strength figures listed do not indicate load capacity, these are the figures where the unit failed under testing. The breaking strength of the weakest component in the tie-down should be more than 3x the weight of the cargo being restrained. Webbing being used over abrasive or sharp edges must be protected, otherwise normal motion in transit can weaken the webbing by abrading or cutting into it. Worn, frayed or otherwise damaged webbing should be replaced immediately.

F

E

D

I H G

TIE-DOWN RATCHET PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (5) A

9506

J

K L

1” Tie Down Ratchet

M

CAPACITY: ~3300lb (1500kg) B C

9504 9502

2” Tie Down Ratchet—Short Handle 2” Tie Down Ratchet—Long Handle CAPACITY: ~11,000lb (5000kg)

CAM BUCKLES—STEEL Aluminum press-plate with one-piece steel frame body. D E

9494 9495

9496

Cast unit for joining multiple straps. Not adjustable by itself. G

9490

1” Steel Cam Buckle 1” Steel Cam Buckle—Gloss Black CAPACITY: ~1102lb (500kg) PRICE BREAKS: Bag (25) | Package (4)

F

TIE-DOWN TRIANGLES

CAPACITY: 11,020lb (4999kg) PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10) H

9491

I

9492

J

9516

4” Flat Tie Down Hook

TIE-DOWN HOOKS—STEEL L

9508

WIDTH: 3¾”  EYE: 2¾”  CAPACITY: ~14,330lb (6500kg) K

9514

2” Flat Tie Down Hook WIDTH: 2½”  EYE: 2”  CAPACITY: ~11,023lb (5000kg)

52 /

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: WEBBING

4” Tie Down Triangle CAPACITY: 19,842lb (9000kg) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (25)

FLAT TIE-DOWN HOOKS—STEEL PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)

3” Tie Down Triangle CAPACITY: 15,400lb (6985kg) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (25)

2” Steel Cam Buckle CAPACITY: 2000lb (900kg) PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)

2” Tie Down Triangle

2” Heavy-Duty Tie Down Hook CAPACITY: 11,023lb (5000kg) PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)

M

9510

1” Tie Down Hook CAPACITY: 3300lb (1500kg) PRICE BREAKS: Bag (25) | Package (4)


N

RUBBER TARP STRAP These straps are manufactured from EPDM (ehylene-propylene) synthetic rubber, which has all the strength characteristics of natural rubber, but better resistance to some aggressive chemicals and better exposure characteristics. The characteristics of the material include an elongation limit of 150% and stretch recovery of 94% base on keeping stretch for 10 days. The pulling force (break point) varies with length. Please see specifics below. PRICE BREAKS (unless otherwise specified): Bag (25) | Package (4) N

9480

O

9” Rubber Tarp Strap BREAK POINT: 900lb (407kg)

N N

9482 9486

15” Rubber Tarp Strap 31” Rubber Tarp Strap

M

P

Q

BREAK POINT: 700lb (317kg) N

9484

R

21” Rubber Tarp Strap BREAK POINT: 600lb (272kg)

M

9479

S-Hook for Rubber Tarp Straps PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (10)

ROPE TIE-DOWN RATCHET

L’IL WEGGIE TARP CLAMP

Rope tie-down ratchet with rubber-tipped hooks for use with ¼” rope. It is compact and easy to use. This ratchet is made specifically for outdoor marine use, but can be used many other places as well. Just tug on the rope until it is tight. To release, pull on the rope the same way as when tightening and release the trigger. Replacement Hooks (#9479) available separately.

The Lil Weggie clamping device is designed to hold tarps or other materials that are secured by bungee cords, straps or hand-tied ropes. It features a spring-loaded, thumb-operated locking device that keeps the material secure. It is not designed to hold, tie down or secure loads or cargo and should be limited to less than 45lb (20.4kg).

O

13003

¼” Rope Tie Down Ratchet PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (25) | Case (50)

P

9499

PRICE BREAKS: Pair | Package (20)

TRUCK TARP REINFORCEMENTS Seat belt seconds are webbing products have been rejected for seatbelt use as they do not meet the stringent automotive safety requirements. However, their high load strength make them ideal for truck tarp reinforcements. ROLL SIZE: ~300yd  BREAK STRENGTH: 4000lb  PRICE BREAK: Per yard Q

9872

L’il Weggie Tarp Clamp

S-HOOKS R

9497

1” S-Hook PE-Coated BREAK STRENGTH: 2000lb (900kg) PRICE BREAKS: Bag (25) | Package (4)

Seat Belt Seconds—Grey SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: WEBBING

/ 53


SPECIALTY HOOK & LOOP

VELCRO® SEW-ON This nylon fastener is a two-part system; one part consisting of rows of hooks and the other part a mass of loops. When pressed together, they form a highly secure closure, yet can be easily re-opened with a simple peeling action. Velcro® Hook and Loop fastening system retains 50% fastening strength in water, then returns back to 100% when dried. Completely washable and dry cleanable, these jam-proof fasteners are adjustable and increase strength with pressure. They are available in sew-on or pressure-sensitive adhesive back forms. All Velcro® Hook and Loop can be sterilized or autoclaved. A

B

C

D

VELCRO® HOOK SEW-ON—BLACK

VELCRO® HOOK SEW-ON—WHITE

MAX. IRONING TEMPERATURE: 163°C (325°F) MELTING TEMPERATURE: 204°C (399°F)

MAX. IRONING TEMPERATURE: 163°C (325°F) MELTING TEMPERATURE: 204°C (399°F)

A A A

9058 9060 9062

1” Velcro® Black Hook 1½” Velcro® Black Hook 2” Velcro® Black Hook

C C C

9052 9054 9056

1” Velcro® White Hook 1½” Velcro® White Hook 2” Velcro® White Hook PRICE BREAKS: Roll (50yd) | Case (10)

PRICE BREAKS: Roll (50yd) | Case (10) VELCRO® LOOP SEW-ON—BLACK

VELCRO® LOOP SEW-ON—WHITE

MAX. IRONING TEMPERATURE: 163°C (325°F) MELTING TEMPERATURE: 204°C (399°F)

MAX. IRONING TEMPERATURE: 163°C (325°F) MELTING TEMPERATURE: 204°C (399°F)

B B B

9059 9061 9063

1” Velcro® Black Loop 1½” Velcro® Black Loop 2” Velcro® Black Loop PRICE BREAKS: Roll (50yd) | Case (10)

54 /

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: HOOK & LOOP

D D D

9053 9055 9057

1” Velcro® White Loop 1½” Velcro® White Loop 2” Velcro® White Loop PRICE BREAKS: Roll (50yd) | Case (10)


VELCRO® PRESSURE-SENSITIVE Velcro® Brand Tempo pressure-sensitive hook and loop fastener has a superior grade of adhesive backing that is suitable for most applications—indoor and out. This product has superior bond strength to high energy surfaces. The pressure-sensitive adhesives have a high temperature resistance and a high resistance to plasticizer migration. Designed for use in applications requiring fast turnaround under production conditions such as in packaging, medical, toys and other markets.

F

E

VELCRO® PRESSURE-SENSITIVE HOOK—BLACK E E

9108 9110

1” Velcro® Black Pressure-Sensitive Hook 2” Velcro® Black Pressure-Sensitive Hook PRICE BREAKS: Roll (25yd) | Case (5)

VELCRO® PRESSURE-SENSITIVE LOOP—BLACK F F

9109 9111

H

G

VELCRO® PRESSURE-SENSITIVE HOOK—WHITE G

9113

1” Velcro® White Pressure-Sensitive Hook PRICE BREAKS: Roll (25yd) | Case (5)

VELCRO® PRESSURE-SENSITIVE LOOP—WHITE H

9114

1” Velcro® Black Pressure-Sensitive Loop 2” Velcro® Black Pressure-Sensitive Loop

1” Velcro® White Pressure-Sensitive Loop PRICE BREAKS: Roll (25yd) | Case (5)

PRICE BREAKS: Roll (25yd) | Case (5)

VELCRO® POLYESTER Velcro® Brand polyester hook and loop fastener made for use outdoors. Ideal for use with boat covers and even outerwear. Available in black and white. VELCRO® POLYESTER—BLACK I K

13045 13044

1” Velcro® Polyester Hook—Black 1” Velcro® Polyester Loop—Black

I J

PRICE BREAKS: Roll (50yd) | Case (5) VELCRO® POLYESTER—WHITE J L

13043 13042

1” Velcro® Polyester Hook—White 1” Velcro® Polyester Loop—White

K

L

PRICE BREAKS: Roll (25yd) | Case (5)

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: HOOK & LOOP

/ 55


SPECIALTY HOOK & LOOP

VELSTICK HOOK & LOOP & DISPLAY DOTS A semi-rigid, flat vinyl extrusion with a protective beading along both side edges. The face has a permanently attached Velcro®-brand woven nylon or polyester hook or loop, or molded hook fastening component. Staple, screw, nail, rivet or slide into a special metal extrusion to attach. Ideal for use on tents, camping trailers, stationary and patio awning ties, and many marine uses. A

B

C

VELSTICK HOOK & LOOP—BLACK A A

9067 9066

1” Velstick Black Hook 1” Velstick Black Loop SIZE: 1” x 48” PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

VELSTICK HOOK & LOOP—WHITE B B

9064 9065

DISPLAY DOTS These Display Dot “coins” feature top-quality, high-tack adhesives. They come on a peel-off roll and are ideal for trade shows, demonstrations, displays, etc. Made of a display-grade hook component, these dots will stick to any loop-style backing but is best used with J. Ennis Fabrics’ line of Display Fabric.

1” Velstick White Hook 1” Velstick White Loop SIZE: 1” x 48” PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

REPURPOSING YOUR SCRAPS:

Hook & Loop Use scraps to hang lightweight photo frames on a wall. Keep seat cushions from sliding off a chair. Use the hook side of the tape to remove pills from your upholstered seats or clothes.

56 /

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: HOOK & LOOP

C

9120

¾” Display Dots White Hook PRICE BREAKS: Box (200) | Case (5)


Velcro Industries offers a portfolio of products that incorporate our hook and loop technology into materials and components that help companies be more innovative and competitive. Whether it’s a standard product or a solution customized to your design and manufacturing specifications, Velcro Industries puts more than 50 years of expertise in design, process, and logistics into our products—and your success. For more information contact your local J. Ennis Sales Representative.

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: HOOK & LOOP

/ 57


SPECIALTY HOOK & LOOP

VELCRO® TEXACRO®

N

Velcro®’s Texacro® Hook & Loop is a mid-level product made for indoor and outdoor use, such as boat covers, mats and outerwear. In essence, this new Hook & Loop can be used for any number of applications where two pieces of fabric, or like material, require adhesion to each other. Available in Sew On and Pressure-Sensitive formats. A North American-made product, the Texacro® Hook & Loop is part of the Velcro® Family of quality products. VELCRO® TEXACRO® SEW ON LOOP A B A B A B

13052 13050 13056 13054 13060 13058

1” Texacro Sew On Loop—White 1” Texacro Sew On Loop—Black 1½” Texacro Sew On Loop—White 1½” Texacro Sew On Loop—Black 2” Texacro Sew On Loop—White 2” Texacro Sew On Loop—Black PRICE BREAKS: Roll (50yd) | Case (10)

VELCRO® TEXACRO® SEW ON HOOK C D C D C D

13053 13051 13057 13055 13061 13059

1” Texacro Sew On Hook—White 1” Texacro Sew On Hook—Black 1½” Texacro Sew On Hook—White 1½” Texacro Sew On Hook—Black 2” Texacro Sew On Hook—White 2” Texacro Sew On Hook—Black PRICE BREAKS: Roll (50yd) | Case (10)

VELCRO® TEXACRO® PRESSURE-SENSITIVE LOOP A B

13048 ¾” Texacro Pressure-Sensitive Loop—White 13046 ¾” Texacro Pressure-Sensitive Loop—Black PRICE BREAKS: Roll (25yd) | Case (10)

VELCRO® TEXACRO® PRESSURE-SENSITIVE HOOK C D

13049 ¾” Texacro Pressure-Sensitive Hook—White 13047 ¾” Texacro Pressure-Sensitive Hook—Black PRICE BREAKS: Roll (25yd) | Case (10)

58 /

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: HOOK & LOOP

A

B

C

D


HOOK & LOOP: 3M® PRESSURE-SENSITIVE 3M’s Premium Performance 70 series Scotchmate Hook and Loop is designed for static load applications where temperatures may reach 93°C (200°F) as in automotive, aircraft, electronics and business equipment. This product is usable under stringent wet, dry, hot and cold cycling conditions. Operating temperature range is -29°C to 93°C (-20°F to 200°F). Recommended on base metals, painted metals, polystyrene, acrylic polycarbonate, rigid vinyl and glass. 3M PRESSURE-SENSITIVE PREMIUM PERFORMANCE HOOK & LOOP—BLACK E F

E

1” Hook—Black 1” Loop—Black

9106 9107

PRICE BREAK: Roll (50yd)

F

JEF HOOK & LOOP: PRESSURE-SENSITIVE This nylon fastener is a two-part system—one part consisting of rows of hooks and the other part a mass of loops. When pressed together, they form a highly secure closure, yet can be easily peeled apart. The JEF-brand of Pressure Sensitive hook and loop tape is an economical alternative to competitor brands. They are recommended for lighter duty applications and should not be used for all-weather outdoor applications such as attaching tonneau covers, etc. H G

J I

L K

1” PRESSURE SENSITIVE HOOK C I K

9090 9080 9070

1” Hook—White 1” Hook—Black 1” Hook—Beige PRICE BREAKS: Roll (27.3yd) | Package (5) | Case (34)

1” PRESSURE SENSITIVE LOOP H J L

9091 9081 9071

1” Loop—White 1” Loop—Black 1” Loop—Beige PRICE BREAKS: Roll (27.3yd) | Package (5) | Case (34)

2” PRESSURE SENSITIVE HOOK G I

9092 9082

2” Hook—White 2” Hook—Black PRICE BREAKS: Roll (27.3yd) | Package (5) | Case (18)

2” PRESSURE SENSITIVE LOOP H J

9093 9083

2” Loop—White 2” Loop—Black PRICE BREAKS: Roll (27.3yd) | Package (5) | Case (18)

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: HOOK & LOOP

/ 59


SPECIALTY HOOK & LOOP

JEF HOOK & LOOP: SEW-ON This nylon fastener is a two-part system—one part consisting of rows of hooks and the other part a mass of loops. When pressed together, they form a highly secure closure, yet can be easily peeled apart. This is a widely popular product for garments, bags, footwear, tents and furniture. Completely washable and dry cleanable, these jamproof elements are adjustable and increase strength with pressure. They are available in sew-on or pressure sensitive adhesive back forms. B A

D C

F E

H

J

G

⁵⁄₈” SEW ON HOOK A 8984 ⁵⁄₈” Hook—White C 8986 ⁵⁄₈” Hook—Black

K

I

⁵⁄₈” SEW ON LOOP B 8985 ⁵⁄₈” Loop—White D 8987 ⁵⁄₈” Loop—Black PRICE BREAKS: Roll (27.3yd) | Package (5) | Case (20)

PRICE BREAKS: Roll (27.3yd) | Package (5) | Case (20) ¾” SEW ON HOOK A C E G

9012 9002 9028 8996

¾” Hook—White ¾” Hook—Black ¾” Hook—Beige ¾” Hook—Grey

¾” SEW ON LOOP B D F H

9013 9003 9029 8997

A C E G I K

9014 9004 9038 8998 8992 8980

1” Hook—White 1” Hook—Black 1” Hook—Beige 1” Hook—Grey 1” Hook—Royal 1” Hook—Red PRICE BREAKS: Roll (27.3yd) | Package (5) | Case (40)

60 /

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: HOOK & LOOP

¾” Loop—White ¾” Loop—Black ¾” Loop—Beige ¾” Loop—Grey PRICE BREAKS: Roll (27.3yd) | Package (5) | Case (48)

PRICE BREAKS: Roll (27.3yd) | Package (5) | Case (48) 1” SEW ON HOOK—27.3yd ROLL

L

1” SEW ON LOOP—27.3yd ROLL B D F H J L

9015 9005 9039 8999 8993 8981

1” Loop—White 1” Loop—Black 1” Loop—Beige 1” Loop—Grey 1” Loop—Royal 1” Loop—Red PRICE BREAKS: Roll (27.3yd) | Package (5) | Case (40)


1” SEW ON HOOK—546yd ROLL A C

9030 9026

1” Hook—White 1” Hook—Black

1” SEW ON LOOP—546yd ROLL B D

9031 9027

PRICE BREAK: Roll (546yd) 1½” SEW ON HOOK A C E

9010 9008 9044

1½” Hook—White 1½” Hook—Black 1½” Hook—Beige

PRICE BREAK: Roll (546yd) 1½” SEW ON LOOP B D F

9011 9009 9045

PRICE BREAKS: Roll (27.3yd) | Package (5) | Case (26) 2” SEW ON HOOK A C E G I K

9016 9006 9048 9000 8994 8982

2” Hook—White 2” Hook—Black 2” Hook—Beige 2” Hook—Grey 2” Hook—Royal 2” Hook—Red

A C

9018 9024

4” Hook—White 4” Hook—Black PRICE BREAKS: Roll (27.3yd) | Case (5)

1½” Loop—White 1½” Loop—Black 1½” Loop—Beige PRICE BREAKS: Roll (27.3yd) | Package (5) | Case (26)

2” SEW ON LOOP B D F H J L

9017 9007 9049 9001 8995 8983

PRICE BREAKS: Roll (27.3yd) | Package (5) | Case (20) 4” SEW ON HOOK

1” Loop—White 1” Loop—Black

2” Loop—White 2” Loop—Black 2” Loop—Beige 2” Loop—Grey 2” Loop—Royal 2” Loop—Red PRICE BREAKS: Roll (27.3yd) | Package (5) | Case (20)

4” SEW ON LOOP B D

9019 9025

4” Loop—White 4” Loop—Black PRICE BREAKS: Roll (27.3yd) | Case (5)

SEW ON HOOK/LOOP The tape features hook on one side and loop on the other. C,D C,D

9032 9034

1” Hook/Loop—Black 2” Hook/Loop—Black PRICE BREAKS: Roll (27.3yd) | Case (5)

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: HOOK & LOOP

/ 61


SPECIALTY FASTENERS

FASTENERS 62 /

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: FASTENERS


Please see p.127 for Dura Snap Machines and Dies.

DURA SNAP: NICKEL-PLATED BRASS A heavy-duty button-style fastener. Socket construction assures a firm grip which is maintained throughout use. Used in automotive, industrial and marine trades. A

B

C

D

E

F

G

DURA SNAP SOCKET Standard socket for use with all Dura Snap Caps.

I

H

J

K

L

M

A

N

4003

Dura Snap Socket PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (20)

DURA SNAP PLASTIC CAPS

DURA SNAP STUD

Solid nylon top will not chip or fade. Ideal for color-matching to Sunbrella® products.

For use with Dura Snap Posts (#4007 or #3995), or with #6 Head Screw.

E F G H

3960 3968 3964 3976

Dura Snap Plastic Cap—Black Dura Snap Plastic Cap—Grey Dura Snap Plastic Cap—White Dura Snap Plastic Cap—Navy Blue

B

4004

PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (20) DURA SNAP POSTS

PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (10)

C D

DURA SNAP CAPS

3995 4007

4002 4001 4000

Dura Snap Post—Long Dura Snap Post—Standard PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (20)

Use with socket #4003. Diameter of cap is ⁹⁄₁₆”. I J K

Dura Snap Stud

STIK-A-STUD FASTENER

Dura Snap Cap—Black Dura Snap Standard Cap Dura Snap Long Barrel Cap

A Delrin-molded stud with an extremely aggressive 3M adhesive tape backing. Can be applied to any clean, nonporous surface indoors or out. Remove without damage by applying an alcohol solution to the edge of the stud. To be used with Dura Snap and Dot® Durable fasteners.

PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (20) SELF-TAPPING SCREW STUD—STAINLESS STEEL

L M

Nickel-plated brass stud with a stainless steel Phillips head. N 4008 ³⁄₈” Dura Snap Screw Stud—Stainless Steel

4099 4098

Stik-A-Stud Fastener—Black Stik-A-Stud Fastener—White PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

BABY DURA SNAP: NICKEL-PLATED BRASS L

M

BABY DURA SNAP CAPS & POST Use with socket #3997. Diameter of cap is ½”. L M

3992 3996

Baby Dura Snap Cap—Black Brass Baby Dura Snap Cap—Nickel

P

3999

Baby Dura Snap Post—Nickel Brass PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (20)

N

O

P

BABY DURA SNAP SOCKET N

3997

Baby Dura Snap Socket PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (20)

BABY DURA SNAP STUD O

3998

Baby Dura Snap Stud—Nickel Brass PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (20) SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: FASTENERS

/ 63


SPECIALTY FASTENERS

DURA SNAP: NICKEL-PLATED STEEL Nickel-plated steel Dura Snap fasteners are very strong and durable. They are ideal for garment, luggage, sports bags and apparel, as well as applications on indoor automotive and aircraft projects. Due to their steel content, we do not recommend these fasteners for marine applications. Use the nickel-plated brass or stainless steel fasteners on p. 63, and 65–66. SCREW STUDS B

F D

G

A C

E

Screw the stud into the side of your boat and snap your boat tip straight onto the stud. A B

4020 4021

Nickel-Plated Steel Screw Stud—³⁄₈” Nickel-Plated Steel Screw Stud—⁵⁄₈” PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (10)

DURA SNAP STEEL STUD

DURA SNAP STEEL POST

For use with Dura Snap Steel Post (#11011) or #6 Head Screw.

For use with Dura Snap Steel Stud (#11009).

C

11009 Dura Snap Steel Stud

E

PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (60)

11011 Dura Snap Steel Post PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (20)

DURA SNAP STEEL SOCKET

DURA SNAP STEEL CAPS

Nickel-plated steel Dura Snap fasteners are very strong and durable. Polished to a bright finish.

Caps used with Dura Snap Steel Socket (#11007).

D

11007

Dura Snap Steel Socket PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (20)

64 /

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: FASTENERS

F G

11001 Dura Snap Steel Cap—Nickel 11003 Dura Snap Steel Cap—Black PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (20)

Please see p.123 for Dura Snap Punch and Dies, and p.127 for Dura Snap Machines and Dies.


DOT® DURABLE: NICKEL-PLATED BRASS

R

Quality Dot® brand Durable™ Heavy-duty fasteners. The Dot® Brand is self-piercing and can be attached without pre-punching. Button diameter is ⁹∕₁₆”, compatible with all Dura Snap parts and tools. A reliable, rustproof fastener of nickel-plated brass from a name you can trust. DOT® DURABLE FASTENER CAPS M

J

O N

L

I

H

P

K

Q

Standard Durable™ caps with ¹¹⁄₆₄” (0.45cm) barrel length. Self-piercing and requires no punching in most applications. Diameter of cap is ⁹⁄₁₆” (1.43cm). Colored fasteners are topped with Delrin caps that will not fade. H I J

4070 4068 4062

Nickel-Plated Navy Blue Black

K L M

4064 4066 4060

Burgundy Pacific Blue White

PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (10) DOT® DURABLE SCREW STUDS—STAINLESS STEEL/ NICKEL-PLATED Screw the stud into the side of your boat and snap your boat tip straight onto the stud. N 4078 Dot® Durable Screw Stud—⁷⁄₁₆” Stainless Steel/Nickel-Plated O 4080 Dot® Durable Screw Stud—⁵⁄₈” Stainless Steel/Nickel-Plated PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (10) U

T

S

DOT® DURABLE SOCKETS P Q

4072 4073

Dot Durable Fastener Socket Dot Durable Hard Action Socket PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (10)

DOT® DURABLE EYELETS R S

4084 4082

Dot® Durable Fastener Eyelet—⁵⁄₁₆” Dot® Durable Fastener Eyelet—¼” PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (10)

V

DOT® DURABLE MOLDING FASTENER For use with boat windshields.

R W

X

Y

T U

4086 4088

Dot® Durable Molding Fastener—¾” Dot® Durable Molding Fastener—⁷⁄₈” PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (10)

DOT® DURABLE STUDS W X Y

4074 4076 4077

Dot® Durable Fastener Stud—Reg Dot® Durable Fastener Stud—Low Dot® Durable Flangeless Stud PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (10)

DOT® GYPSY STUD A nickel-plated brass fastener. Used when attaching stud to screw stud for stacking or double-layering material. V

11012 Gypsy Studs—Nickel-Plated Brass PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (10)

Please see p.123 for Dot® Durable Punch and Dies, and p.127 for Dot® Durable Machines and Dies.

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: FASTENERS

/ 65


Please see p.123 for Dot® Durable Punch and Dies, and p.127 for Dot® Durable Machines and Dies.

SPECIALTY FASTENERS

DOT® DURABLE: STAINLESS STEEL A

B

C

D

DURA SNAP CAP—STAINLESS STEEL

DURA SNAP STUD—STAINLESS STEEL

Caps for sockets to create one-half of the Dura Snap system. Diameter of the button or cap is ⁹∕₁₆”, barrel length is ¹¹∕₆₄”. Stainless steel, rust-resistant and corrosion resistant.

Use with the Dura Snap Cap (#4010) and Socket (#4012).

A

4010

DURA SNAP SOCKET—STAINLESS STEEL Stainless steel standard socket for the Dura Snap system. Use with the stainless steel cap #4010 and attach to stud #4014. Outside diameter is ⁹∕₁₆” while inside diameter is ¹¹∕₆₄”. 4012

4014

Dura Snap Socket—Stainless Steel PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (10) E

F

G

⁹∕₁₆” Dura Snap Stud—Stainless Steel PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (10)

⁹∕₁₆” Dura Snap Cap—Stainless Steel PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

B

C

DURA SNAP POST—STAINLESS STEEL Stainless steel standard height Dura Snap post. D

4015

Dura Snap Post—Stainless Steel PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (10)

DOT® DURABLE SCREW STUDS—STAINLESS STEEL Screw the stud into the side of your boat and snap your boat tip straight onto the stud. E 13002 Stainless Steel Self-Drilling Screw Stud—³⁄₈” F 13000 Stainless Steel Drill Point Screw Stud—½” G 13001 Stainless Steel Self-Tapping Screw Stud—⁵⁄₈” PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (10)

DOT® COMMON SENSE: METAL

R

A premium line of Common Sense Fasteners from a name you know and trust. Sturdy nickel-plated brass construction for durability. Reliable, rustproof fasteners for boats, truck fronts, convertible tops, tents and awning applications. DOT® COMMON SENSE CLINCH PLATE & WASHER

4058 4054

Dot® Common Sense Washer Dot® Common Sense Clinch Plate PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (10)

DOT® COMMON SENSE EYELETS J

4056

Dot® Common Sense Eyelet

M

H

For use with boat windshields. H I

K

L

I

J

DOT® COMMON SENSE STUDS K L M

4050 3109 4052

Dot® Common Sense Single Stud Dot® Common Sense Double Stud Dot® Common Sense Prong Stud PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (10)

PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (10) 66 /

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: FASTENERS

Please see p.124–125 for Common Sense Cutters and Punches.


PULL-THE-DOT The Pull-the-Dot fastener is a carefully engineered, three-sided locking snap fastener. Due to the unique built-in locking feature, this fastener will withstand extreme pressure on three sides without unlocking, yet release instantly on the fourth side if you pull the dot embossed on the surface of the cap. Made of Nickel-plated brass. Can be set with any standard Dot® Durable or Dura Snap setting tool.

PULL-THE-DOT STUD CLINCH

PULL-THE-DOT SCREW STUD

N

N

4096

O

O

Pull-the-Dot Screw Stud

4094

PULL-THE-DOT SOCKET P

4092

PULL-THE-DOT FASTENER BUTTON

Pull-the-Dot Socket

Q

4090

PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (10)

Q

R

Lift-the Dot is a heavy-duty fastener from the Dot® family. Like Pullthe-Dot, it locks on three sides and is easily released from the fourth. Frequently found on automotive and marine applications, it is suitable for use anywhere that a secure fastener is required. Content is also nicke-plated brass. It has its own set of tools and dies for installing.

R

T

S

U

LIFT-THE-DOT SOCKET 4011

Pull-the-Dot Fastener Button PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (10)

LIFT-THE-DOT

R

Pull-the-Dot Screw Stud Clinch PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (10)

PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (10)

P

R

W

Lift-the-Dot Socket

X

V

PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (10) LIFT-THE-DOT STUD WASHER S

4019

Lift-the-Dot Stud Washer PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (10)

LIFT-THE-DOT CLINCH PLATE T

4013

LIFT-THE-DOT STUD 4018

V

4017

W

4069

Lift-the-Dot Clinch Plate PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (10)

U

LIFT-THE-DOT SCREW STUDS Lift-the-Dot Screw Stud Stainless Steel/ Brass—⁵⁄₈” Lift-the-Dot Screw Stud Brass—⁵⁄₈” PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (10) X

4059

Screw Stud 7153-1—¹¹⁄₁₆”

Lift-the-Dot Stud—Two-Prong

Fastener stud with nut and bolt for mounting. ¹⁄₈” hole required to mount into hard surfaces.

PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (10)

PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (10) SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: FASTENERS

/ 67


SPECIALTY FASTENERS A

FASTENERS: PLASTIC

E

B F

Impervious and strong plastic compound fasteners, in Delrin (nylon) acetyl resin compound. Unaffected by moisture or humidity, will withstand extreme temperatures. These products have a proven track record in the winter front industry.

C G

PLASTIC TURN STUDS D

Two-hole mounting Delrin (nylon) stud fastener. Can be riveted or screwed into place or mount onto fabric with Plastic Back Plates (#3122 or #3123). A E

3120 3121

H I

Plastic Turn Stud—Black Plastic Turn Stud—White

J

PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (10) PLASTIC BACK PLATE FOR STUD

SLIDE-IN TARP CLIP

Backing plate for Plastic Turn Studs (#3120 or #3121). Use to attach a stud where rivets or screws would pull through. Can be riveted or attached with two Dura Snap posts.

Slide-in two-piece design allows you to place a clip for tying or hooking anywhere on a tarp. The tapered design means the more pressure you apply, the tighter it holds. A great versatile tool that allows the use of one tarp for many purposes. The clip can be applied where it is needed to simplify securing the tarp.

D H

3122 3123

Plastic Back Plate for Stud—Black Plastic Back Plate for Stud—White PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (10)

J

6070

PLASTIC WASHER PLATES

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (25) | Package (4)

Self-locking plate for the eyelets; simply push and the pins are locked into the plate. C G

3126 3127

YKK SNAD DOME

N

Plastic Washer Plate—Black Plastic Washer Plate—White

A low-profile socket to be used wherever a snap is required, without the hassle of drilling. YKK SNAD Dome features 3M’s high-quality adhesive to ensure great hold on Marine Carpeting and Canvas for decks, bulkheads or panels, upholstery cushions, seating and console covers.

K

PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (10) PLASTIC TURN EYELETS

L

Plastic eyelet plate has serrated pins that extend into the Plastic Washer Plates (#3126 or #3127). B F

3124 3125

MARINE TOP CLIP Temporary clip that holds fabric or canvas to frames and tubes during the fitting process. Applied and removed easily. Will not tear or puncture fabric. No spring clamps to squeeze as the clip will just snap on and off. I 2460 Marine Top Clip for 1” and ⁷∕₈” Tubes PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (25)

68 /

K L

Plastic Turn Eyelet—Black Plastic Turn Eyelet—White PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: FASTENERS

Slide-In Tarp Clip

4095 YKK SNAD Dome—White 4097 YKK SNAD Dome—Black PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

#40 1” NYLON HOOK BUTTONS #40 1” Nylon Buttons are perfect for outdoor applications such as lawn furniture. One-piece molded design with hook backs for use with twine or pre-tied strings. Design on hooks prevents twine from pulling out after insertion. M -

2072 2074

M

#40 Nylon Hook Button—White #40 Nylon Hook Button—Ivory PRICE BREAKS: Bag (144) | Case (10)

Please see p.282–285 for more Buttons.


RIVETS ALUMINUM RIVETS WITH STEEL MANDREL

M

Aluminum rivets with steel mandrel for greater strength than the aluminum mandrel. Steel may eventually corrode in humid environments, but gives a much greater strength. The size of ¹�₈” refers to the rivet head diameter.

O

R

P N

Grip range (depth) measurements are listed at the end of each description. This is an important number to consider because if the rivet is too short, it will not mushroom the head properly, and if too long, the assembly will be loose.

Q

Use with Hand Rivet Gun (#6635) on p.125. M N

6660 6665

¹⁄₈” Aluminum/Steel Rivet—Range ³⁄₁₆”–¼” ¹⁄₈” Aluminum/Steel Rivet—Range ⁵⁄₁₆”–3⁄₈” PRICE BREAKS: Box (500) | Case (5)

ALL-ALUMINUM RIVETS All-aluminum rivets will not rust. Ideal for use in marine and exposed situations where corrosion is a concern. The size of ¹�₈” refers to the rivet head diameter. Use with Hand Rivet Gun (#6635) on p.125. P Q R

6640 6645 6650

AWNING FASTENERS

¹⁄₈” All-Aluminum Rivet—Range ¹⁄₁₆”–¹⁄₈” ¹⁄₈” All-Aluminum Rivet—Range ³⁄₁₆”–¼” ¹⁄₈” All-Aluminum Rivet—Range ⁵⁄₁₆”–³⁄₈”

N S

PRICE BREAKS: Box (500) | Case (5) T

SNAP RING WASHER Provides a clean, vibration proof mounting of fasteners and rivets. The washer protects paint from scratching, fiberglass from cracking and ensures a tight fit. This clear, rubbery washer slides onto a screw or rivet and front-seals the unit in place. The studs dig into it to prevent loosening or rattling and the surface is protected. Use it anywhere you attach fasteners. O

3950

Snap Ring Washer PRICE BREAKS: Bag (100) | Package (10)

N

BRASS DISC & PRONG The brass disc and prong system is used to lace awning fabric to the frame. This system prevents the rope from hitting the fabric due to the prong’s unique design. Simply loop the rope through the eye, and slip the prong through the discs for a secure hold. S T

13017 13018

1387 Brass Disc (Use with Prong #13018) 13018 Brass Prong (Use with Disc #13017) PRICE BREAKS: Each

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: FASTENERS

/ 69


Please see p.72 for Q-Snap Tools.

SPECIALTY FASTENERS

Q-SNAP FASTENERS

N

Q-SNAP is the only secure fastener with stretch function. It is developed for covers and spray hoods on boats, and is perfect for all applications that require textiles to be tight and secure. The patented Q-SNAP is just like a normal press-fastener, with two additional parts—a ring underneath the cloth and a gentle hook on deck. This combination turns the fastener into a secured connection that will not pop loose, while it incorporates a stretch-function (lever). B

A

C

D

E

Q-SNAP STUDS

Q-SNAP SOCKET

Underneath the Q-SNAP stud is a very thin silicone layer that keeps the stud from twisting, prevents tension corrosion and provides different attaching methods, such as the tapping screw (#11341).

D

Q-Snap Socket PRICE BREAK: Package (100)

Q-SNAP EYELET

11346 Q-Snap Stud Cover—Light Grey 11347 Q-Snap Stud Cover—Off-White

A A

11339

E

11343

Q-Snap Eyelet Stainless Steel 316 PRICE BREAK: Package (100)

An elegant stud cover to protect feet and clothes from the hooks on Q-Snap Studs (#11340 and #11341). PRICE BREAK: Package (10) 11340 Q-Snap Stud Stainless Steel 316 11341 Q-Snap Stud Stainless Steel 316—With Tapping Screw

B C

PRICE BREAK: Package (100)

G

H

I

Q-SNAP CAPS Fits most 15mm domed cap dies on hand punch, pliers or any die press (similar to the DOT® brand). PRICE BREAK: Package (100)

70 /

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: FASTENERS

J

K

L

M

G H

11332 11333

Black Matte Black

J

11334

Pearl White

K

11336

Khaki

I

11335

Grey

L

11338

Bordeaux Red

-

11330 11331

Polished Polished—Long Shaft

M

11337

Navy Blue


N N

O

N

Q-SNAP KITS N

11344

Q-Snap Starter Kit

Parts sold only as a part of the Q-Snap Starter Kit

A convenient collection of a selection of the parts and supplies to get you started with Q-Snap products. Please note that the products shown on the right-hand side will only be available in this kit.

From Left–Right: Fischer Plug, Self-Drilling Screw, M4 Bolt, 4mm Hole Punch, Hand Punch Set, Blind Rivet and Tapping Screw.

PRICE BREAK: Each O

11345

Q-Snap DIY Pack A blister pack with all the essential Q-Snap screws, caps and studs to incorporate Q-Snap fasteners in your projects. Includes a Switch Over set to help switch over your previouslyexisting fasteners to the Q-Snap system. PRICE BREAK: Each

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: FASTENERS

/ 71


SPECIALTY FASTENERS

N

Q-SNAP FASTENER TOOLS A

C

B

Q-SNAP INSTALLATION TOOLS A

11348 Q-Snap Stud Holder

C A

A tool to hold Q-Snap studs in position while they are screwed in place. Designed for both left and right-hand use. Compatible studs include #11341 and #11340. Please see p.70 for details on Q-Snap studs.

2

3

1

4

11349 Q-Snap Stud Marker If the Q-Snap Socket (#11339, p.70) is already fitted to the cloth, simply attach the Stud Marker to the socket, stretch the canvas tight, then press down to mark the deck. The resulting dent on the deck surface provides the correct position to begin drilling.

?

PRICE BREAK: Each C

1350

Q-Snap Install Pin If the Q-Snap Stud is already in place on deck, the installation pin should be used to help install the cap to the fabric. Fit the pin over the stud, press the fabric down on the pin, then fit the plastic stopper. The resulting pinhole marks the correct positioning for the Q-Snap Cap (please see p.70 for Q-Snap Cap’s full color range). PRICE BREAK: Package (25)

72 /

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: FASTENERS

2 3

PRICE BREAK: Each B

1

3

?


FINALLY . . . ...a way to fix your cover tight and easy ...a way to fix your cover tight and easy

EASY to use EASY to Nowuse even children and people with less Now even children people withcover. less strength in their handsand can fix any tight strength can fix anyoftight cover. All thanksintotheir the hands integrated lever Q-SNAP. Allisthanks to bit theof integrated lever of Q-SNAP. It just that help to overcome the It is just easily. that bit of help to overcome the tension tension easily.

TIGHT and secure connection TIGHT and secure connection Cover makers using Q-SNAP can make a

Cover makers can make solid and tightusing coverQ-SNAP that protects boata solidcrew and tight cover that protects boat and properly. and crewpop properly. It won’t loose, no matter what the angle It won’t popthe loose, matterand what the angle is between fixednosurface the cover. is between the fixed surface and the cover.

QUICK QUICK to install to installis like a normal press fastener. Installation Installation like a itnormal fastener. Special toolsismake faster press to install than Specialsecured tools make it faster to install than other fasteners. other secured fasteners. There are no extra parts, thanks to There are no extra parts, thanks to smart pre-assembly. smart pre-assembly.

QUALITY QUALITY smart and robust smart and robust To even be resistant to seawater, Q-SNAP

Tomade even be resistant to seawater, Q-SNAP steel. is from high quality 316 stainless is made from high quality 316 stainless The special ring spring in the socket is steel. The special ringstable spring in even the socket dimensionally and more is dimensionally stable and more resistant to corrosion thaneven SS 316. resistant to corrosion 316. the Q-stud A thin silicone rubber than layerSS isolates A thin silicone rubber layer isolates to prevent tension corrosion. Abovethe all, Q-stud it is to prevent tension corrosion. Above all,moving it is the only secured fastener without the only secured moving parts, making it veryfastener durable without and robust. parts, making it very durable and robust. Get your FREE SAMPLE at our METS-stand Getvisit your FREE SAMPLE at our METS-stand or WWW.Q-SNAP.COM or visit WWW.Q-SNAP.COM SUREFAS offers next generation fastening for sprayhoods, SUREFAS systems offers next generation dodgers, etc. boats. fasteningcovers systems foron sprayhoods, It is the covers company behind dodgers, etc.name on boats. products like PERFIX®, CAF-316® It is the company name behind and Q-SNAP®, is dedicated to products like and PERFIX®, CAF-316® bring real fastening and Q-SNAP®, and issolutions. dedicated to to thereal challenging fastener bring fasteningtextile solutions. market. to the challenging textile fastener market.

safe and secure safe and secure the secured fastener with protruding parts theno secured fastener with no protruding parts

made last made to last made last made to last the only normal press fastener in stainless the only316 normal presssteel fastener in 316 stainless steel

next generation fasteners next generation fasteners ‘how small things can make a big difference’ George ‘how small thingsVeldhoen, can make inventor a big difference’ George Veldhoen, inventor

tight tight and and easy easy by by


HARDWARE: SPECIALTY FASTENERS ZIPPERS

HARDWARE 74 /

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: ZIPPERS


PRODUCT INFORMATION

ZIPPER NOTES 1

2

3

Zippers come in three basic systems—coil (or spiral), injectionmolded profile (Delrin or Vislon) and metal. FIGURE 1: COIL ZIPPERS Uses the toothed elements of helical coils of polyester, nylon or, in some cases, metal wire as the fastening system. Coils can be formed and woven directly into the supporting tapes or preformed and sewn onto specially pre-manufactured tapes. Widely used due to their inconspicuous appearance when incorporated into the finished product. FIGURE 2: INJECTION-MOLDED ZIPPERS (DELRIN OR VISLON) These zippers have teeth of individually coupled members that interlock and are injection-molded onto pre-woven dyed tape. They have a degree of self-lubrication and tend to be somewhat sturdier than an equivalent size of coil zipper. They also handle water and impurities better than coil zippers. In the larger size they are ideal for outdoor topping applications such as boats and other marine applications. FIGURE 3: METAL ZIPPERS Feature teeth of stamped or die-cast interlocking design fastened to the beaded edge of a dyed supporting tape. They have long life and tend to be very sturdy and strong in all directions. Brass zippers are used in marine and tent applications as they do not rust like steel. Also used in applications such as garment and upholstering due to the desired brass or metal finish.

PRODUCT TIP

CHOOSING A FINISHED ZIPPER If strength is not a particular concern, go with whichever zipper will provide the desired finished appearance. However, if strength is required, select the largest size that would fit your project. Metal and Delrin are stronger, although the larger coil zippers are strong enough for bags and other applications.

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: ZIPPERS

/ 75


HARDWARE: SPECIALTY FASTENERS ZIPPERS

A

B

C

COIL ZIPPERS: JEF ZIP #5 COIL ZIPPER CHAIN A 11660 #5 Coil ⁵⁄₈” Zipper—Off-White B 9890 #5 Coil ⁵⁄₈” Zipper—White C 9880 #5 Coil ⁵⁄₈” Zipper—Black

E

D

G

F

PRICE BREAKS: Roll (200yd) | Case (5) H

#8 COIL ZIPPER CHAIN C 9885 #8 Coil ⁵⁄₈” Zipper—Black

I

PRICE BREAKS: Roll (150yd) | Case (4) #10 COIL ZIPPER CHAIN B 9999 #10 Coil ⁵⁄₈” Zipper—White C 9888 #10 Coil ⁵⁄₈” Zipper—Black

J

K

PRICE BREAKS: Roll (100yd) | Case (5) #5 ZIPPER SLIDERS D E H

9891 #5 Non-Locking Coil Zipper Slider—White 9879 #5 Non-Locking Coil Zipper Slider—Black 10001 #5 Non-Locking 2-Tab Coil Zipper Slider—Black PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (10)

F G

11682 #5 Locking Coil Zipper Slider—Off-White 11670 #5 Locking Coil Zipper Slider—Black PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (10)

#8 ZIPPER SLIDERS E H

9886 #8 Non-Locking Coil Zipper Slider—Black 10003 #8 Non-Locking 2-Tab Coil Zipper Slider—Black PRICE BREAKS: Package (25) | Case (8)

#5 FINISHED COIL—OPEN END AUTOLOCK J J J

11500 #5 Coil 16” Open End Autolock—Black 11501 #5 Coil 18” Open End Autolock—Black 11502 #5 Coil 20” Open End Autolock—Black PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)

#10 ZIPPER SLIDERS E H I

9889 #10 Non-Locking Coil Zipper Slider—Black 10004 #10 Non-Locking 2-Tab Coil Zipper Slider—Black 10000 #10 Non-Locking 2-Tab Coil Zipper Slider—White PRICE BREAKS: Package (25) | Case (4)

#5 FINISHED COIL—CLOSED END AUTOLOCK K K K K

11609 11610 11612 11613

#5 Coil 6” Closed End Autolock—Black #5 Coil 7” Closed End Autolock—Black #5 Coil 9” Closed End Autolock—Black #5 Coil 10” Closed End Autolock—Black PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)

76 /

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: ZIPPERS

Please see p.141 for Zipper tools.


JEFZip Sliders & Chains imagination ONLY LIMITED BY YOUR

CLEAN SIMPLE

ESSENTIAL exclusive to J. Ennis Fabrics

JEFZip Sliders and Chains are an economical alternative to more expensive nylon zippers. JEF Gliders are made corrosionresistant featuring a tough-baked enamel finish. JEFZip is suitable for use in any outdoor applications, particularly Marine, Garment and Sport or Outdoor Bag applications. For more info, see p.79. SPECIALTY HARDWARE: ZIPPERS

/ 77


HARDWARE: SPECIALTY FASTENERS ZIPPERS

DELRIN ZIPPERS: LENZIP These plastic Delrin zippers have individually-injected molded teeth fused directly onto the tape of the zipper. The resins used to manufacture the molded plastic chain are incredibly strong. Ideal for heavy-weight garments and various outdoor applications. Auto-locking sliders prevent the zipper from opening until the slider tab is pulled. LENZIP #10 TWO-TAB AUTOLOCK ZIPPERS 11074 11076 11078 11080 11082 11084 11086 11088 11090

Black 18” 24” 30” 36” 42” 48” 54” 60” 66”

11073 11075 11077 11079 11081 11083 11085 11087 11089

White 18” 24” 30” 36” 42” 48” 54” 60” 66”

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (10) | Case (25) 11094 72”

11092 72”

LENZIP #8 TWO-TAB AUTOLOCK ZIPPERS 11108 11109 11110 11111

Black Only 24” 36” 48” 60” PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (10) | Case (25)

11112 11113 11114 11116

72” 84” 96” 108” PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (10) | Case (20)

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (10) | Case (20) 11097 11100 11103 11105 11107

78” 84” 96” 108” 120”

11096 11098 11102 11104 11106

78” 84” 96” 108” 120”

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (10)

LENZIP #10 AUTOLOCK ZIPPER

78 /

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: ZIPPERS

LENZIP #8 AUTOLOCK ZIPPER


A

B

D C

DELRIN ZIPPERS: JEFZIP JEFZIP #5 DELRIN CHAIN ZIPPER A B

JEFZIP #5 DELRIN LOCKING ZIPPER SLIDERS

11400 #5 Delrin Chain Zipper—Black 11412 #5 Delrin Chain Zipper—Off-White

C D

PRICE BREAKS: Roll (100yd) | Case (5) JEFZIP #5 DELRIN OPEN-END AUTOLOCK ZIPPERS

11420 #5 Delrin Locking Zipper Slider—Black 11432 #5 Delrin Locking Zipper Slider—Off-White PRICE BREAKS: Bag (100) | Package (10)

E

Pre-made #5 Delrin zippers, open-end with autolock sliders. Used in garments and bag applications. Available only in black. PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10) E E E E

11300 11301 11302 11306

16” 18” 20” 24”

E E E E

11308 11310 11312 11448

26” 28” 30” 40”

JEFZIP #10 DELRIN CHAIN

H I F

Nylon tooth zippers are strong and lightweight. They operate smoothly despite the presence of sand, mud, or other contaminants. Ideal for topping and other outdoor applications including garments and bags. F G

10170 10166

#10 Delrin Chain—Black #10 Delrin Chain—White PRICE BREAKS: 10yd | 100yd

JEF ZIP #10 DELRIN TWO-TAB SLIDERS—NON-LOCKING Coordinates with JEFZip’s #10 Delrin Chains (#10170 and #10166). H I

10168 10172

G

#10 Delrin Non-Locking Two-Tab Slider—White #10 Delrin Non-Locking Two-Tab Slider—Black PRICE BREAKS: Bag (25) | Package (4)

Please see p.141 for Zipper tools.

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: ZIPPERS

/ 79


HARDWARE: SPECIALTY FASTENERS ZIPPERS

YKK VISLON: UNFINISHED ZIPPERS YKK Vislon zippers are extremely strong and lightweight. The “teeth” are made from Vislon nylon and the tape is polyester. Due to the unique properties of Vislon, the fastener has a wide variety of industrial, consumer and military applications where environmental conditions can reduce the effectiveness of metal zippers. YKK is corrosion-resistant and is self-lubricating to a degree. This ensures smooth operation despite sand, mud or other contaminants. The color is cast into the molding, so there is no finish to rub off, peel or chip. Vislon has excellent heat resistance (up to 182°C / 360°F) and resists cold down to -51°C (-60°F). Melting point is at 249°C (480°F), which is well beyond normal laundering or exposure temperatures. Resistance to chemicals further extends the use of Vislon beyond the scope of conventional metal zippers, which are prone to accelerated corrosion with exposure to chemicals.

A

B

C

I

D H

F

J

E

K

G

S R

P Q

L

O M

W

N

V

U A1

T

Y X

80 /

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: ZIPPERS

Z


YKK #5 VISLON ZIPPERS

YKK #10 VISLON ZIPPERS

This product is available in cut lengths or in full rolls of 220yd. The #5 tape is ½” in width.

This product is available in cut lengths or in full rolls of 110yd. The #10 tape is ⁵⁄₈” in width.

A B C

9935 #5 Vislon Zipper Chain—Black 9975 #5 Vislon Zipper Chain—White 10082 #5 Vislon Zipper Chain—Beige

A B C D

PRICE BREAKS: Yard | Roll (220yd) | Roll (3)

9939 9940 10075 9943

PRICE BREAKS: Yard | Roll (110yd)

YKK #5 VISLON ZIPPER SLIDERS—NON-LOCKING L M N

YKK #10 VISLON TWO-TAB SLIDERS—NON-LOCKING

9936 #5 Vislon Non-Locking Zipper Slider—Black 9990 #5 Vislon Non-Locking Zipper Slider—White 10083 #5 Vislon Non-Locking Zipper Slider—Beige

E F G H

PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (10)

9942 9946 10079 9944

YKK #5 VISLON TWO-TAB SLIDERS—NON-LOCKING R S

9930 9980

YKK #5 VISLON STOPS 9937 #5 Vislon Top Stop—Black 9982 #5 Vislon Top Stop—White 10084 #5 Vislon Top Stop—Beige

X Y Z

9938 #5 Vislon Bottom Stop—Black 9984 #5 Vislon Bottom Stop—White 10085 #5 Vislon Bottom Stop—Beige

YKK #10 VISLON TWO-TAB SLIDERS—LOCKING I J K

YKK #10 VISLON ZIPPER SLIDERS—NON-LOCKING O P Q

YKK #8 COIL TWO-TAB SLIDER—NON-LOCKING F

10122 #8 Coil Non-Locking Two-Tab Slider—White

YKK #10 VISLON STOPS

YKK #8 COIL ZIPPER SLIDER—NON-LOCKING P

9947 #10 Vislon Zipper One-Tab Slider—Black 9941 #10 Vislon Zipper One-Tab Slider—White 10078 #10 Vislon Zipper One-Tab Slider—Beige PRICE BREAKS: Package (25) | Case (4)

PRICE BREAKS: Package (25) | Case (4)

N

9974 #10 Vislon Two-Tab Locking Slider—Black 9972 #10 Vislon Two-Tab Locking Slider—White 10076 #10 Vislon Two-Tab Locking Slider—Beige PRICE BREAKS: Package (25) | Case (4)

10120 #8 Coil Zipper Chain—White PRICE BREAKS: Yard

N

#10 Plastic Non-Locking Two-Tab Slider—Black #10 Plastic Non-Locking Two-Tab Slider—White

PRICE BREAKS: Package (10) | Case (5)

YKK #8 VISLON ZIPPERS B

9945 9976

Non-locking plastic sliders for salt water and other marine applications. Molded in color. Will not rust even if chipped.

PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case(10)

N

PRICE BREAKS: Package (25) | Case (4) -

PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (10)

#10 Vislon Non-Locking Two-Tab Slider—Black #10 Vislon Non-Locking Two-Tab Slider—White #10 Vislon Non-Locking Two-Tab Slider—Beige #10 Vislon Non-Locking Two-Tab Slider—Blue Non-locking sliders made of enameled steel.

#5 Vislon Non-Locking Two-Tab Slider—Black #5 Vislon Non-Locking Two-Tab Slider—White

T V W

#10 Vislon Zipper Chain—Black #10 Vislon Zipper Chain—White #10 Vislon Zipper Chain—Beige #10 Vislon Zipper Chain—Blue

10121 #8 Coil Non-Locking One-Tab Slider—White PRICE BREAKS: Package (25) | Case (4)

N

U V W

9965 #10 Vislon Top Stop—Black 9948 #10 Vislon Top Stop—White 10081 #10 Vislon Top Stop—Beige

X Y Z

9966 #10 Vislon Bottom Stop—Black 9949 #10 Vislon Bottom Stop—White 10080 #10 Vislon Bottom Stop—Beige

A1

11013 #10 YKK “V” Zipper Stop—Stainless Steel PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (10)

Please see p.141 for Zipper tools.

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: ZIPPERS

/ 81


HARDWARE: SPECIALTY FASTENERS ZIPPERS

YKK VISLON: FINISHED ZIPPERS N

YKK #8 LOCKING VISLON ZIPPERS #8 locking zipper with double pull-tab sliders made from enamel-coated zinc. A heavy zipper used in marine convertible tops and tenting applications. PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (10) | Case (25) 10086 10015 10016 10087 10017 10088 10089

Black 24” 36” 48” 54” 60” 72” 84”

10014 10018 10019 10021 10020 10022 10023

White 24” 36” 48” 54” 60” 72” 84”

YKK #10 LOCKING VISLON ZIPPERS #10 locking zipper with double pull-tab sliders made from enamel-coated zinc. A heavy zipper used in marine convertible tops and tenting applications. PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (10) | Case (25) 10024 10005 10006 10007 10025 10008 10026 10009 10027 10010 10028 10011 10012 10029 10013

Black 18” 24” 30” 36” 42” 48” 54” 60” 66” 72” 78” 84” 96” 108” 120”

10039 9977 9978 9979 10040 9981 10041 9983 10042 9985 10043 9986 9987 10044 9988

WHITE

82 /

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: ZIPPERS

White 18” 24” 30” 36” 42” 48” 54” 60” 66” 72” 78” 84” 96” 108” 120”

10045 10046 10047 10048 10049 10050 10051 10052 10053 10054 10055 10056 10057 10058 10059

BEIGE

Beige 18” 24” 30” 36” 42” 48” 54” 60” 66” 72” 78” 84” 96” 108” 120”

BURGUNDY

10090 10091 10092 10093 10094 10095 10096 10097 10098

BLUE

Burgundy 24” 30” 36” 48” 60” 72” 84” 96” 120”

BLACK

9950 9951 9952 9953 9954 9955 9956 9957 9958

Blue 24” 30” 36” 48” 60” 72” 84” 96” 120”

GREY

10030 10031 10032 10033 10034 10035 10036 10037 10038

Grey 24” 30” 36” 48” 60” 72” 84” 96” 120”


YKK #10 NON-LOCKING VISLON ZIPPERS #10 non-locking zipper with double pull-tab sliders made from enamel-coated zinc. A heavy zipper used in marine convertible tops and tenting applications. PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (10) | Case (25) 9470 9991 9989 9992 9471 9993 9472 9994 9473 9995 9474 9996 9997 9475 9998

Black 18” 24” 30” 36” 42” 48” 54” 60” 66” 72” 78” 84” 96” 108” 120”

9450 9959 9969 9960 9451 9961 9452 9962 9453 9963 9454 9964 9967 9455 9968

White 18” 24” 30” 36” 42” 48” 54” 60” 66” 72” 78” 84” 96” 108” 120”

10060 10061 10062 10063 10064 10065 10066 10067 10068 10069 10070 10071 10072 10073 10074

Beige 18” 24” 30” 36” 42” 48” 54” 60” 66” 72” 78” 84” 96” 108” 120”

Please see p.141 for Zipper tools.

Proudly representing…

®

American & Efird Canada, Inc.

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: ZIPPERS

/ 83


HARDWARE: SPECIALTY FASTENERS ZIPPERS

B

C

YKK METAL ZIPPERS: ALUMINUM D

YKK #10 ALUMINUM ZIPPER TAPE A

9931

#10 96” Aluminum Two-Tab Finished Zipper A separable aluminum zipper, the #10 twotab zipper is ideal for boat top and tent applications—anywhere that a separable zipper is needed. It can be shortened by trimming the free ends. They can be capped with the aluminum top stops (#9923) to keep the finished professional appearance. J. Ennis Fabrics also carries a selection of these zippers in a brass finish (#9934). Tape color is a light beige. PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (10) | Case (25)

B

9921

#10 Aluminum Heavy Zipper Tape

PRICE BREAKS: Yard | Roll (100yd) YKK #10 ALUMINUM ZIPPER SLIDERS 9922

#10 Aluminum Two-Tab Slider PRICE BREAKS: Package (25) | Case (4)

YKK #10 ALUMINUM ZIPPER STOPS F G

9923 9924

#10 Aluminum Top Stop #10 Aluminum Bottom Stop PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (5)

84 /

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: ZIPPERS

F

G A

YKK #5 ALUMINUM ZIPPER TAPE C

9918

#5 Aluminum Heavy Zipper Tape #5 aluminum zipper tape in a continuous roll. This is a slightly larger and stronger version of the #4 zipper (p.290–291). It is intended for more strenuous applications, such as bags and other places where a slightly heavier load is expected. Tape color is a light beige.

Heavy #10 aluminum zipper on beige tape. A common size in marine, boat top and tent applications. The tape has a width of ¾”. Sliders (#9922 and #9919) are available as well as top and bottom stops (#9923 and #9924) for a secure and attractive finish. Tape color is a light beige.

D

E

PRICE BREAKS: Roll (109yd) | Case (4) E

9919

#5 Aluminum Single-Tab Slider PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (10)


H L

J

K

I

YKK METAL ZIPPERS: BRASS YKK #10 BRASS ZIPPER TAPE H

9925

#10 Brass Heavy Zipper Tape Heavy #10 brass zipper on black tape. Although a common size in marine and boat top applications, the #10 zipper is also popular in tents and other shelters or heavy bag applications. The tape width is ¾”. Sliders (#9926) are available as well as top and bottom stops (#9927 and #9928) for a secure and attractive finish.

YKK #10 BRASS TWO-TAB ZIPPER SLIDER L

9926

#10 Brass Two-Tab Slider PRICE BREAKS: Package (25) | Case (4)

YKK #10 BRASS ZIPPER STOPS J K

9927 9928

#10 Brass Top Stop #10 Brass Bottom Stop PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (5)

PRICE BREAKS: Yard | Roll (55yd) I I I

9932 9933 9934

#10 36” Brass Two-Tab Finished Zipper #10 60” Brass Two-Tab Finished Zipper #10 96” Brass Two-Tab Finished Zipper Pre-made separable brass zippers on black ¾” tape. Ideal for outdoor use in tents. Brass is sturdy, attractive and handles humidity and cold easily. Can be shortened and finished with #10 top stops (#9927). PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (12) | Case (25)

Please see p.141 for Zipper tools.

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: ZIPPERS

/ 85


HARDWARE: FITTINGS

MEASUREMENT NOTES Littco fitting measurements are based on pipe sizes of schedule 40 pipes which are measured by the inside diameter.

AWNING FITTINGS: ALUMINUM The aluminum fittings listed here have a primary application in the construction of awnings. While many of the parts appear similar to their counterparts in the boat top trade, they tend to be larger castings and in many cases are not as well finished as the equivalent marine parts. All parts have a smooth surface with a bright finish. Set screws, hinge screws, bolts and nuts are made of stainless steel unless otherwise indicated. D

A

E

I

G

F

K

H

C

L

J

B

CLEAT A

2410

M

N

P

O

Q

6” Cleat

N H

I

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10) CAMEL BACK HINGES

SLIPFIT FRONT BAR CLAMP

Camel back hinges that move the pivot point out from the surface to allow full range of movement of eye ends. Projection distance given is from the mounting surface.

Fit tubing into the bar clamp and tighten the stainless steel setscrew.

B C

2404 2406

M N

Camel Back Hinge—¾” Projection Camel Back Hinge—1”

POST SOCKETS FOR BRICK

ROD CLAMPS 2372 2370 2368

For mounting pipes securely into brick or stone surfaces. Mounts using lag bolts or cement/brick anchors. Q 2425 1” Post Socket for Brick—ID* 1³⁄₈”

Hookless Head Rod Clamp—½” Head Rod Clamp—½” Head Rod Clamp—³⁄₈”

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

POST SOCKETS FOR WOOD

COMBINATION RAFTER/SLIP TEE

O P

Combination rafter tee and upright tee with offset that allows for individual or dual use. G

2360

¼” Slipfit Eye End—ID* ½” ½” Slipfit Eye End—ID* ⁷⁄₈” ¾” Slipfit Heavy-Duty Eye End—ID* 1¹⁄₈” 1” Slipfit Eye End—ID* 1³⁄₈”

Z-SHAPED AWNING MOUNTING BRACKET Z-bracket with two equally spaced holes for lagging into mortar and securing to the wall. The ³⁄₁₆” hole on the other end accommodates a tek screw for fastening the awning frame to the bracket.

N

H

11014

L

2427

½” Slipfit 90° Elbow—ID* ⁷⁄₈” PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

86 /

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: ALUMINUMFIT TINGS

Z-Shaped Awning Bracket—1” The 1” square design will accommodate both 1” round and square awning frame tubing.

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10) SLIPFIT ELBOW

1” Post Socket for Wood—ID* 1³⁄₈” ¾” Post Socket for Wood—ID* 1¹⁄₈” PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

SLIPFIT EYE END 2361 2420 2364 2366

2424 2422

1” Combination Rafter/Slip Tee—ID* 1³⁄₈” PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

H I J K

Aluminum Front Bar Clamp—¾” x ¾” Aluminum Front Bar Clamp—1” x 1” PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10) D E F

2378 2380

N

I

11015

Z-Shaped Awning Bracket—3” PRICE BREAKS: Bag (25) | Package (4) | Case (18) *ID: Inside Diameter


Specifying FIRESIST fabric in the early stages of development has never been an easier decision.

Visualization

FIRESIST® IS A TRADEMARK OF GLEN RAVEN, INC.

Drawings are for visual representation only.

FIRESIST 82005-0000 REGATTA TWEED

FIRESIST Fabric Certifications

California State Fire Marshal Title 19 NFPA 701-99, test method II CPAI-84; Tent walls and roof FMVSS 302 FAA 25.853 (Aviation) UFAC Upholstered Furniture, Class 1

Specify FIRESIST® for an up-to-code fire-resistant awning fabric that looks as good as it performs. Improved strength, colorfastness and weather-resistance make fabrication with FIRESIST easier than ever. There has never been a smarter decision when it comes to quality, assurance and safety.

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: FIT TINGS

/ 87


Please see p.135 for Bending tools.

HARDWARE: FITTINGS

ALUMINUM TUBING

N BRIGHT ANODIZED ROUND ALUMINUM TUBING: 0.058” WALL THICKNESS Drawn aluminum tubing with a polished bright-dip finish. Lightweight and easy to work with, the ¾” tubing will slide easily into ⁷/₈” tubing to form cockpit poles (see p.105). 8362

Square Tube #8376 used in conjunction with Jaw Slide #2579.

Outer Diameter (OD) ¾” x Length 20’

CLEAR ANODIZED SQUARE ALUMINUM TUBING: 0.058” WALL THICKNESS

PRICE BREAKS: Per foot (20’ lengths) | 240’ | 1080’ 8372

OD* ⁷/₈” x Length 20’

Square tubing to be used with the following Jaw Slides, #2706, #2705, #2708, and #2579 (see inset photo above.)

PRICE BREAKS: Per foot (20’ lengths) | 240’ | 1080’ 11231 OD* ⁷/₈” x Length 24’ 24’ tubes must be shipped by truck. J. Ennis Fabrics can cut tube in half if this product is shipped by courier.

8368

OD* 1” x Length 24’ PRICE BREAKS: Per foot (24’ lengths) | 240’

N

8376

PRICE BREAKS: Per foot (24’ lengths) | 432’

OD* 1¼” x Length 24’ PRICE BREAKS: Per foot (24’ lengths) | 240’

STAINLESS STEEL TUBING SUPER BUFFED STAINLESS STEEL ROUND TUBING Bright finished 304 stainless steel tubing. Extra strength makes for a stronger frame ideal for railings. Sold in complete lengths of 20’. 8374 8365

OD* ⁷/₈” x 0.049” Wall Thickness x Length 20’ OD* 1” x 0.065” Wall Thickness x Length 20’ PRICE BREAKS: Per foot (20’ lengths) | 200’

8373 8364 8367

OD* ⁷/₈” x 0.065” Wall Thickness x Length 24’ OD* 1” x 0.065” Wall Thickness x Length 24’ OD* 1¼” x 0.065” Wall Thickness x Length 24’ PRICE BREAKS: Per foot (24’ lengths) | 240’

88 /

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: TUBING

* OD: Outer Diameter


STAINLESS STEEL: GEMINI FITTINGS The Gemini Fittings are made of 316 stainless steel and include a Sliding Side Mount, Split Jaw Side Mount fitting in ⁷⁄₈”, 1”, and 1¼”. Also available are Gemini hinges in ⁷⁄₈” and 1”. The Sliding Side Mount and Split Jaw Side Mount feature a beefed-up body style with a stand-off style that allows hand room between the grab rail and the fabric which makes them ideal for mounting struts, grab and hand rails in marine frames. The Gemini Hinges fit standard tubing for use in collapsible support struts, dinettes and folding tables and folding seating.

A

B

E

F

G

H

D

C

SLIDING SIDE MOUNTS

HINGES

Compatible with standard marine end fittings. Heavy duty construction with two set screws. Phillips head bolt and nylon washer. Easy installation, requires no modification of existing frames.

Solid body construction with two Buna O-rings to compensate for tubing wall thickness variation. Relief areas are provided for attachment to tubing via either roll pins or set screws.

A B C

11062 Gemini Sliding Side Mount—1¼” 11061 Gemini Sliding Side Mount—1” 11060 Gemini Sliding Side Mount—⁷/₈”

G H

11066 Gemini Hinge—⁷/₈” 11067 Gemini Hinge—1” PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (10)

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (10) SPLIT JAW SLIDE MOUNT Split-style mounts can be mounted anywhere on a frame, which creates a greater range of applications. D E F

11063 Gemini Split Jaw Slide Mount—⁷/₈” 11064 Gemini Split Jaw Slide Mount—1” 11065 Gemini Split Jaw Slide Mount—1¼” PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (10)

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: GEMINI FIT TINGS

/ 89


HARDWARE: FITTINGS

STAINLESS STEEL: RAIL FITTINGS A wide range of fittings to be used along with ⁷⁄₈” and 1” stainless steel tubing to create handrails and guides. The range of angles on the bases and stanchions will allow you to fit most contours and shapes. Use 1” to create a heavier, more sturdy rail. Made with 316 Stainless Steel. 60° BASE A B

2855 2854

60° Rectangular Base—1” 60° Rectangular Base—⁷/₈” PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

C D

2863 2862

B

A

C

D

60° Round Base—1” 60° Round Base—⁷/₈” PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

60° UNIVERSAL TEE FITTINGS E F

2874 2875

60° Universal Tee Fitting—⁷/₈” 60° Universal Tee Fitting—1”

E

F

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10) 90° BASE G H

2851 2850

90° Rectangular Base—1” 90° Rectangular Base—⁷/₈” PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

I J

2859 2858

G

H

90° Round Base—1” 90° Round Base—⁷/₈” PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

I

J

90° TEE FITTINGS K L

2871 2870

90° Tee Fitting—1” 90° Tee Fitting—⁷/₈” PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10) K

90 /

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: RAIL FIT TINGS

L


Q V M

S

U

L

N

R T O

P

CORNER FITTING L

2888

Three-Way Corner Fitting—⁷/₈” PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

STANCHION Q R

2905 2904

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

ELBOWS M N O

2879 2878 2892

90° Elbow—1” 90° Elbow—⁷/₈” Elbow and Anchor Eye—⁷/₈” PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

BOW FORM P

2882

60° Aft Stanchion—1” 60° Aft Stanchion—⁷/₈”

110° Bow Form PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

S T

2901 2900

60° Center Stanchion—1” 60° Center Stanchion—⁷/₈” PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

RAIL END U V

2885 2886

5½° Rail End (End Out) 5½° Rail End (End In) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: RAIL FIT TINGS

/ 91


HARDWARE: FITTINGS

STAINLESS STEEL: TOP FITTINGS High quality die cast 316 stainless steel fittings, highly polished for a brilliant finish. Used in the construction of bimini top frames. Extremely strong and durable. They are drilled to accept either one of the ³⁄₈” Quick Release Pins listed on p.94 or a machine screw with ¼–20 threads; in some cases a headless screw of this size is included. Those with mounting screws are pre-drilled to accommodate the use of #10 screws, which will mount flush in the countersunk holes. BALL AND SOCKET FITTINGS

N B

N A

C

2563

E D

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (10)

N B C

A

Ball and Socket Deck Hinge w/ Pin + Lanyard

2565 2564

Ball and Socket Outside Top Cap—1” Ball and Socket Outside Top Cap—⁷/₈” PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (10)

N D E

2567 2566

Ball and Socket Jaw Slide—1” Ball and Socket Jaw Slide—⁷/₈” PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (10)

N N F

F G

2562

Ball and Socket 90o Eye End—⁷/₈” PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (10)

H

N G H

2569 2568

Ball and Socket Concave Hinge W/P—⁷/₈” Ball and Socket Deck Hinge W/P—⁷/₈” PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (10)

I

J

K

N I J

2571 2573

Hinge with D-Ring—Port Side Hinge with D-Ring—Starboard PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (10)

N

K

2574

Pull Pin with Pull Knob Lanyard PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (10)

92 /

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: STAINLESS STEEL TOP FIT TINGS


N M

R

S

V

P

U Q

O

L

T

JAW SLIDES L M

2665 2667

Jaw Slide with Rubber Gasket—1” Jaw Slide with Rubber Gasket—⁷/₈” PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

N

2697

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

Double-Side Jaw Slide—1” T U

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10) O P

2704 2694

2698 Split Jaw Slide—⁷/₈” 2699 Split Jaw Slide—1” 11043 Split Jaw Slide—1¼”

Q R S

2668 2721

Jaw Slide with Bolt—⁷/₈” Jaw Slide with Bolt—1”

Two-Screw Jaw Slide—1” Two-Screw Jaw Slide—1¼” PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

V

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

2696

Heavy Top Jaw Slide—1” PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

Y X

W

Z

A1

C1

B1

D1

F1

EYE END

2692 2693 2666 2720 2689

Top Cap Eye End—1” Top Cap Eye End—⁷/₈” Two-Screw Eye End—1” Two-Screw Eye End—1¼” Heavy Top Cap Eye End—1”

W

2688

2581

H1

Quick-Release Side Mount/Eye End—⁷/₈” Two-hole side mount with Quick Release End. Eye end fits ⁷⁄₈” tubing, then fits vertically into mount and locks when pivoted off center. Base size approximately ⁷⁄₈”x2”. Pre-drilled to accommodate ¼”–20 screws. PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

Eye Slide—1” PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

MISCELLANEOUS D1 E1 F1

2575 2535 2572

Snap Hook—1” Pad Eye Adjuster Slide—1” PRICE BREAKS: Bag (25) | Case (4)

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10) C1

G1

EYE SLIDE

Drilled to accept either the ³⁄₈” Quick Release pins or a machine screw with ¼–20 threads. X Y Z A1 B1

E1

G1

3902

1” Stainless Steel Welded D-Ring PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (4) | Case (20)

H1

2687

Stainless Steel Set Screw Replacement set screws for Eye Ends and Jaw Slides. PRICE BREAKS: Package (25) | Case (4)

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: STAINLESS STEEL TOP FIT TINGS

/ 93


HARDWARE: FITTINGS

STAINLESS STEEL: TOP FITTINGS (CONT.) C

D

G

B

J I

F

A

M H

K

L E

SIDE MOUNTS A I

2664 2663

Q

Heavy-Duty Four-Hole Side Mount Plate Two-Hole Side Mount

O

P

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10) DECK HINGES B C D

2584 2582 2587

Angle Base Deck Hinge 90° Deck Hinge Heavy-Duty Deck Hinge

E F G

2585 2586 2583

Quick-Release Angle Deck Hinge w/ Quick-Release Pin O Quick-Release Concave Hinge w/ Quick-Release Pin Quick-Release 90° Deck Hinge w/ Quick-Release Pin

H

2588

180° Universal Deck Hinge

Easily removes or installs without having to keep track of screws. Installs with two #10 screws (not included).

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

PINS J

K L M

P 2908

2702 2703 130004

2576

2578

Quick-Release Bimini Top Hinge

Quick-Release Bimini Strap Hinge

Toggle ³⁄₁₆” Pin

Installs with two #10 screws (not included).

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

Quick-Release ³⁄₁₆” Pin Quick-Release ³⁄₁₆” Pin w/ 7” Steel Lanyard Quick-Release ¼” Pin w/ Nylon-Coated 6” Lanyard PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)

94 /

BIMINI HINGES & FITTING

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: STAINLESS STEEL TOP FIT TINGS

Q

2577

Quick-Release Round Surface Bimini Top Fit Round design fits with the shape of the boat. Adapter can be inserted four different ways, 90° apart. PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)


CHROME DIE-CAST FITTINGS Zinc die-cast fittings with chrome plating. Though not as strong as stainless steel, these fittings give you the look of stainless steel without the cost. These fittings are made for boats on fresh water lakes, and are not recommended for salt water. R

S

T U V

Z

X

B1

Y

A1

W

HINGES R S

2715 2713

EYE ENDS 10° Large Deck Hinge Large Deck Hinge

W X

2545 2525

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10) MOUNTING PLATE T

2659

Mounting Plate

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10) Y Z

2546 2547

JAW SLIDES

END CAP 2685

Outside Eye End—¾” Outside Eye End—⁷⁄₈” PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)

U

Inside Eye End—¾” Inside Eye End—⁷⁄₈”

Track Slide End Cap PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)

A1 B1

2625 2605

Jaw Slide—¾” Jaw Slide—⁷⁄₈” PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (25)

BOW SOCKET V

2695

Bow Socket—Chrome-Plated PRICE BREAKS: Pair | Case (10)

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: CHROME FIT TINGS

/ 95


HARDWARE: FITTINGS

DELRIN: TOP FITTINGS A full range of boat fittings in Delrin Acetyl resin compound. Delrin is ideal for sport and recreational crafts due to its excellent resistance to corrosion of any kind. Color is cast in, not coated on, which means that it hides scratches well. Self-lubricating to a degree, Delrin Jaw Slides are unaffected by water exposures and tough enough that it can be tapped for set screws. JAW SLIDES A

2705 2706

1” Square Jaw Slide—Black 1” Square Jaw Slide—White

DECK HINGES H

2767 2766

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10) B

2600 2590

⁷⁄₈” Jaw Slide—Black ⁷⁄₈” Jaw Slide—White PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)

G

2620 2610

PRICE BREAKS: Package (10) | Case (3) I

J

2708 2709

1” Square Inside Eye End—Black 1” Square Inside Eye End—White PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)

D

2510 2500

⁷⁄₈” Inside Eye End—Black ⁷⁄₈” Inside Eye End—White PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)

E

2520 2530

¾” Inside Eye End—Black ¾” Inside Eye End—White PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)

2711 2710

K

2580 2560

2541 2540

⁷⁄₈” Outside Eye End—Black ⁷⁄₈” Inside Eye End—White PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)

96 /

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: DELRIN TOP FIT TINGS

Angle Base Deck Hinge—Black Angle Base Deck Hinge—White

Large Deck Hinge—Black Large Deck Hinge—White PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)

L

2651 2650

Deck Hinge/Slide—Black Deck Hinge/Slide—White PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)

M

2661 2660

Two-Hole Side Mount Plate—Black Two-Hole Side Mount Plate—White PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)

N

2701 2700

Side Mount/Slide Track—Black Side Mount/Slide Track—White PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)

OUTSIDE EYE END F

Angle Deck Hinge Large Hole—Black

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)

INSIDE EYE ENDS C

2712

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)

¾” Jaw Slide—Black ¾” Jaw Slide—White PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)

Small Black Deck Hinge—Lock Left Small Black Deck Hinge—Lock Right

O

2570 2550

Small Deck Hinge—Black Small Deck Hinge—White PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)


A

F K

B

G

L

H

M

C

N D

I

J E

O

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: DELRIN TOP FIT TINGS

/ 97


HARDWARE: FITTINGS

DELRIN (CONT.) SOCKETS A

C

B

For use with 6’ Oak Bow (#2765) on p.107.

D

11042 Bow Rail Socket—White

A

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10) F F E

H

G

F

2769 2768

Batton Socket—Black Nylon Batton Socket—White Nylon PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)

SLIDES B B

2681 2680

Track Slide—Black Track Slide—White PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)

I

J

K

L

L L

2657 2655

Slide Lock with Screw—Black Slide Lock with Screw—White PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)

WEDGE G G

2652 2561

TUBE CONNECTORS Angle Wedge for Deck Hinge—Black Angle Wedge for Deck Hinge—White

C C

2612 2611

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10) SCREWS H H

2654 2653

Nylon Head Screw—Black Nylon Head Screw—White PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)

LASH HOOKS I I

2671 2670

Two-Hole Lash Hook—Black Two-Hole Lash Hook—White PRICE BREAKS: Bag (25) | Package (4) | Case (20)

¾” Tube Connector—Black ¾” Tube Connector—White PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)

D D

2614 2613

⁷⁄₈” Tube Connector—Black ⁷⁄₈” Tube Connector—White PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)

EYE STRAPS E E

2640 2630

Eye Straps—Black Eye Straps—White PRICE BREAKS: Bag (25) | Package (4) | Case (20)

M

N

CHANNELS J K

2683 2691

Channel Trim End Insert—Black Channel End Cap—Black PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)

VADNEY WINDSHIELD CLIPS M N

2453 2454

Windshield Clip—Square Boat Top Fitting Windshield Clip—Round PRICE BREAKS: Bag (25) | Package (4)

98 /

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: DELRIN FIT TINGS


JEFBeam DRails & Hooks BY YOUR imagination ONLY LIMITE

UNIQUE STRONG VERSATILE exclusive to J. Ennis Fabrics

JEFBeam hooks allow customers to use one system for a tremendous number of indoor and outdoor applications. From gazebos and awnings to privacy curtains and room separators. For more info, see p.110. SPECIALTY HARDWARE: FIT TINGS

/ 99


HARDWARE: FITTINGS

E D F

G

H I

B

C J

A L

M

100 /

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: STAYPUT FIT TINGS

K


STAYPUT

N

The StayPut fasteners’ unique design provides a superior and reliable fastening system without the need for springs or pressure to remain closed. They are made from the highest quality UV-stable nylon composite. Resistant to corrosion and will provide many years of trouble-free operation, particularly in a marine environment. Also used for tents, awnings and covers, etc. HOOK

KNOBS

Run your inflatable boat cover shock cord through the sleeve of the hook.

Use with StayPut Shock Cord Clip (#1700 and #1701). Accepts 6mm Shock Cord. The knob is extremely strong with a smooth and rounded matte finish.

A

1707

1” Inflatable Cover Hook PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)

B C

1703 1706

SHOCK CORD CLIPS StayPut shock cord clips with 6mm shock cord with brasscrimped ends (sold in 3 parts, as seen in image C). Simple installation in varying thicknesses of fabric without the need for special tools, only a ¼” hole in fabric. D E

1701 1700

SHOCK CORD PULLS Fasten to shock cord clip to make it easier to fasten and release shock cords from hooks. F G

1719 1718

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10) KEDER BULLET K

1713

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10) TENT WALL HOOK L

1704

StayPut Shock Cord Pull—Black StayPut Shock Cord Pull—White

SINGLE STUDS 1708 1709

StayPut Vertical Single Stud StayPut Horizontal Single Stud PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)

CURVED BASE INSERT Use with #1708 and #1709 to provide a snug fit on 22–25mm tubing. J

1710

StayPut Curved Base Insert

StayPut Tent Wall Hook—White Use with StayPut Shock Cord Clip (#1701 and #1700). Designed not to jump off rope and is always in the upright position. Fixed directly to the fabric through a ¼” hole. Uses a backing plug and does not require the use of an eyelet or any special tools.

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)

H I

StayPut Keder Bullet—White Use in the ends of the keder welting (#9420 and #9425).

StayPut Shock Cord Clip—Black StayPut Shock Cord Clip—White PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)

StayPut Knob—Black StayPut Knob—White

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10) SHOCK CORD TOOL M

1720

StayPut Shock Cord Tool—3 Pieces Allows assembly and removal of the StayPut Fasteners. Comes with a pair of setting dies for use in the Press-n-Snap hand tool, and a recessed die for use with any standard ¹⁄₈” punch to separate the pieces after installation. PRICE BREAK: Each

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)

See p.124 for StayPut Spincutters.

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: STAYPUT FIT TINGS

/ 101


HARDWARE: FITTINGS

MARINE VENTING N

B C

A

D

G

F

E

H

AIR VENT

HOLE CUTTER FOR BOAT VENT II

Designed to help prevent dry rot, condensation, mildew and rust due to improper ventilation. Vinyl vents can be stitched, heat sealed or glued using HH-66 Adhesives (see p.192) to tarps, canvas or vinyl covers.

Simple and efficient cutter for producing clean holes for mounting Boat Vent II (#2798) into covers. Crank action cutter creates a precisely-sized hole in seconds. D

Made of tough, extremely pliable vinyl that can be bent, folded, or flattened without damage. Will not rot or discolor and are impervious to sun and weather. Special hood design will spring back to the original shape and remain open regardless of how it may have folded. Sew nylon netting or fiberglass screening to fabric under the vent to prevent insect access. A B

SUN PROTECTOR CLIPS Two or three sun protector clips will extend the life of clear plastic windows on boats by holding the windows clear of the frame and preventing “heat branding” and abrasion along the frame. This can cause whitening of the clear plastic and weakening of the window. E F G

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Case (5) BOAT VENT II

C

2798

Boat Vent II PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (5)

102 /

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: MARINE VENTING

Hole Cutter for Boat Vent II PRICE BREAK: Each

2797 Air Vent for Vinyl Tops—White 11023 Air Vent for Vinyl Tops—Black

Boat Vent II uses the design of step coupling. This allows the user to choose which diameter of tent pole is used, either ¾” or ⁷⁄₈”. With the use of the Hole Cutter (#2799), anyone can install Boat Vent II in a matter of minutes. The Boat Vent II system requires only one primary hole and no secondary mounting holes. To achieve the optimum efficiency in ventilation the vent should be at the peak of any cover to release all the moist, hot air. Made from GE plastics, Geloy ASA, and polycarbonate blend for superior strength and UV resistance.

2799

2450 2451 2452

Sun Protector Clip—⁷⁄₈” Sun Protector Clip—1” Double Sun Protector Clip—⁷⁄₈” PRICE BREAKS: Bag (25) | Package (4)

N

JAW SLIDE Meant to be used with the 1¼” Tube (#8376). H

2579

Jaw Slide for 1¼” Square Tube PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)


L

AWNING RAIL

I

K J

ALUMINUM AWNING RAIL Mill finish aluminum awning rail in 16’ lengths. Can be used with keder welt or vinyl extruded welt to hold covers in place. Ideal for truck tonneau covers. I

2771

M

16’ Aluminum Awning Rail PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

PLASTIC AWNING RAIL J

2774

N

10’ Plastic Awning Rail Plastic awning rail in white Delrin in 10’ lengths and ⁹∕₁₆” diameter. PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

K

2777

O

7’6” Center Awning Rail Smooth, white, PVC rigid extrusion. Non-corrosive. Can be run around tight corners with the use of heat. PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

AWNING WELT VINYL EXTRUDED WELT Use in place of rope headers to eliminate binding and tearing of threads and fabric during use. Can be easily stitched to the cover fabric and fits cleanly into the awning rails above. Fast and easy, moves the stitching away from friction. ⁵∕₁₆” diameter. L -

2773 2781

Vinyl Extruded Welt—White Vinyl Extruded Welt—Black PRICE BREAKS: Roll (100’) | Case (5)

KEDER WELT WITH TWO-FLAP For sewn or heat-sealed applications. Available in standard weave. Keder welting is designed specifically for use in outdoor tensile structures where strength and resistance to the elements are critical. A unique construction of heavy-duty polyester fabric welded to a cord of solid PVC material, resulting in a hard, but flexible and slippery track welting. Effortlessly bends around curves. N

9420 9421

⁵⁄₁₆” Keder Welt with Two-Flap—White ⁵⁄₁₆” Keder Welt with Two-Flap—Black PRICE BREAK: Roll (110yd)

KEDER WELT WITH WELDED FLAP Heavy-duty polyester welded to a cord of solid PVC material. Hard, but flexible with slippery track welting that slides easily, and effortlessly bends around curves. Awning welt with a welded flap for sewn applications. Available in standard weave in black or white. M M -

9422 9423 9424 9425

⁹⁄₃₂” Keder Welt with Welded Flap—White ⁹⁄₃₂” Keder Welt with Welded Flap—Black ⁵⁄₁₆” Keder Welt with Welded Flap—White ⁵⁄₁₆” Keder Welt with Welded Flap—Black PRICE BREAK: Roll (110yd)

AWNING COVER WELT 100% PVC awning cover welt cord. Welt for sewing in the edging of awning covers. Holds the cover in place once installed in awning roller tube and front valance. O

9426

Awning Cover Welt—¼” Diameter PRICE BREAKS: Roll (300yd) | Case (4) SPECIALTY HARDWARE: AWNING RAIL & WELT

/ 103


HARDWARE: FITTINGS

AWNING WELT (CONT.) XTREME AWNING SEAL Closed-cell flexible awning sealer with 3M adhesive on the backing. Use awning seal for the best seal and ease of installation of awnings. With the self-adhesive 3M back, it stays in place. A

2805

B A

Xtreme Awning Seal PRICE BREAKS: Foot | Package (125’) | Case (250’)

MARINE WELT

C

XTREME EDGE SEAL Exclusive to J. Ennis Fabrics. A unique, flexible edge seal. Can be sewn or glued to most materials and surfaces and creates a three-point contact seal. B -

2787 2789

XtremeEdge Seal—Black XtremeEdge Seal—White PRICE BREAKS: Foot | Package (25’) | Case (50’) D

MARINE V SEAL V-Seal is the right choice for all cut-outs and tight corners, especially bow covers and radar arch cut-outs. C

2788

Marine V Seal—Black PRICE BREAKS: Foot | Package (50’) | Case (100’)

MARINE ULTRA SEAL

E

Ultra Seal can be glued or sewn to most materials and surfaces. Works well with Common Sense fasteners and gives a flatter finished profile. D

2786

Marine Ultra Seal PRICE BREAKS: Foot | Package (50’) | Case (100’)

MARINE WINDSHIELD WELT Welt-style PVC over ³⁄₈” foam, with ½” seam allowance. E

2778

Marine Windshield Welt PRICE BREAKS: Yard | Package (25yd) | Case (167yd)

STOP-LEAK TRIM Bulb seal PVC extrusion for boat tops. F

2779

Stop-Leak Trim—Black PRICE BREAKS: Roll (100’) | Case (5)

104 /

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: AWNING & MARINE WELT

F


POLE FITTINGS

DURA SNAP POLE END FOR COCKPIT POLE

H

I

J

Smooth Delrin fitting that has a standard Dura Snap stud. Fits firmly into the end of ¾” tubing. Snap is nickel-plated brass for long life.

K

G

G

2780

Dura Snap Pole End for Cockpit Pole PRICE BREAKS: Bag (25) | Package (4)

L

GROMMET POLE END FOR COCKPIT POLE

M

The Delrin unit fits into ¾” tubing and is tapered to accept self center grommets with an interior finished diameter of 3/₈” or greater. Round edges will not tear or snag canvas or tops.

N

H

2775

Grommet Pole End for Cockpit Pole—Black PRICE BREAKS: Bag (25) | Package (4)

N

JOINT SECTION FOR COCKPIT POLE P

Tough Delrin fitting with nylon head screw for locking extension of the ¾” tubing. Fits securely onto the 7/₈” tubing.

O

I

2785

Joint Section for Cockpit Pole PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)

POLE CLIP VINYL FOOT FOR COCKPIT POLE

N

2790 2795

Features a large base to protect floors from damage caused by standard crutch tips. The Swivel Pad disperses pole weight and uses thermoplastic rubber for a firmer grip. Use with Support Poles #2800, #2801, and #2802.

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (25) | Package (4)

Pre-assembled telescoping support for water craft with a combo end, meaning that the one end is a snap and the other is a wedge with a non-marring rubber crutch tip. L M N

2802 2801 2800

1” Pole Clip—Grey

SWIVEL PAD FOR SUPPORT POLES

¾” Vinyl Foot for Cockpit Pole—Black ⁷/₈” Vinyl Foot for Cockpit Pole—Black

SUPPORT POLES

2591

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (10)

Non-slip, non-marring vinyl feet for aluminum or steel tubing in two sizes. Finish off any exposed or open tubing end with these pieces. J K

O

N

P

2803 Swivel Pad for Support Poles PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

Support Pole 38³/₈” to 70” Combo End Support Pole 27¼” to 47” Combo End Support Pole 18¼” to 28” Combo End PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10) SPECIALTY HARDWARE: POLE FIT TINGS

/ 105


HARDWARE: FITTINGS

BOAT TOP FRAME KITS BTK-1 BOAT TOP FRAME KIT A kit featuring a complete, ready-made boat top frame. Frames are made of ⁷/₈” bright anodized tubing and easily fitted to boats with beams from 40”–80”. Each kit contains: •  Frame (x1) •  ⁷/₈” Jaw Slides (x2)

•  ⁷/₈” Inside Eye Ends (x4) •  1” Nickel Brass Slides (x4)

•  Large Deck Hinges (x2)

•  1” Nickel Brass Snaps (x2)

A

•  Eye Straps (x2) All fittings are white Delrin unless otherwise indicated. A

2763

BTK-1 Boat Top Frame Kits

90” (2.3m) Max

90” (2.3m) Max B

PRICE BREAK: Each BIMINI BOAT TOP FRAME KIT Three-bow frame kit fabricated from ⁷/₈”. Bright dip aluminum tubing. Joints are attached clean and flush through the use of insert sleeves.

42” (1.07m) Max

Packed one per box, complete with hardware. All fittings are black Delrin unless otherwise indicated. B

2761

Bimini Boat Top Frame Kits

C

PRICE BREAK: Each 66 ”

66 ”

PONTOON BOAT TOP FRAME KIT OD* 1” x Length 1” x Wall Thickness 0.062” extruded satin anodized square tubing. Packed one per box, complete with black Delrin nylon fittings. C

2462

96 ”

96 ”

FOR PONTOON BOAT 108” Wide

Pontoon Boat Top Frame Kits PRICE BREAK: Each

D

LARGE BOAT TOP FRAME KIT 50 ”

Two-bow frame. Packed one per box, complete with hardware. OD* ⁷/₈” x Wall Thickness 0.058” drawn aluminum bright anodized tubing with black Delrin nylon fittings. D

2764

60

96” Wide

Large Boat Top Frame Kits PRICE BREAK: Each

106 /

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: BOAT TOP FRAMES

* OD: Outer Diameter


MISCELLANEOUS FITTINGS ALUMINUM BOAT SEAT HINGES E

2776

W3” x L6’ Flat Continuous Boat Seat Hinge A flat-style continuous boat seat hinge in mill-finish aluminum. 3” wide with ³⁄₁₆” holes drilled on 4” centers.

E

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12) F

2772

W4½” x L6’ “W” Continuous Boat Seat Hinge A W-shaped hinge in a mill finish aluminum, drilled on 2” centers, staggered at ½” . Hinge lies open to a width of 4½” ; aluminum is 0.060” thick.

F

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12) WOODEN BOW 6’ wooden bow for use with bow sockets (#2695, #2769, #2768) to form supports or runners for tonneau covers or boat tops and covers. Can be trimmed to length. Bow should be under slight tension when fitted. G

2765

G

6’ x 1⁵∕₈” Wooden Bow PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

ALUMINUM TRACK Bright anodized aluminum alloy channel to use with white and black Delrin marine fittings. Aluminum alloy provides excellent corrosion resistance and is easily extruded. It can be readily welded and brazed. H

H

2740

12’ Aluminum Slide Track Channel PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

ADJUSTER SLIDE Nickel-plated brass adjuster for use with webbing in outdoor or marine applications.

I

I

2000

1” Adjuster Slide—Nickel-Plated Brass PRICE BREAKS: Bag (25) | Package (4)

SNAP-HOOK J

Nickel-plated brass snap-hook for marine and other salt and moisture-exposed applications. See the Bag Hardware section (p.120–121) for more options in hooks. J

7700

1” Snap-Hook—Nickel-Plated Brass PRICE BREAKS: Package (25) | Case (4) SPECIALTY HARDWARE: MISCELLANEOUS FIT TINGS

/ 107


HARDWARE: FITTINGS

style, performance et une incontournable affirmation

108 /

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: FIT TINGS


Sunbrella® is a registered trademark of Glen Raven, Inc.

Lorsque vous désirez que votre projet laisse une impression durable en toute saison, vous pouvez compter sur la beauté et la durabilité des tissus Sunbrella®. sunbrella.com/ncsu SPECIALTY HARDWARE: FIT TINGS

/ 109


HARDWARE: FITTINGS

1

JEF BEAM HOOKS & RAILS

2

MOUNTING THE JEF BEAM RAIL

JEF Beam hooks are extremely strong when used in combination with the JEF Beam aluminum rails. JEF Beam rails can hold ~675lb (306kg), while individual hooks will support 70lb (32kg). The JEF Beam system features an incredibly smooth rolling system, quieter and smoother than any metal rolling hook system. It is also RoHs-compliant against containing mercury, lead, hexavalent chromium, PBB and PBDE.

FIGURE 1: A groove line runs along the entire length of the rail. This groove is made for the use of a round head #10 screw. FIGURE 2: The hook will pass over the screw without any problems. However, other screw types may not work as well.

WE RECOMMEND:

GUIDELINES FOR DISTANCE BETWEEN HOOKS (Rail length = Hook Spacing):

•  A maximum of 12” between hooks. •  Hooks should be placed no more than 8” apart when installed on corners or bent tubing.

•  4’ = 12” or 4 hooks •  5’ = 10” or 6 hooks

•  For particularly windy locations, hooks should be positioned in a criss-cross pattern with one hook facing in, and the next facing out.

•  6’ = 8” or 9 hooks •  8’ = 6” or 16 hooks •  10’ = 4” or 30 hooks

TO ENSURE SMOOTH ROLLING MOVEMENT OF THE HOOKS: •  File burrs on the inside of the cut rails. •  Use #0 Spur Grommets (#6064, p.113) for hanging fabric on the hooks.

JEF BEAM LONG PLASTIC HOOK 3½” length, wheel diameter ⁷/₈”. A C E

2744 2749 2745

Long Plastic Hook—White Long Plastic Hook—Sand Long Plastic Hook—Black PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)

F

JEF BEAM SHORT PLASTIC HOOK E D

C B

A

110 /

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: JEF BEAM HOOKS & RAILS

2½” length, wheel diameter ⁷/₈”. B D F -

2743 2742 2748 2750

Short Plastic Hook—Black Short Plastic Hook—White Short Plastic Hook—Sand Short Plastic Hook—Aluminum Color PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)


I G H

JEF BEAM RAILS G H

2741 2739

K

JEF Beam 20’ Rail—White JEF Beam 20’ Rail—Natural PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12)

JEF BEAM 90° CORNER RAILS—48” RADIUS

J

When using corners or rounded tubing, hooks should be placed no more than 8” apart to ensure smooth movement. When cutting and combining rail pieces with corners or connectors, it is important to file any burrs on the inside of the cut rails. This will ensure smooth rolling movement of the hooks. I -

2746 2738

JEF Beam 90° Corner Rail—48” White JEF Beam 90° Corner Rail—48” Natural PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (4)

JEF BEAM RAIL CONNECTORS A simple slide-over connector for joining sections and corners of the JEF Beam rail system. J K

2747 2737

JEF Beam Rail Connector—White JEF Beam Rail Connector—Natural PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (10)

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: JEF BEAM RAILS & CONNECTORS

/ 111


HARDWARE: GROMMETS G

E

H

C

D

A

F

B

N

M K

O

L

I J

R

P

S

Q

T

W

U

X

Z

V

F1

D1 E1

Y

G1

H1

C1

A1 B1

112 /

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: GROMMETS

ALL GROMMETS COME WITH WASHERS.


Please see p.126–127 for Grommet tools.

GROMMETS: CRUISER & OSBORNE The main factor in choosing a line of grommets relates to the dies that you may already have. Osborne’s spur grommets have a protective rolled rim on the grommet, which the Cruiser line does not have. However, either brand gives excellent resistance to pulling out. Cruiser brand grommets are popular for its European Metric sizing system. However, the sizes are very close to the Standard system normally used in North America. For comparison purposes, we list these grommets in Standard sizes. SELF-PIERCING—BRASS

OSBORNE PLAIN—BRASS

Save time and cutter costs. Grommets with a special selfpiercing finish on the grommet top. No pre-cutting of holes required, simply line up grommets and press with one of the machines listed on p.127. System works with heavy industrial materials. Sizes given are the finished inside hole sizes, and is comparable to Osborne grommet sizes.

Osborne quality grommets and washers. Use with Osborne dies (p.126). Will not work with Cruiser brand dies.

A B C D E

5045 5046 5047 5048 5049

¼” Self-Piercing Grommet & Washer—Brass ⁵⁄₁₆” Self-Piercing Grommet & Washer—Brass ³⁄₈” Self-Piercing Grommet & Washer—Brass ½” Self-Piercing Grommet & Washer—Brass ⁹⁄₁₆” Self-Piercing Grommet & Washer—Brass

F G H

5041 5042 5043

⁵⁄₁₆” Self-Piercing Grommet—Nickel-Plated ³⁄₈” Self-Piercing Grommet—Nickel-Plated ½” Self-Piercing Grommet—Nickel-Plated

I J K L M N I

5017 5014 5011 5012 5013 5015 5016

#00 ³⁄₁₆” Plain Grommet & Washer—Brass #0 ¼” Plain Grommet & Washer—Brass #1 ⁹⁄₃₂” Plain Grommet & Washer—Brass #2 ³⁄₈” Plain Grommet & Washer—Brass #3 ⁷⁄₁₆” Plain Grommet & Washer—Brass #4 ½” Plain Grommet & Washer—Brass #5 ⁵⁄₈” Plain Grommet & Washer—Brass

P

5039

#0 ¼” Plain Grommet & Washer—Black

Q R S

5040 6075 6076

#0 ¼” Plain Grommet & Washer—Nickel-Plated #1 ⁹⁄₃₂” Plain Grommet & Washer—Nickel-Plated #2 ³⁄₈” Plain Grommet & Washer—Nickel-Plated PRICE BREAKS: Bag (144) | Package (5) | Case (25)

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (100) | Package (5) | Case (10) CRUISER PLAIN & SPUR—BRASS U V W

6117 6115 6113

#3 Plain Grommet & Tooth Washer—Brass #2 Plain Grommet & Washer—Brass #1 Plain Grommet & Washer—Brass

X Y Z

6127 6125 6123

#3 Spur Grommet & Washer—Brass #2 Spur Grommet & Washer—Brass #1 Spur Grommet & Washer—Brass PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (10)

SEWABLE BLACK GROMMET Heavy-duty, sewable black grommet can be sewn into seams. Has a cold crack of -20°C (-4°F). Some uses include sporting bags and duffel bags, as well as tents. T

5075

Sewable Grommet—Black

OSBORNE ROLLED-RIM SPUR—BRASS Rolled rim spur grommets have an extra lip on the rim of the grommet that accepts the spurs of the washer to give the ultimate pull-out resistance. Use with Osborne dies (p.126). Will not work with Cruiser brand dies. A1 B1 C1

6080 6081 6082

#1 Spur Grommet & Washer—Nickel-Plated/Brass #2 Spur Grommet & Washer—Nickel-Plated/Brass #3 Spur Grommet & Washer—Nickel-Plated/Brass

D1 E1 F1 G1 H1

6064 6066 6065 6061 6062

#0 Spur Grommet & Washer—Brass #1 Spur Grommet & Washer—Brass #2 Spur Grommet & Washer—Brass #3 Spur Grommet & Washer—Brass #4 Spur Grommet & Washer—Brass PRICE BREAKS: Package (144) | Case (5)

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (25) | Case (100)

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: GROMMETS

/ 113


HARDWARE: BAGS

DELRIN WEBBING BUCKLES All of our nylon hardware is made of tough, weather-resistant Delrin. Waterproof, long-lasting and versatile. All dimensions refer to the size of webbing that fits cleanly through the opening on the fitting to attach to your product. Unless otherwise stated, the delrin hardware is black. DUAL ADJUSTABLE SIDE RELEASE BUCKLES A

B

Both ends are adjustable.

D

C

BREAK STRENGTHS: #2226: 165lb (75kg) | #2225: 143lb (65kg)

E

A B

F

2” Dual Adjustable Side Release Buckle 1½” Dual Adjustable Side Release Buckle PRICE BREAKS: Bag (25) | Package (4) | Case (20)

J

I

H

G

2226 2225

SIDE RELEASE BUCKLES One end is fixed, the other end is adjustable. M K

L

N

O

DETAIL BUCKLE H

2201

1” Detail Buckle BREAK STRENGTH: 176lb (80kg) PRICE BREAKS: Bag (100) | Package (5) | Case (10)

CONTOURED BUCKLE I

2202

1” Contoured Buckle

BREAK STRENGTHS: #2240: 165lb (75kg) | #2235: 143lb (65kg) #2230: 121lb (55kg) | #2229: 88lb (40kg) #2228 (White): 121lb (55kg) C D E F G

2240 2235 2230 2229 2228

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (100) | Package (5) | Case (10) CENTER RELEASE BUCKLE J

2248

BREAK STRENGTH: 121lb (55kg) PRICE BREAKS: Bag (100) | Package (5) | Case (10) CAM BUCKLES K

2236

2” Heavy-Duty Cam Buckle Extra heavy-duty cam action buckle for use with wider webbing. 2” tends to be used in heavier applications and should have a heavier buckle. Firm positive lock with toothed cam lobe. PRICE BREAKS: Bag (25) | Package (5) | Case (20)

L M

2233 2232

1½” Cam Release Buckle 1” Cam Release Buckle PRICE BREAKS: Bag (25) | Package (5) | Case (10)

114 /

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: DELRIN WEBBING BUCKLES

2” Side Release Buckle—Black 1½” Side Release Buckle—Black 1” Side Release Buckle—Black ¾” Side Release Buckle—Black 1” Side Release Buckle—White

¾” Low Profile Center Release Buckle BREAK STRENGTH: 143lb (65kg) PRICE BREAKS: Bag (100) | Package (5) | Case (10)

HOT TUB BUCKLE & LOCK N

2206

Lockable Hot Tub Buckle PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (4) | Case (10)

O

2205

Key for Hot Tub Buckle A separate key is not necessary for each hot tub lock as any key will work with any lock. Works together with the Lockable Hot Tub Buckle (#2206), but each are sold separately. PRICE BREAKS: Bag (25) | Package (4) | Case (10)


Please see p.47–50 for Webbing options.

METAL WEBBING BUCKLES All metal buckles are for heavy-duty applications. Brass, zinc and nickel are preferred for moisture exposure as they will not rust. Steel is the best for ultimate strength. P

Q

R

S U

T

STEEL WEB BUCKLES

STEEL ADJUSTER BUCKLE

Thumb grip release buckle. One end fixed by sewing, the other adjustable through serrated spring-loaded thumb grip.

Threaded type adjuster in nickle-plated steel.

P Q

T

1” Adjuster Buckle—Nickel-Plated BREAK STRENGTH: 139lb (63kg) PRICE BREAKS: Bag (25) | Package (4) | Case (40)

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (25) | Package (4) | Case (20)

DOUBLE-BAR BUCKLE

WEB STRAP BUCKLES—NICKEL-PLATED STEEL

Double-bar buckle in nickel-plated zinc.

Curved thumb and finger release buckle. One end is sewn and fixed, the other end is threaded and adjustable. Perfect for rounded surfaces or corner locations.

U

2283

1” Double -Bar Buckle—Nickel-Plated BREAK STRENGTH: 705lb (320kg) PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (10) | Case (50)

BREAK STRENGTH: 121lb (55kg) R S

2278

1” Steel Web Buckle—Black 1” Steel Web Buckle—Nickel-Plated

2224 2227

2” Web Strap Buckle—Nickel-Plated Steel 1½” Web Strap Buckle—Nickel-Plated Steel

2222 2221

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (25) | Package (4) | Case (20)

SURCINGLE HOOK & CLASPS SURCINGLE HOOK AND CLASP—NICKEL-PLATED STEEL W V

Traditional equestrian hook and clasp fastener. Quick fitting and simple enough to join when wearing gloves. Twist to join or open. Comes either in a Nickel or Brass-plated finish. Both parts are included in one unit. V W

6845 6841

2” Surcingle Hook and Clasp—Nickel-Plated Steel 2” Surcingle Hook and Clasp—Brass-Plated Steel PRICE BREAK: Bag (25) | Package (4) | Case (20)

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: METAL WEBBING BUCKLES & SURCINGLE

/ 115


HARDWARE: BAGS

WEBBING SLIDES

D G C

A

B

WEB SLIDES—METAL A

6825 6830 6835

1” Nickel-Plated Steel Web Slide 1½” Nickel-Plated Steel Web Slide 2” Nickel-Plated Steel Web Slide

F

E

WEB SLIDES—DELRIN PRICE BREAKS: Bag (100) | Package (5) | Case (10) E

2284

BREAK STRENGTH: 66lb (30kg)

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (100) | Package (4) | Case (20) B

6840

2” Nickel-Plated Steel Heavy Web Slide Extra-heavy adjuster slides for high stress applications. BREAK STRENGTH: 445lb (200kg) PRICE BREAKS: Bag (25) | Package (4) | Case (20)

C

2000

1” Adjuster Slide—Nickle-Plated Steel

¾” Slide—Black

F D

2285 2294

1” Slide—Black 1” Slide—White BREAK STRENGTH: 88lb (40kg)

G

2290

1½” Slide—Black BREAK STRENGTH: 110lb (50kg)

-

2295

2” Slide—Black BREAK STRENGTH: 143lb (65kg)

Compact 1” slide for use in any application with 1” webbing.

H

PRICE BREAKS: Package (25) | Case (4)

WIDE MOUTH WEB SLIDES—DELRIN PRICE BREAKS: Bag (100) | Package (5) | Case (10) H

2291

¾” Wide Mouth Slide—Black Wide mouth slide for thicker and heavier webbing or multiple threading. BREAK STRENGTH: 88lb (40kg)

H

2292

1” Wide Mouth Slide—Black BREAK STRENGTH: 110lb (50kg)

116 /

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: METAL & DELRIN WEBBING SLIDES


K

Polypropylene Rope

J I L M

STRAPLOCK BUCKLES—DELRIN

ONLY LIMITED BY YOUR

imagination

Straplock slides for fixing and adjusting webbing. One end fixed by sewing, the other is adjustable through the locking bar. Also available in a heavy-duty version for heavier use. Price breaks are as follows unless otherwise indicated. PRICE BREAKS (unless otherwise specified): Bag (100) | Package (5) | Case (10) I

2279

¾” Strap Lock Buckle BREAK STRENGTH: 99lb (45kg)

J

2280

1” Strap Lock Buckle BREAK STRENGTH: 110lb (55kg)

K

2282

1½” Strap Lock Buckle BREAK STRENGTH: 154lb (70kg)

L

2286

2” Heavy-Duty Strap Lock Buckle BREAK STRENGTH: 660lb (300kg) PRICE BREAK: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)

DUAL LOCK STRAPLOCK BUCKLE—DELRIN M

2287

1” Dual Lock Strap Lock Buckle Slider for connecting and adjusting two free ends of webbing. BREAK STRENGTH: 143lb (65kg) PRICE BREAKS: Bag (100) | Package (5) | Case (10)

Please see p.47–50 for Webbing options.

Polypropylene rope is the lightest, most widely used rope, ideal for commercial finishing lines, towing and mooring lines, electrical line stringing, utility rope, scaffolding rope and more. For more info, see p.161.


HARDWARE: BAGS

WEBBING LOOPS A

B

C

D

E

LOOPS—DELRIN

REDUCING LOOP—DELRIN

Two-way webbing connector fixed by stitching. Used in bags and backpacks.

A loop to connect 1” and 2” webbing by stitching. Best used for bags, backpacks and sports equipment.

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (100) | Package (5) | Case (10) A B C

2274 2275 2276

E

Reducing Loop—Black Delrin

2267

¾” Loop—Black Delrin 1” Loop—Black Delrin 1½” Loop—Black Delrin

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (100) | Package (5) | Case (10)

BREAK STRENGTH: 99lb (45kg) D

2277

2” Loop—Black Delrin BREAK STRENGTH: 110lb (55kg)

H

WEBBING CONNECTORS F

RECTANGLE—DELRIN

G

Two-way webbing connector with rounded edges. F

2320

1” Plastic Retangle—Black Delrin PRICE BREAKS: Bag (100) | Package (5) | Case (10)

TRIANGLES—DELRIN

J I

Three-way sewn webbing connector. G H

2305 2307

1” Nylon Triangle—Black Delrin 1½” Nylon Triangle—Black Delrin

K

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (100) | Package (5) | Case (10)

BAG ACCESSORIES SHOULDER PADS

LUGGAGE STUD

Rubber shoulder pads fit webbing widths from 1½” to 2”. Shoulder pads give professional finished appearance and add practicality to bags, totes and any carrying strap.

Delrin stud for the base of bags, cases, etc. Prevents premature wear on these surfaces. Attach with nail stud and Delrin washer to prevent pull-through. All three pieces included in one unit.

I J

2302 2304

1½” Shoulder Pad—Black 2” Shoulder Pad—Black

K

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (25) | Package (4) | Case (20)

118 /

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: WEBBING LOOPS, CONNECTORS, & BAG ACCESSORIES

2325

#4 Luggage Stud PRICE BREAKS: Bag (100) | Package (5) | Case (10)


Please see p.47–50 for Webbing options.

WEBBING D-RINGS NICKEL-PLATED UNWELDED STEEL D-RING L

M N

Q

P

O R

3890 3900 3910

¾” Nickel-Plated Unwelded Steel D-Ring 1” Nickel-Plated Unwelded Steel D-Ring 1½” Nickel-Plated Unwelded Steel D-Ring PRICE BREAKS: Bag (100) | Case (10)

STAINLESS STEEL WELDED D-RING

S

U

L M N

T

V

O

3902

1” Stainless Steel Welded D-Ring PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (4) | Case (20)

W X

NICKLE-PLATED WELDED D-RING P

3901

1” Nickel-Plated Welded D-Ring PRICE BREAKS: Bag (25) | Package (4) | Case (20)

SEWABLE D-RING Q

2254

¾” Sewable D-Ring—Black Delrin PRICE BREAKS: Bag (100) | Package (5) | Case (10)

SNAP D-RING

BRASS-PLATED HEAVY WELDED STEEL D-RING

D-ring with built-in eyelet for clipping.

Heavy-duty welded D-ring for high-strength applications requiring a brass finish.

R

2262

1½” Snap D-Ring—Black Delrin PRICE BREAKS: Bag (100) | Package (5) | Case (10)

DELRIN D-RINGS S

2253

T

3892

1” Heavy D-Ring—Brass-Plated BREAK STRENGTH: 1,210lb (550kg) PRICE BREAKS: Bag (100) | Package (5) | Case (10)

1” D-Ring—White Delrin PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (10)

U V W X

2259 2260 2265 2270

¾” D-Ring—Black Delrin 1” D-Ring—Black Delrin 1½” D-Ring—Black Delrin 2” D-Ring—Black Delrin PRICE BREAKS: Bag (100) | Package (5) | Case (10)

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: WEBBING D-RINGS

/ 119


HARDWARE: BAGS

WEBBING SNAP HOOKS PLE ASE NOTE: Measurements preceding product descriptions refer to the cord size that will fit through the hook. PREASSEMBLED SNAP HOOK—DELRIN

A

Fully assembled snap hook. PRICE BREAKS: Bag (100) | Package (5) | Case (10) E

A B C

D

B

2251 2237 2238

C

1” Preassembled Snap Hook—White ¾” Preassembled Snap Hook—Black 1” Preassembled Snap Hook—Black BREAK STRENGTH: 99lb (45kg)

D

2239

1½” Preassembled Snap Hook—Black BREAK STRENGTH: 110lb (50kg)

E H F

2241

BREAK STRENGTH: 121lb (55kg)

I

G

2” Preassembled Snap Hook—Black

UNIVERSAL SNAP HOOKS—DELRIN Universal snap hooks pivot in two directions to accommodate angles. PRICE BREAKS: Bag (100) | Package (5) | Case (10) F

2244

J

¾” Universal Snap Hook—Black BREAK STRENGTH: Unavailable

G

2245

1” Universal Snap Hook—Black BREAK STRENGTH: 77lb (35kg)

H I

2250 2255

1½” Universal Snap Hook—Black 2” Universal Snap Hook—Black BREAK STRENGTH: 88lb (40kg)

SNAP HOOK—NICKEL-PLATED BRASS Nickel-plated brass snap hook for marine and other salt and moisture-exposed applications. J

7700

1” Snap Hook—Nickel-Plated Brass BREAK STRENGTH: 143lb (65kg) PRICE BREAKS: Bag (25) | Package (4)

120 /

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: WEBBING SNAP HOOKS


Please see p.47–50 for Webbing options.

SNAP HOOK—BRASS-PLATED STEEL M

6822

1” Snap Hook—Brass-Plated

M

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (25) | Package (4) | Case (20) N

6798

N

1” Heavy Snap Hook—Brass-Plated

R

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)

Q

SNAP HOOKS—NICKEL-PLATED STEEL O P Q R

6790 6800 6810 6820

P O

¾” Snap Hook—Nickel-Plated Steel 1” Snap Hook—Nickel-Plated Steel 1½” Snap Hook—Nickel-Plated Steel 2” Snap Hook—Nickel-Plated Steel

V U

PRICE BREAK: Bag (25) | Package (4) | Case (20) T

SPRING SNAP HOOKS—NICKEL-PLATED STEEL The lightweight Spring Hook with Strap Eye (#6788) is ideal for apparel and other non-critical applications. -

6788

S

¾” Spring Snap Hook—Nickel-Plated Steel Y

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (100) | Package (4) | Case (20)

X

SPRING SNAP HOOKS—NICKEL-PLATED STEEL

W

The Heavy Spring Snap Hook (#6799 and #6802) uses a heavier snap spring action for more positive closing, which means less chance of accidental opening. Features a pivoting head. PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10) S

6799

1” Heavy Spring Snap Hook—Nickel-Plated Steel

BOLT SNAPS—NICKEL-PLATED STEEL

BREAK STRENGTH: 598lb (272kg)

Bolt-style closing. Spring-loaded for one-hand operation. Used in tent, tack, bag and other applications requiring a positive closing snap with a pivoting head.

1” Snap Hook—Nickel-Plated Steel T

6802

BREAK STRENGTH: 616lb (280kg)

HEAVY SNAP HOOKS—NICKEL-PLATED STEEL Heavy snap hooks are used in tents, tacks, bags, and other applications requiring a very high strength hook. The webbing bar and hook are cast together for greatest strength. BREAK STRENGTH: 300lb (140kg) PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10) U V

6795 6797

¾” Heavy Spring Snap Hook—Nickel-Plated Steel 1” Heavy Spring Snap Hook—Nickel-Plated Steel

BREAK STRENGTH: 598lb (272kg) PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10) W X

6803 6805

¾” Bolt Snap—Nickel-Plated Steel 1” Bolt Snap—Nickel-Plated Steel

BOLT SNAPS—BRASS-PLATED STEEL BREAK STRENGTH: 598lb (272kg) PRICE BREAKS: Bag (100) | Package (5) | Case (10) Y

6806

1” Bolt Snap—Nickel-Plated Steel SPECIALTY HARDWARE: WEBBING SNAP HOOKS

/ 121


SPECIALTY TOOLS

TOOLS 122 /

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: TOOLS


FASTENER TOOLS D C

A B

E F

H

B

C

F

PRES-N-SNAP HAND TOOL Lightweight aluminum tool set snaps into place with a simple squeeze. Ideal for tarping, convertible top, tents, boat covers and canvas jobs. Each unit comes with setting dies for regular Durable and Dura Snap type fasteners. A rubber ring (#4028) holds one part of the fastener for one-handed operation. A

4029

Pres-N-Snap Hand Tool PRICE BREAK: Each

DURA SNAP PUNCH & ANVIL DIES To set Dura Snap and Dot® Durable fasteners into any material. Set dies anywhere you can reach. B C E F

4023 4024 4025 4022

Anvil Die for Eyelet Anvil Die for Button ¹⁄₈” Dura Snap Hole Punch Dura Snap Setting Punch

I

G

PRES-N-SNAP DIES D H

4028 4032

Rubber Ring for Pres-N-Snap Pull-the-Dot Die—Pres-N-Snap PRICE BREAK: Each

I I B I I C F G

4120 4121 4122 4123 4124 4125 4027 4034

#00 Osborne Die #0 Osborne Die #1 Osborne Die #2 Osborne Die #0 Spur Osborne Die #1 Spur Osborne Die Replacement Dies for Press-N-Snap Tool Baby Dies for Press-N-Snap Tool PRICE BREAK: Set of 2

PRICE BREAK: Each

NOTES ON OSBORNE HAND SETTING DIES Each set of the hand setting tools for the Osborne-brand grommets consists of two parts—the punch and the die. Note that the spur and plain are not interchangeable—you must have the specified die for each type. SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: FASTENER TOOLS

/ 123


SPECIALTY TOOLS

FASTENER TOOLS (CONT.) A

D

E

F

C B

CUTTERS C

3113

Two-prong, all-steel cutter for the standard metal Common Sense Clinch Plate Fastener (#4054, p.66). A mallet is recommended for striking the punch to avoid mushrooming the end. Hole-Cutting Pad (#6120, p.126) is strongly recommended to maximize the life of the punch.

TOP SNAPPER DISPLAY & CANVAS CARE KIT Point-of-sale display with counter-top display case. Contains four canvas care kits, and four Top Snappers. Top Snapper tools sold individually as #4038. A

4041

Top Snapper Display with Canvas Care Kit

PRICE BREAK: Each -

3111

PRICE BREAK: Each

B

4038

Top-Snapper Tool PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

#450—Common Sense Hand Cutter Punch designed to cut the oval hole and prong openings required for setting the standard metal common sense eyelet into fabric. A soft surface must be underneath the fabric being punched as the steel pins can scratch the casting. See fasteners on p.63–72.

TOP-SNAPPER Ergonomic grip to provide you improved leverage and strength in placing or removing the snap. This tool has two stainless steel blades, a long blade that is suitable for use from inside, and a short blade that works well on the outside. The notch fits over the snap and enables you to remove or place it easily. Reduces the chance of canvas tears and eases the fastening of your boat canvas or tonneaus.

#171—Common Sense Hand Cutter

PRICE BREAK: Each STAYPUT SPINCUTTERS The StayPut Spincut is designed to simplify making holes in fabrics and webbings. Simply insert the StayPut Spincut tool into a power drill and hold a cutting board behind the fabric (#6120, p.126). Activate the drill and gently push into the fabric. The tool does all the work in creating a clean, neat hole. D E F

1702 1716 1717

StayPut Spincut ¼” StayPut Spincut ³⁄₈” StayPut Spincut ⁷⁄₁₆” PRICE BREAK: Each

124 /

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: FASTENER TOOLS


G H

FASTENER TOOLS: QUICK-FIT K L J

I

HOLE PUNCHES G

3128

Steel Hole Punch for Turn Fasteners Steel hole punch for the Common Sense Eyelet and Washer Fasteners (p.66). As with all other punches it is recommended that this unit be driven with a mallet rather than a steel hammer, which will shorten its life. PRICE BREAK: Each

H

4016

Hole Punch for Lift-a-Dot Eyelet PRICE BREAK: Each

HAND RIVET GUN Plier-type rivet gun with different heads for different diameters of rivets. Easy one-hand operation, you can place the rivet into the tool and then position it in the job. Squeezing the handle causes the teeth inside the tool to extract the mandrel, which mushrooms the rivet. Use with the rivets found on p.69. I

6635

Hand Rivet Gun

QUICK-FIT RELEASE TOOL Simple tool releases Quick-Fit temporary snaps. With a twist of the wrist, they are ready to use again and again. J

3935

Quick-Fit Release Tool PRICE BREAK: Each

QUICK-FIT HOLDING CAP Quick-Fit holding tools are temporary snap fasteners that can be used to hold materials in place. Great for fitting or holding paper or plastic when making a pattern. When you are done, pop them off and the small hole left will allow exact placement of permanent fasteners. Fits any standard Dura Snap stud. For the tool used to remove these items, see #3935. K

3931

Quick-Fit Holding Cap PRICE BREAKS: Package (10) | Case (10)

QUICK-FIT HOLDING PRONG L

3933

Quick-Fit Holding Prong PRICE BREAKS: Package (10) | Case (10)

PRICE BREAK: E ach

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: FASTENER TOOLS

/ 125


SPECIALTY TOOLS

GROMMET TOOLS HOLE CUTTING PAD D

C

Extend the life of your cutters by using this pad under the material you are punching. The surface absorbs the impact and prevents damage to the bench underneath. For maximum life of your cutters and die-setting equipment, always use a rubber mallet and not a steel hammer to set fasteners, grommets or to hole punch.

G F

A

A

6120

B

Hole Cutting Pad SIZE: W10”x D10” x H⁵⁄₁₆”   PRICE BREAK: Each

VENT DIE

P O

This special die quickly sets #9021 Ventilators (p.288). Merely punch your hole, set the ventilator with the neck up on the base, and then slip the fabric in place. A few even taps with a mallet will set the vent.

Q

B

9022

GROMMET FABRIC HOLE CUTTER

PRICE BREAK: Each

This tool is to be used as you would any punch. A mallet is recommended for striking the punch and a soft surface under the material will prevent the hardened steel cutter from damage and premature dulling. #6120 Hole Cutting Pad is strongly recommended and will maximize the life of the punch. C

50820

Grommet Fabric Hole Cutter HOLE SIZE: 1⁹⁄₁₆”  PRICE BREAK: Each

DRILL BIT CUTTER 40mm Drill Bit Cutter is for cutting clean holes to mount drapery grommets. By using a drill, the spinning action cuts a clean hole with less effort and is much more versatile. Can be used on site. D

50095

40mm Drill Bit Cutter PRICE BREAK: Each

CRUISER AND OSBORNE GROMMET HOLE CUTTERS O O O O

5059 5024 5031 5032

#00-A ³⁄₁₆” #0-A ¼” #1-A ⁹⁄₃₂” #2-A ³⁄₈”

O O O

5033 5037 5038

#621 Vent Die

#3-A ⁷⁄₁₆” #4-A ½” #5-A ⁵⁄₈”

CRUISER SPUR GROMMET HAND-SETTING DIE Hand-setting tools for the Cruiser brand plain grommets (p.113). Each set consists of the punch and the die. Spur and Plain dies are not interchangeable. F F F

6145 6147 6149

#1 Plain Grommet Hand-Setting Die #2 Plain Grommet Hand-Setting Die #3 Plain Grommet Hand-Setting Die

G G G

6155 6157 6159

#1 Spur Grommet Hand-Setting Die #2 Spur Grommet Hand-Setting Die #3 Spur Grommet Hand-Setting Die PRICE BREAK: Set of 2

OSBORNE GROMMET HAND SETTING DIE—PLAIN & SPUR P P P P

5020 5034 5021 5022

#00 Plain Die #0 Plain Die #1 Plain Die #2 Plain Die

P P P

5023 5025 5026

#3 Plain Die #4 Plain Die #5 Plain Die

Q Q Q

5019 5055 5028

#0 Spur Die #1 Spur Die #2 Spur Die

Q Q

5027 5029

#3 Plain Die #4 Plain Die

PRICE BREAK: Each

PRICE BREAK: Each 126 /

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: GROMMET TOOLS

Please see p.113 for Cruiser & Osborne Grommets.


Please see p.63–66 for Fasteners.

PM1 DURA SNAP MACHINE For high production with less fatigue, we offer the PM1 Dura Snap bench mounted press. Sturdy unit sets snaps quickly and easily with a single stroke. Includes a complete set of dies for Dot® Durable and Dura Snap fasteners (p.63–66). Replacement dies available (#4026 or #4036). This machine must be bolted to the workbench. It is not portable and has a tendency to crack if not solidly mounted.

I

I

4030

PM1 Dura Snap Machine PRICE BREAK: E ach

PM5 SNAP/GROMMET MACHINE & DIES J J

5030

PM5 Bench Snap & Grommet Machine This sturdy machine will set self-piercing grommets and will also accommodate snap fasteners wih a separate set of dies. It has a deeper throat and longer padded handle. Approximate height once bolted to the workbench is 12”. Dies sold separate.

K

This machine must be bolted to the bench, it is not portable. If you require a portable machine, use #5057. PRICE BREAK: Each K

M

5057

Portable Aluminum PM5 Machine A lightweight aluminum version of the PM5 machine listed above. Will work with all the same dies for snaps or our full line of selfpiercing grommets. Suitable for portable use when mounted on a small plywood platform for stability. Dies sold separately.

N

L

PRICE BREAK: Each

PM1/PM5 SNAP DIE SETS M N

4026 4036

Dura Snap Die Set—PM1/PM5 Machine Baby Snap Die Set—PM1 Machine PRICE BREAK: Set of 4

L L L L L

5052 5054 5056 5058 5060

¼” Self-Piercing Grommet Die for PM5 Machine ⁵⁄₁₆” Self-Piercing Grommet Die for PM5 Machine ³⁄₈” Self-Piercing Grommet Die for PM5 Machine ½” Self-Piercing Grommet Die for PM5 Machine ⁹⁄₁₆” Self-Piercing Grommet Die for PM5 Machine PRICE BREAK: Each

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: GROMMET TOOLS

/ 127


SPECIALTY TOOLS

KNIVES

A

COMBINATION KNIFE This combination knife is made from the finest steel with both hook and pointed blade. It can be used for ripping seams, cutting auto carpeting, vinyl, plastic and rubber. Features a contoured Beechwood handle. A

B

8440 #1020 Combination Knife PRICE BREAK: Each

C

HEAVY DUTY OLFA KNIFE A heavy-duty knife with a ratchet-lock mechanism for unlimited blade positions. The knife has a double-honed blade for superior sharpness and edge retention. B

8052

Heavy Duty Olfa Knife D

PRICE BREAK: Each C C

8055 8058

Heavy Duty 0.5mm Olfa Blades—Package of 10 Heavy Duty 0.5mm Olfa Blades—Package of 50 PRICE BREAKS: Package | Case (6)

E

OLFA REPLACEMENT BLADES D

8059

Standard Duty Olfa Blades PRICE BREAKS: Package (50) | Case (6)

E

8038

Ultra Max Heavy Duty Olfa Blades PRICE BREAK: Package (50)

SHEARS: KAI

N F

N

G

KAI SCISSORS Blades made of high-carbon Molybdenum Vanadium stainless steel for extra-long edge life and high cutting efficiency. Ergonomically styled and padded grip made of “Elastomer” soft plastic for maximum ease of handling. Right hand use only. F G H I

7035 7034 7036 7037

10” KAI Micro-Serrate Edge Shear 8” KAI Regular Edge Shear 10” KAI Regular Edge Shear 12” KAI Regular Edge Shear PRICE BREAK: Each

128 /

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: OLFA KNIVES & KAI SHEARS

H

I


SHEARS: MUNDIAL Mundial is a world renowned quality shear, manufactured to the highest standards using only the best materials and processes. Adjust the ride once with a screw driver and you are done. The Stay-Set™ is uniquely engineered to stay true to its name. Once set, it stays set for comfortable cutting power under the most demanding commercial conditions. Hot drop forged and fully nickel-plated with black enamel handles. STRAIGHT MUNDIAL SHEARS These high quality shears have a solid feel, a sturdy blade and come in a variety of sizes. All shears are designed for the right hand except the 9” Cushion Soft. The Cushion Soft shear has enlarged finger bows and a padded soft touch lining, designed for both the right and left hand use. J K L -

7002 7001 7004 7007 7003

8” Mundial Shear 9” Cushion Soft Shear 10” Mundial Shear 12” Mundial Shear 9” Mundial Shear

M O

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (6) HEAVY DUTY MUNDIAL SHEARS Thicker, heavy duty blades cut through multiple layers and tough materials. Extra weight gives extra control and smoothness when cutting. Right hand use only. O O

7013 7014

J

10” Mundial Heavy Duty Shear 12” Mundial Heavy Duty Shear K

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (6) PINKING MUNDIAL SHEARS Precision matched teeth that provide a decorative and a ravel resistant finish. N

7015

L

8½” Mundial Pinking Shear PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (6)

MUNDIAL QUICK CLIP CUTTER Ideal for snipping threads. This tool is small, easy-to-use in a natural motion in corners of covers and other hardto-reach areas. P

7023

P

Mundial Quick Clip Cutter PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (6)

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: MUNDIAL SHEARS

/ 129


SPECIALTY TOOLS

SHEARS: WISS Wiss Shears are made of the finest quality cutlery steel with drop-forged polished blades with a patented Set-Easy pivot. The superior combination of hardened, ground, edged and adjustable blades combine to provide outstanding cutting ability and durability. WISS APPAREL SHEARS A

Bent apparel sheers with “inlaid” blades and black handles for professional dress maker and industrial use. A

7020

9” Wiss Apparel shears PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (6)

B

WISS BENT TRIMMER SHEARS Industrial sheers with “inlaid” blades and black handles. The 10” comes in both a right and left handed design. B C D

C

7025 7027 7026

10” #20 Wiss Bent Trimmer 10” #20 Wiss Bent Trimmer—Left-Hand 12” #22N Wiss Bent Trimmer PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (6)

WISS HEAVY DUTY BENT TRIMMER SHEARS

D

Heavy duty bent shears with “inlaid” blades and black handles. Thicker, heavy duty blades cut through multiple layers and tough materials. Extra weight gives extra control and smoothness when cutting. Right hand use. E E

7030 7031

10” Wiss Heavy Duty Bent Trimmer 12” Wiss Heavy Duty Bent Trimmer PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (6)

F

E

G

WISS X-SHARP KNIFE BENT TRIMMER

WISS QUICK CLIP CUTTER

All the quality of Wiss in a shear with a feature Knife Edge ground blade for faster, cleaner easier cutting of synthetic fibers. Fine cutlery grade steel, with Hot drop-forged polished blades and the patented Set-Easy pivot.

Heavy duty contour design with positive spring action re-opens blades for fast cutting. PVC plastic handle with stainless steel sharp point blades. Replacement blades are available in a set with 4 blade screws.

-

7032 7033

10” Wiss X-Sharp Knife Bent Trimmer 12” Wiss X-Sharp Knife Bent Trimmer PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (6)

130 /

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: WISS SHEARS

F G

7021 7022

Wiss Quick Clip Sharp Point Cutter Wiss Quick Clip Replacement Blades PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (6)


Please see p.153–164 for Binding & Cordage.

CUTTERS: HOT KNIFE HEAVY DUTY HOT KNIFE Hot knife cutter for use on vinyls, plastic, tarp materials, etc. Can also be used for cutting and sealing webbings. Runs on normal house AC current (60W). This unit heats up to 565°C (1050°F). It is hot enough for heavy-duty work. Use the DialTemp Controller (#2817) to lower the temperature of the knife for applications that require a lower heat setting.

J

H

I

H I J K

K

2810 2815 2817 2816

Heavy Duty Hot Knife Hot Knife Tip Dial Temperature Controller Hot Knife Stand PRICE BREAK: Each

HSGO HOT KNIFE The small point Type HSGO is primarily used in separating thin materials and for cutting round or irregular shapes. The blade takes 6–8 seconds to heat up. The heat can be controlled using the on/off switch. This small, convenient cutter is suited for pattern-making, cutting out awnings, filter cloths, sail materials and other fabrics, as well as cutting synthetic cords and ropes.

L

L

2830

HSGO Hot Knife—Body Only WEIGHT: 2.2lb (1kg)  PRICE BREAK: Each

M

M N

2835

Standard Cutting Blade for HSGO Knife Use on a heat-proof surface.

O

PRICE BREAK: Each N

2837

RS Curved Cutting Blade for HSGO Knife Used for cutting and sealing synthetic materials. Use on heat-proof surface PRICE BREAK: Each

O

HSGO HOT KNIFE: CAUTIONS HGSO is designed for intermittent use and should not be used for periods longer than 20 minutes without a pause for cooling. 70W capacity heater runs on standard household current.

2839

SF Cutting Foot for RS Curved Cutting Blade Use with the RS cutting blade to allow cutting and sealing without a cutting base. PRICE BREAK: Each

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: HOT KNIFE

/ 131


Please see p.153–164 for Binding & Cordage.

SPECIALTY TOOLS

HOT CUTTERS A D

B

E

COMPACT HOT CUTTER

C

Compact portable hot cutter heats quickly for use in cutting and sealing edges on any synthetic webbing or cord. Perfect for drawstrings, laces, tapes, cords and ropes. Actual size is H3” x L5”. This versatile unit will add a professional edge to all the cut webbings and synthetic ropes you use. Replacement blades are available A B

9876 9816

Compact Hot Cutter Replacement Blade for Compact Hot Cutter PRICE BREAK: Each

PRODUCTION HOT CUTTER This unit was designed for custom hand-cutting or high-speed production use. Lever-type action is fast, and neatly cuts and seals all synthetic materials such as webbings, cords, etc. No further processing needed. It can be used to rim narrow fabric strips. It has a 3½” maximum cut width and is variable heat controlled. The standard model runs on normal 110 household current, but 220V models are available on special order. The blade can be replaced separately. C D E

9877 9814 9813

Production Hot Cutter 4” Replacement Element for Production Hot Cutter 4” Replacement Blade for Production Hot Cutter PRICE BREAK: Each

132 /

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: HOT CUT TERS


Please see p.14–41, 194–219, and 336–341 for our fabric selections.

CUTTERS: ROUND KNIFE 1⁷⁄₈” AS100 KNIFE CUTTER A powerful, light weight hand cutter, this small cutter has more power than most cutters its size, allowing you to cut heavier materials with ease. Uses a hexagonal blade (#3171) that rotates with a scissor action that prevents fabric from slipping. Also ensures continuous sharpness and clean cuts on fabrics. WATT CAPACITY: 55W F G

3170 3171

F

CUTTING CAPACITY: ⁵⁄₁₆”

1⁷⁄₈” AS100 Knife Cutter Hex Blade for AS100 Knife Cutter

G

PRICE BREAK: Each MISTEE 3½” ROUND KNIFE CUTTER This lightweight 4lb (1.8kg) cutter has a strong motor that pulls 80W capacity. It cuts all types of fabrics single or in multiple plies. Built-in sharpener and finger guard keep this machine efficient and safe. It has smooth rollers on the base for effortless gliding while cutting. It will cut up to ¾” of fabric at one time. Perfect for the smaller shop doing repetitive contract work. Replacement blades available. WATT CAPACITY: 80W H I J

3162 3163 3168

H

CUTTING CAPACITY: ¾”

Mistee 3½” Round Knife Cutter Replacement Blade for Mistee 3½” Worm Gear for Mistee 3½” Cutter PRICE BREAK: Each

I

J

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: ROUND KNIFE CUT TERS

/ 133


SPECIALTY TOOLS

STAPLES & TACKERS 1400 STAINLESS STEEL STAPLES Stainless steel staples for the air tackers are carried in one size only. Other sizes are available through special order based on quantity. More expensive than standard but stronger and more rust resistant. Compatible with Fasco 1400 Series, Haubold Stapler and JEFast 1416. A 7260 14/10 ³/₈” Stainless Steel Staples

A

B

C

PRICE BREAKS: Box (10,000) | Case (20) 71 STAINLESS STEEL STAPLES 71 Series Staples fits standard tackers, Fasco 71 series, Senco Stapler and JEFast 7116. B 7261 71/10 ³/₈” Stainless Steel Staples

D

PRICE BREAKS: Box (10,000) | Case (20) FASCO TACKERS High quality pneumatic tacker has the advantage of having very few moving parts and those that do are easily replaceable. Piston/driver assembly available. C D

7211 7210

Fasco 1400 Series Tacker Fasco 71 Series Tacker HEAD WIDTH: 3/8”  PRICE BREAK: Each

E

JEFast AIR TACKERS These air tacker alternatives provide a lighter duty and more economical choice. E F

7216 7217

F

JEFast 1416 Air Tacker JEFast 7116 Air Tacker PRICE BREAK: Each

134 /

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: STAPLES & TACKERS

Please see p.250–251 for more Tackers, and p.252 for Staple Removers.


Please see p.88 for Tubing options.

A

BENDING TOOLS Bend tubing without marring or kinking using the Bendarc® Tool. Mounts solidly to a workbench or wall and is constructed of steel boiler plate and the toughest polymers available. It comes with a graduated scale generated by a computer that eliminates the guesswork and results in no wasted materials. Merely mark your bends, insert and clamp the piece into the Bendarc® for precise control. This machine is strong enough to bend either aluminum or stainless steel tubing. BENDARC® A A A A A A

8378 8388 8396 8382 8392 8394

6” Radius for ⁷⁄₈” Round Tube 8” Radius for ⁷⁄₈” Round Tube 12” Radius for ⁷⁄₈” Round Tube 8” Radius for 1” Round Tube 10” Radius for 1” Round Tube 12” Radius for 1” Round Tube—Special Order

B

PRICE BREAK: Each BENDARC® 1” SQUARE TUBING KIT A set of strong polymer replacement dies to allow a Bendarc® Tool to cleanly and neatly bend square tubing.

C

D

NOTE: Bendarc® Not included. Use with Bendarc® 10” Radius (#8392). B

8370

Bendarc® 1” Square Tubing Kit PRICE BREAK: Each

CROWNARC® The CrownArc® Device gives beautiful smooth consistent crowns, with no sharp edges or awkward kinks, to round stainless steel or aluminum tubing in sizes from ¾” up to 1”. The 1” rollers work properly with smaller sizes as well. Both the lower rollers on the CrownArc® Turn providing better control over the feed and curve imparted. It also allows a bigger bite to give more crown per pass. C

8380

CrownArc® PRICE BREAK: Each

DRILLING TOOLS DRILL STEADY Small clamp-on drill guide used for drilling stainless tubing and pipe. Swing-off design allows tool to be used without disassembly of the frame. Cast bronze body with knurled bronze thumbscrews and tool steel drill brushing. Accepts tubing from ¾”–1¼”. Standard drill size is ⁹⁄₆₄”. D

11072 Drill Steady PRICE BREAK: Each

HOW TO USE THE CROWNARC® Insert the bow and tighten the knurled knob about ¾ of a turn, then crank it through. If a bigger arc is needed, tighten the knob more and crank the bow through again.

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: BENDING & DRILLING TOOLS

/ 135


Please see p.16–18 for Automotive Vinyls, and p.158–159 for Automotive Trim.

SPECIALTY TOOLS

AUTOMOTIVE TOOLS TUCKING TOOL A sturdy tool with a slightly curved blade and rounded corners for tucking headlining and upholstery around windows, doors and other interior automotive trim. Comfortable wooden handle with eyelet gives you excellent leverage. A

A

8420

#746 Flexible Tucking Tool PRICE BREAKS: Each

TRIM PAD TOOL

B

A tool designed to remove trim pad plastic and metal fasteners without damage to the car finish. This tool reaches under the trim pad backing. It is long enough to reach the most recessed fastener and pries only against hidden surfaces to eliminate the danger of scratching the paint. Carefully beveled and deburred and it ismanufactured from high-carbon steel. While specially designed to allow the re-use of plastic fasteners on GM cars, it works well in all metal fasteners.

C

B

8450

Trim Pad Tool PRICE BREAK: Each

HOT AIR HEAT GUN Hot air guns makes it easy to work with vinyls and to create complex shapes often found in automotive trimming. For softening vinyls to impart stretch, softening floor tiles, carpet backing, etc. Weighs only 2.75lb (1.2kg), including stand, and generates temperatures between 232–345°C (450–650°F). Draws 12.5 amps of regular household 110V current. Adjustable air intake regulators provides variable temperatures. Doublejacketed nozzle and shield keeps external temperatures down.

NOTES ON REPLACEMENT ELEMENT #5154 D

136 /

There have been slight model changes to the hot air heat gun over the years. Please quote your model number when ordering a replacement element to ensure that you receive the correct one. SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: AUTOMOTIVE TOOLS

Unique suspended quick-change heating element for easy replacement, and replaceable brushes to extend the life of the unit. Housing, stand and handle are G.E. Lexan® for superior electrical insulation and impact resistance. Toggle style switch has three settings—hot, cold and off, allowing the unit to be used as blower and heater. Nozzle air opening: 1³⁄₁₆” diameter. C D

5151 5154

Hot Air Heat Gun Replacement Element for Hot Air Heat Gun PRICE BREAK: Each


Please see p.29, and 33–37 for our PVC options.

PVC WELDER TOOLS EAGLE HOT AIR WELDER Hand-held hot air welder. Lap welds soft thermoplastics without any additional materials other than the use of a silicone roller to provide the necessary pressure. Particularly suited to welding of tarpaulins and singleply roofing material. Air temperature is adjustable from ambient up to 625°C (1157°F). Element is a quick-change type with no tools required.

E H

G

Runs on a standard house current, although a 220V model is available on special order. Heating element will also fit the Leister brand and is a simple pull-out, plug-in operation. Features a recessed temperature control knob, a booted power switch and screened air inlet to protect against damage. Air flow is adjustable up to 15 CFM. Built-in over-temperature protection, protects the heating elements and electronics. E F

2840 2841

Eagle Hot Air Welder Replacement Element for Eagle Welder PRICE BREAK: Each

F

SILICONE ROLLER FOR TARP WELDER Tough silicone roller mounted on a sturdy handle for pressure-rolling tarps while being heat-welded. Also very useful for flattening out any surface for being glued or fit to complex shapes, such as carpeting to automotive floors or vinyl onto complex shapes. It is also used for working with heat, such as hot air guns or lamps to soften the vinyl. Silicone roller does not absorb glues or materials and can be easily cleaned after use. G

2845

Silicone Roller for Tarp Welder PRICE BREAK: Each

ANGLE SLIT NOZZLE This product is ideal for welding seams or applying heat into corners. For use with Steinel gun only. H

2846

2” Angle Slit Nozzle PRICE BREAK: Each

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: PVC WELDER TOOLS

/ 137


Please see p.153–160 for Binding options.

SPECIALTY TOOLS

BINDING: FOLDER Stitch bindings into place faster and straighter with these adapters. Simply screw the binding folder into place on your sewing machine, then guide the material and binding through the machine. Makes a difficult job easier and faster. Gives uniform, factoryquality seams for that professional fitted appearance.

B

D

C

A

FOLDER FOR BINDING A B

4890 4892

Folder for ¾” Binding Folder for ⁷⁄₈” Binding

C D

4897 4895

Folder for 1” Binding Folder for 1¼” Binding

PRICE BREAK: Each

JEF Hook & Loop D BY YOUR imagination ONLY LIMITE

138 /

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: BINDING FOLDER & BUT TONS

JEF Hook & Loop is a two-part nylon fastener system. When pressed together, they form a secure closure that can be used for garments, bags, footwear, tents and furniture. For more info, see p.59–61.


Please see p.192–193 for Bulk Adhesives.

SPRAY GUN G

Q

H

I

P

J K

O

L M N

118 SPRAY GUN

EZE SPRAY GUN

The 118 spray gun is a blow-over siphon type and produces a cone-shaped spray. Adjustment of volume is made by screwing the fluid nozzle up into the air stream until the right flow is obtained. This product is particularly recommended for glues and other sticky liquids that tend to gum up painting equipment. Also usable for touch-up work and ideal for production painting of small articles. Light-weight and easy to use. Spray Gun uses a mason jar for easy replacement.

A lightweight, durable alternative to more expensive sprayers. Tube height is adjustable by loosening the adjustment nut and then sliding tube to achieve desired spray density. To clean, loosen the adjustment nut and slide the vacuum tube out. Dip tube in solvent to blow out with spray gun. Features a plastic glue pot.

G

1158

Q

1165

EZE Spray Gun PRICE BREAK: Each

118 Spray Gun WEIGHT: 2lb (0.9kg)  PRICE BREAK: Each

118 SPRAY GUN REPLACEMENT PARTS H I J K L M N O M–O

1159 1162 1160 1170 1172 1175 1174 1161 1163

Jar Only—118 Spray Gun Stainless Steel Tube Aluminum Tube Air Valve Spring Air Nozzle Locknut Nozzle Spring Fluid Nozzle Stainless Steel Repair Kit PRICE BREAK: Each

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: SPRAY GUNS

/ 139


Please see p.123–126 for Punch Tools, and p.271 for Tacks.

SPECIALTY TOOLS

MALLET & HAMMER #6 RUBBER MALLET

A

Tough composite rubber head. 2” face diameter, 3¼” head length on a 12” white hickory handle and, weighs 11oz. (312g). Use it for setting decorative nails or dowels and other frame elements without damage. Will prolong the life of punches when used for driving them. A

5317

#6 Rubber Mallet

B

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (6) 160 OR 33 MAGNET HAMMER A specially-balanced tack hammer with solid head of bright bronze on a hickory handle. One end with a permanent magnet for picking up tacks, the other tipped with steel for driving the tacks home. The head is 5½” long, and the magnetic face is ¼”, while the steel-tipped end is ½” in diameter. The weight of the head is 7oz. (198g). B

5101

160 or 33 Magnet Hammer PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (6)

PATTERN-MAKING TOOLS WASH-OUT MARKER Easily sharpened markers for intricate designs. Leaves a clean, white mark. Designed to washout from most fabrics with water. Great on Sunbrella®. C

C

3004 Wash-Out Marker—White PRICE BREAKS: Package (12) | Case (12)

60” ALUMINUM RULER These aluminum rulers are light and versatile. They double as a measuring stick and a straight edge. The numbers are printed on, not stamped into the ruler, thus giving a smooth, non-snagging surface when used as a straightedge. D E

6608 1½” Wide 6609 2” Wide PRICE BREAK: Each

140 /

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: MALLET & HAMMER & PAT TERN-MAKING TOOLS

D

E


Please see p.62–73 for Fasteners.

HOLE PUNCH TOOLS K J

L

G I

F

REVOLVING PUNCH This product is a heavy duty punch with replaceable anvil and cutters. Strong metal construction. Useful for everything from punching holes for setting fasteners, to holes at the ends of cuts in vinyls to minimize chances of tearing (this process is recommended by Naugahyde® and is a good idea for any material that has a tendency to rip). F

H

8017

#155 Revolving Hole Punch PRICE BREAK: Each

M

REVOLVING PUNCH REPLACEMENTS Order only the cutters you need, or just the anvil if it wears out first. These cutters just thread into place on the punch. A pair of pliers is all that is needed for installation. The anvil must be tapped out and the stem of the new one tapped in with a hammer. G H I J

8015 8016 8018 8019

#1 Cutting Tube #2 Cutting Tube #3 Cutting Tube #4 Cutting Tube

K 8020 L 8012 M 8011

#5 Cutting Tube #6 Cutting Tube Anvil

PRICE BREAK: Each

ZIPPER TOOL ZIPPER STOP PLIERS N

Enables you to shorten zippers or make zippers of any length when working with continuous zipper tape. Helps to eliminate slippage and rotation of the zipper stops. Has a special groove that firmly holds the zipper stop in place. High quality forged steel with vinyl handle. N

11010 Zipper Stop Pliers PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (6)

Please see p.74–85, and 290–291 for Zippers.

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: HOLE PUNCH & ZIPPER TOOLS

/ 141


SEWING & THREADS


Please see p.253 for Thread Tools, and p.294–295 for Sewing Needles.

THREADS: GORE TENARA® Remarkable thread manufactured from 100% expanded PTFE fiber (commonly known as Teflon®). PTFE is one of the most chemically resistant substances known to man. This ensures it will not rot or develop mildew and prevents deterioration due to cleaning solutions, motor oils and other destructive substances.

A

C B

Gore Tenara® threads are not affected by ultraviolet radiation and will not degrade from continuous sun exposure. Other threads lose up to 35% of their strength in a 3-year period. It is unaffected by saltwater, temperature extremes and acid rain. Colors will not fade. Ideal choice for outdoor fabric products such as awning and marine canvas. Prelubricated for a cooler running needle enabling sewing at higher speeds. GORE TENARA® 1400 (92) THREADS A B C

8418 8417 8416

Gore Tenara Thread (92)—Clear Gore Tenara Thread (92)—Black Gore Tenara Thread (92)—White

N GORE TENARA® 2500 (138) THREADS A B C

138418 Gore Tenara Thread (138)—Clear 138417 Gore Tenara Thread (138)—Black 138416 Gore Tenara Thread (138)—White

BREAK STRENGTH: 8lb (3.6kg) PRICE BREAK: Each spool (1,900yd)

BREAK STRENGTH: 14–19lb (6.4–8.6kg). PRICE BREAK: Each spool (1,150yd)

“I only use GORE® TENARA® Sewing Thread, because I’m confident it will see my clients through hurricanes and any other dramatic weather they may encounter. A 140 mph microburst forced the boat of one client under a dock, where it was held by its bimini top. When the dock was finally lifted off the boat, every stitch in that bimini top was intact. That’s how I know I’m giving my clients the best quality project, built to last.” – Pamela Leahy Mariner Canvas Company New Bern, NC Pamela with Kismet, winner of the 2008 MFA Award of Excellence, 2007 Virginia-Carolinas First Place — Marine Soft Enclosures and 2008 IFAI International Achievement Award

It’s Not Just Thread – It’s Your Reputation GORE® TENARA® Sewing Thread makes you look good to your customers. It will not weaken or degrade with exposure to UV, extreme temperatures, salt, rain or chemicals. It comes in a variety of colors that will not fade. And it’s guaranteed for the life of the fabric. When your good reputation is at stake, count on us.

GORE and TENARA are registered trademarks of W.L. Gore & Associates, Inc. © 2014, 2015 W. L. Gore & Associates, Inc.

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: THREADS

/ 143


SPECIALTY THREADS E

BOBBIN SIZE: 25yd  PRICE BREAK: Box (72) SUNGUARD B92 “M” BOBBINS C D

922012 922242

Natural/White Black BOBBIN SIZE: 36yd  PRICE BREAK: Box (72)

SUNGUARD B138 “M” BOBBINS E F

1382012 1382242

Natural/White Black BOBBIN SIZE: 24yd  PRICE BREAKS: Box (72)

D

B

Prewound bobbins of Sunguard B92 UVR bonded polyester thread. Fits G-type bobbin holders as found on heavy-duty and industrial sewing machines. Natural/White Black

K

A

SUNGUARD B92 “G” BOBBINS

922011 922241

J

I

F C

THREADS: POLYESTER

A B

H

G

SUNGUARD B138 “G” BOBBINS G H

1382011 1382241

Natural/White Black BOBBIN SIZE: 17yd  PRICE BREAK: Box (72)

SUNGUARD UVR B92 1LB Sunguard B92 is a 4-ply twisted, high-quality UVR bonded polyester thread. Color-matched to the most popular shades of acrylic fabrics and OEM automotive vinyls. These are the closest color match to Sunbrella® canvas colors. Sunguard is UV resistant, anti-wick, mildew resistant with colorfast dyes and a breaking strength of 14lb (6.2kg). Specifically designed for use in boat tops, automotive and awnings. I J

9222416 9222916

Black Beaver

K -

9220116 922916

White Sand

PRICE BREAK: Each (1lb or ~4,600yd)

Retains approximately 15% more strength compared to standard polyester threads UV and mildew resistant Chlorine and bromine resistant Anti‐wick finish 36 outstanding marine acrylic and automotive OEM vinyl color matches

"SUNGUARD" UVR BONDED POLYESTER THREAD


Please see p.253 for Thread Tools, and p.294–295 for Sewing Needles.

N

O

J

P

Q

R

V

W

X

Y

Z

A1

F1

G1

H1

I1

J1

K1

L

M

U

E1

S

T

B1

C1

D1

L1

M1

SUNGUARD UVR B92 BONDED POLYESTER—½LB Sunguard B92 4-ply, twisted highquality UVR bonded polyester thread in colors matched to the most popular shades of acrylic fabrics and OEM automotive vinyls. These are the closest color match to Sunbrella® canvas colors. BREAK STRENGTH: 14lb (6.2kg) PRICE BREAK: Each (½lb or ~1,500yd)

L

92202 Oyster

W

92210 Dark Rose

H1

92219 Shamrock

M

92203 Sand

X

92212 Sunflower

I1

92220 Forest Green

N

92229 Beaver

Y

92255 Concord

J1

92223 Charcoal

O

92230 Mocha

Z

92213 Blue Wave

K1

92222 Shark Grey

J

92204 Beige

A1

92214 Pacific Blue

-

92221 Pearl Grey

P

92231 Saddle

B1

92225 Mediterranean

L1

92224 Black

Q

92227 Taupe

C1

92232 Adriatic Blue

-

92228 Dark Olive

R

92205 Bay Brown

D1

92215 Dusk Blue

-

92234 Medium Titanium

S

92206 Sunglow

E1

92216 Navy

-

92235 Medium Opal

T

92207 Cardinal

F1

92217 Dark Teal

-

92236 Graphite

U

92208 Burgundy

G1

92218 Ocean Green

M1 92201 White

V

92209 Black Cherry

SUNGUARD UVR B138 BONDED POLYESTER—½LB Twisted high-quality UVR bonded polyester thread. UV resistant, anti-wick and mildew resistant with colorfast dyes. BREAK STRENGTH: 21lb (9.5kg) PRICE BREAKS: Each (½lb or ~1,500yd)

M

138203 Sand

D1

138215 Dusk Blue

N

138229 Beaver

E1

138216 Navy

J

138204 Beige

G1

138218 Ocean Green

P

138231 Saddle

I1

138220 Forest Green

R

138205 Bay Brown

J1

138223 Charcoal

T

138207 Cardinal

K1

138222 Shark Grey

U

138208 Burgundy

GG

138224 Black

A1 138214 Pacific Blue

HH 138201 Natural/White

SUNGUARD UVR B138 BONDED POLYESTER—1lb BREAK STRENGTH: 21lb (9.5kg) PRICE BREAKS: Each (1lb or ~3,000yd)

L1

13822416

Black

M1 13820116

Natural/White

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: THREADS

/ 145


SPECIALTY THREADS

THREADS: POLYESTER (CONT.) STAR ULTRA DEE 138

A

B

C

Polyester thread with excellent resistance to UV rays, micro-organisms, mildew, acids and other chemicals. Excellent sewability with less pucker, providing for optimum operator and sewing machine efficiencies. Resists moisture absorption and is a very good insulator against electrical charges. Colorfast, durable and dry-cleanable. Bonding process applied to this thread provides excellent sewability in tough-to-sew operations, resists abrasion from the needles and other external forces better than nonbonded polyester. A B C

8411 8412 8413

D

E

F

G

H

I

K

L

DB138 1lb Polyester Thread—White DB138 1lb Polyester Thread—Black DB138 1lb Polyester Thread—Olive Drab PRICE BREAKS: Each (1lb or ~3,000yd) | Case (10)

STAR ULTRA DEE 92 100% Polyester thread with excellent resistance to UV rays, micro-organisms, mildew, acids and other chemicals. BREAK STRENGTH: 14.2lb (6.43kg) PRICE BREAKS: Each (~1,035yd) | Case (10) D E F G H

8093 8095 8085 8086 8087

Black White Pacific Blue Cadet Grey Jockey Red

I J K L

8088 8089 8090 8097

Toast Navy Forest Green Burgundy

I J K L

8103 8102 8100 8101

Toast Navy Forest Green Burgundy

STAR ULTRA DEE 92 D E F G H

8092 8094 8096 8099 8098

Black White Pacific Blue Cadet Grey Jockey Red

PRICE BREAKS: Each (~2,000yd) | Case (10) STAR ULTRA DEE 92—G-TYPE BOBBINS D

928095 White

E

928093 Black

PRICE BREAK: Each (25yd)

146 /

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: THREADS

J


THREADS: POLY-COTTON N

O

P

Q

R

S

T

U

V

W

X

Y

Z

A1

B1

KOBAN #25 DUAL DUTY An excellent multi-purpose sewing thread for general upholstery, leathers, vinyls, canvases and knit goods. It consists of a filament core of polyester with a cover of cotton. The cotton protects the poly core from the weakening effects of needle heat while supplying the high level strength characteristic of a synthetic thread. There is no fusing, even at high machine speeds. It has excellent durability to repeated laundering, low shrinkage and excellent abrasion resistance. The cotton retains the lubricant better than a polyester would without it and the continuous filament core provides excellent loop forming characteristics through the needle. This is important when sewing heavy fabrics, as it helps prevent skip stitching. This is a superb all-around sewing thread. BREAK STRENGTH: 11.5lb PRICE BREAKS: Each (3,000yd) | Case (10) N

8117

White

O

8189

Black

P

8190

Natural

Q

8194

Olive Green

R

8195

Dark Green

S

8196

Grey

T

8197

Royal Blue

U

8198

Navy Blue

V

8199

Red

W

8200

Brown

X

8381

Yellow

Y

8389

Chestnut

Z

8393

Light Brown

A1 8401

Light Grey

B1 8399

Burgundy

Please see p.253 for Thread Tools, and p.294–295 for Sewing Needles.

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: THREADS

/ 147


SPECIALTY THREADS

148 /

A

T

M1

F2

Y2

R3

B

U

N1

G2

Z2

S3

C

V

O1

H2

A3

T3

D

W

P1

I2

B3

U3

E

X

Q1

J2

C3

V3

F

Y

R1

K2

D3

W3

G

Z

S1

L2

E3

X3

H

A1

T1

M2

F3

Y3

I

B1

U1

N2

G3

Z3

J

C1

V1

O2

H3

A4

K

D1

W1

P2

I3

B4

L

E1

X1

Q2

J3

C4

M

F1

Y1

R2

K3

D4

N

G1

Z1

S2

L3

E4

O

H1

A2

T2

M3

F4

P

I1

B2

U2

N3

G4

Q

J1

C2

V2

O3

H4

R

K1

D2

W2

P3

I4

S

L1

E2

X2

Q3

J4

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: THREADS


Please see p.253 for Thread Tools, and p.294–295 for Sewing Needles.

THREADS: NYLON

N

69 NYLON Known for its excellent sewability, high strength, resistance to abrasion and wear with its controlled stretch and recovery properties. It is unaffected by mildew or rot. Finished with a combination of waxes, silicones and oils specially designed to provide consistent machine tensions and loop formation. Protects from needle heat to ensure good sewability and prevents fusing of thread and fabric yarns. Our 69 Nylon thread is UV-treated and has a good resistance to strength loss, although prolonged exposure to sunlight could cause some deterioration.

®

American & Efird Canada, Inc.

BREAK STRENGTH: 11.5lb  PRICE BREAKS: Each (1lb, or ~6,000yd) | Case (10) A

34129

D1

35497 Gold

G2

67048 Nickel

J3

35538 Marron Glace

B

30001 Natural

E1

35385 Beach Tan

H2

35670 Steel

K3

34297 Sable

C

35553

F1

34370 Orange

I2

35631

L3

67067 Toast Brown

D

34099 Beige

G1

34081 Orange

J2

67050 Cub

M3

35551

Chestnut

E

34215

H1

67034 Toboggan

K2

63120

N3

35557

Brown

Sta White Cream Natural

Steel Foliage GN 504

F

35070 Ashes

I1

67037 Pink #3

L2

36195

New GRY90782

O3

34136

Wood

G

67054 Ficelle

J1

34794 Bright Red

M2

36139

Dark Silver

P3

35561

Brown

H

67057 Beige

K1

34050 Scarlet

N2

67053 Graphite

Q3

35472 Dk Mahogany

I

67059 Deer

L1

34212

O2

56033 Black

R3

67073 Dk Mahogany

J

35417

M1

36081 Fire Rd 2580

P2

34974 DB Teal

S3

35100 Seal

K

67058 Pebble Beige

N1

35000 Scarlet

Q2

36911

T3

67075

L

36030 Beige

O1

35048 Red

R2

34252 Copen

U3

36048 Chocolate

M

36220 String 5005

P1

36241 Scarlet

S2

35210

V3

67071 Gold Brown

Platinum

Old Glory Red

Teal Pro Blue

Walnut

N

67063 Marron Glace

Q1

56037 OO Lala Pink

T2

34466 Blue

W3

36135

Tonka Toast

O

67060 French Beige

R1

36255 Dk Cardinal 70082 U2

34072 Blue

X3

63114

Coyote

P

34086 Sand

S1

36343 Wine

V2

34785 Mediter. Blue

Y3

67074

Chestnut

Q

35103

T1

36184 Burgundy

W2

36099 Royal Blue

Z3

67015

Coyote Tan

R

34664 Lt Beaver

U1

67046 Rubytone

X2

67007 Yale Blue

A4

35020 Chestnut

S

34609 Sand #2

V1

36279 Purple 7007

Y2

35434 College Blue

B4

36111

T

36188 Sand

W1

35312

Z2

34177

Navy

C4

35495 ODS-1

U

34140 Shade 1600

X1

34444 Seafoam

A3

35516

Navy #1

D4

35500 Smoke

Mastic Beige

Purple

Taupe

V

35477 Saba Sand

Y1

36179

B3

35524 Washington Blue E4

35486 Rocky Brown

W

63233 Tan 499

Z1

34067 Green Olive

C3

35520 Navy #3

F4

36341 Neon Pink 102

X

34257 Silver

A2

67021

Green Pepper

D3

67011

G4

36999 FL Cerise

Y

35634 Beaver

B2

34811

Class Green

E3

34230 Salmon

H4

36245 Neon ORG 105

Z

67065 Beaver

C2

67025 Evergreen

F3

67069 Chinese Rust

I4

36731

A1

67029 Forsythia

D2

67026 Carafe Green

G3

34117

J4

36289 Neon GRN 101

B1

67028 Lemon

E2

67047 Mist

H3

67061 Sienna

C1

34913 Gold

F2

34144 Silver

I3

34170

Dk Green

Midnight

Rust

Neon Yellow

Maple

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: THREADS

/ 149


SPECIALTY THREADS

THREADS: NYLON (CONT.) Q

A

B

R

C

S

D

T

E

U

F

V

G

W

H

X

69 NYLON 69 Nylon thread is a 3-ply continuous multifilament synthetic bonded sewing thread made from 100% Type 6.6 DuPont bright nylon. It is known for its excellent sewability, high strength, resistance to abrasion and wear, with controlled stretch and recovery properties. 69 Nylon is unaffected by mildew or rot. This thread is finished with a combination of waxes, silicones and oils that are specially designed to facilitate the sewing operation. They provide consistent machine tensions and loop formation. Also provides protection from needle heat to ensure good sewability, and to prevent the fusing of thread and fabric yarns. This treatment bonds the individual filaments and plies together and guards against abrasion and unraveling of threads during sewing. Melts at 252–260°C (480–500°F); Sticks at 229°C (445°F).

I

Y

J

Z

K

A1

L

B1

M

C1

N

D1

O

E1

P

150 /

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: THREADS

PRICE BREAKS: Each (3,000yd) | Case (10) A

8158

Black

Q

8161

Orange

B

8114

White

R

8163

Willow Green

C

8162

Bronze

S

8167

Dark Blue

D

8166

Royal

T

8170

Red

E

8169

Burgundy

U

8172

Deer

F

8171

Natural

V

8174

Light Brown

G

8173

Dark Beige

W

8176

Walnut Brown

H

8175

Sand

X

8178

Dark Brown

I

8177

Brown

Y

8180

Light Grey

J

8179

Mahogany

Z

8182

Off White

K

8181

Dark Grey

A1

8185

Emerald Green

L

8184

Medium Brown

B1

8359

Hunter Green

M

8357

Sea Green

C1

8366

Blue/Grey

N

8363

Light Blue

D1

8377

Charcoal

E1

8375

Brown

O

8371

Purple

P

8360

Olive Drab


Please see p.253 for Thread Tools, and p.294–295 for Sewing Needles.

69 NYLON G-TYPE BOBBINS Pre-wound bobbins of 69 Nylon thread available in three colors. Fits a G-Type bobbin holder as found on most heavyduty and industrial sewing machines.

G1

Break strength is 11.5lb (5.2kg) F1 G1 H1

8109 8110 8111

69 Nylon G-Type Bobbin—White 69 Nylon G-Type Bobbin—Black 69 Nylon G-Type Bobbin—Olive

H1

F1

BOBBIN SIZE: 30yd  PRICE BREAK: Box of 72 NYLON TUFTING TWINE

I1

Suitable for tying and tufting buttons. Excellent strength and resistant characteristics in a finer twine. White available only. I1

8125

#9 Nylon Tufting Twine (CSB346) BREAK STRENGTH: 60lb PRICE BREAKS: Each (½lb or ~600yd) | Case (10)

CSB138 NYLON THREADS 100% continuous filament nylon with a bonded finish. J1 K1

8403 8404

CSB138 Nylon—White CSB138 Nylon—Black PRICE BREAKS: Each (1lb or ~3,000yd) | Case (10) J1

K!

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: THREADS

/ 151


BINDING AND CORDAGE


Please see p.138 for Binding tools.

SUNBRELLA® BINDING A

T

B

U

C

V

D

W

E

X

F

Y

G

Z

H

A1

I

B1

J

C1

K

D1

L

E1

M N O P

SUNBRELLA® DOUBLE FOLD BIAS BINDING 100% solution-dyed acrylic bindings made with Sunbrella® yarns in double-fold form. Both ¾” and 1” binding are available in a range of the most popular colors to coordinate and finish your Sunbrella® creations. Binding is cut on the bias for easier tailoring around corners. Will not fade or weaken from normal exposure conditions including sunlight, mildew, rot and atmospheric chemicals. All the features of Sunbrella® products apply directly to this binding. Please refer to p.332–334 for Sunbrella®’s care and cleaning instructions. ROLL SIZE: 100yd  PRICE BREAK: Each ¾”

1”

T

4967

4762

Mediterranean Blue

Black

U

4959

4981

Mediterranean Blue Tweed

4989

Brass

V

4740

4747

Natural

4743

4757

Burgundy

W

4751

4748

Navy

E

4962

4773

Cadet Grey

X

4977

-

Ocean Blue

F

4974

-

Capri

Y

4960

4761

Oyster

G

4738

4754

Captain Navy

Z

4739

4746

Pacific Blue

H

-

4777

Charcoal Grey

A1

4958

4985

Persian Green

I

-

4778

Charcoal Tweed B1

12012

4953

Jockey Red

J

-

4998

Cocoa

C1

12013

4771

Royal Blue

F1

K

4957

-

Dubonnet Tweed

D1

4956

-

Sapphire Blue

G1

L

4970

4982

Fern

E1

4968

4774

Silver

M

4961

4755

Forest Green

F1

4972

4980

Spa

N

4971

4979

Heather Beige

G1

-

4954

Sunflower Yellow

O

4965

4760

Hemlock

H1

-

4767

Taupe

P

4966

4775

Linen

I1

4963

4765

Toast

Q

4741

4758

Linen Tweed

J1

4964

12011

Toast Tweed

R

-

4955

Logo Red

K1

12014

4776

True Brown

S

4976

4999

Marine Blue

L1

4973

4503

Wheat

H1 I1

Q

J1

R

K1

S

L1

¾”

1”

A

-

4779

Beige

B

4742

4749

C

-

D

Sunbrella® is a registered trademark of Glen Raven, Inc. SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: BINDING

/ 153


SPECIALTY BINDING AND CORDAGE

SUNBRELLA® BINDING SUNBRELLA® ⁷⁄₈” CENTERFOLD BINDING 100% solution-dyed acrylic binding with a natural fold in the center tape to allow for a smooth and efficient fit. The woven fold prevents the binding from necking down when under tension. The blind side behaves the same as the front. Can be used with or without guides. All exposure and mildew resistant features of Sunbrella® products are built into this binding. Please refer to p.332–334 for Sunbrella®’s care and cleaning instructions. PRICE BREAKS: Each (200yd) | Case (5) A B C

J K L

D

M

E

N

F

O

G

P

H

Q

I

154 /

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: BINDING

A

4936

Beige

B

4937

Burgundy

C

4935

Cadet Grey

D

4926

Captain Navy

E

4947

Concord

F

4932

Forest Green

G

4931

Jet Black

H

4930

Linen

I

4938

Mediterranean Blue

J

4939

Natural

K

4934

Navy

L

4978

Oyster

M

4927

Pacific Blue

N

4946

Red

O

4952

Taupe

P

4950

True Brown

Q

4942

Turquoise

CENTERFOLD vs. ORDINARY BINDING 1

2

Centerfold binding has a natural fold woven into itself (Figure 1). Unlike ordinary binding, centerfold binding will not pull and pucker as displayed in Figure 2.


Please see p.138 for Binding tools.

N

R

I1

S

J1

T

K1

U

L1

SUNBRELLA® BINDING SUNBRELLA® ¹³⁄₁₆” EUROPEAN-STYLE ACRYLIC BRAID Sunbrella®’s European-style acrylic braid is constructed from 100% solutiondyed acrylic yarn. This ensures that all the features of Sunbrella® products apply directly to this binding. It features excellent exposure resistance to sun and atmospheric conditions. This binding has a fine, soft hand and is available in a range of 33 colors. Please refer to p.332–334 for Sunbrella®’s care and cleaning instructions. PRICE BREAK: Each (100yd)

V

M1

W

N1

X

O1

Y Z

P1 Q1

A1

R1

B1

S1

C1

T1

D1

U1

E1

V1

F1

W1

G1

X1

R

503038

Alpine Green

I1

503039

Logo Red

S

503032

Aqua Marine

J1

503094

Mediterranean Blue

T

503020

Beige

K1

503016

Natural

U

503037

Black

L1

503029

Navy Blue

V

503046

Blended Brown

M1

503022

Pacific Blue

W

503009

Blended Gold

N1

503024

Persian Green

X

503090

Brass

O1

503034

Plum

Y

503025

Burgundy

P1

503030

Red

Z

503036

Buttercup

Q1

503033

Sapphire

A1

503040

Captain Navy

R1

503035

Sky Blue

B1

503097

Charcoal Grey

S1

503092

Taupe

C1

503096

Concord

T1

503028

Terra Cotta

D1

503027

Forest Green

U1

503091

Toast

E1

503023

Green

V1

503093

Turquoise

F1

503021

Grey

W1

503026

Vanilla

G1

503045

Ivory

X1

503042

Yellow

H1

503041

Linen

H1

Sunbrella® is a registered trademark of Glen Raven, Inc. SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: BINDING

/ 155


Please see p.138 for Binding tools.

TOP GUN BINDING: DOUBLE FOLD Double-folded binding made from Top Gun polyester fabric for finishing projects. This material is saturated with an acrylic coating which makes it the ultimate in marine cover fabrics. Long-lasting color, high strength and breathability. Other features of this product include stain, mildew, abrasion and ultraviolet resistance. The coating of Top Gun will not peel, chip, flake or crack even at temperatures as low as -18°C (0°F). 1” TOP GUN DOUBLE FOLD BINDING

A

A B C D

B C

4907 4901 4903 4908

Burgundy Caribbean Blue Forest Green Hemp Beige

E F G H

4904 4905 4902 4906

Navy Blue Onyx Black Turquoise White

PRICE BREAKS: Roll (100yd) | Case (5)

D

TOP GUN CLEANING TIPS

E

Top Gun Binding can be cleaned with a mixture of 4oz. (118ml) of Clorox® And 2oz. (59ml) of soap in 1 gallon (3.8L) of water.

F G

If necessary, the cleaning can be followed with retreatment using Aqua-tite® Protectant (#7166 and #7165, p.181) to ensure your product’s longevitiy.

H

STAMOID® BINDING: TWO-FOLD STAMOID® TWO-FOLD BIAS BINDING A vinyl binding made from high-quality Stamoid products, featuring all the specifications familiar to the Stamoid brand. The two-fold binding has outstanding UV resistance, dirt repellency and mildew resistance. The bindings are ideal as trim or bind for cushions, canopies, dodgers and biminis. Colors are a perfect match with Stamoid fabrics. Available in ¾” or 1” widths.

I

J

I J

10309 10310 10314

¾” Snow White White Navy

I J

10312 10311 10313

1” Snow White White Navy

PRICE BREAKS: Roll (100yd) | Case (5)

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: BINDING

/ 157


SPECIALTY BINDING AND CORDAGE

AUTOMOTIVE/MARINE BINDING: TOPLINE

C

B A

F

G

D E

Topline bindings are ideal for convertible tops, simcons, tonneau covers, door panels, spare tire covers, floor mats, seats, convertible boots, boat tops, marine accessories or any outdoor applications. Constructed of 7.6 gauge vinyl, coated on a ²⁄₂₅” drill with a 17oz. (482g) finished weight in a Crush (Sierra) or Pinpoint grain. Mildew treated for outdoor use. Tear strength, cold flexibility and bond specifications meet OEM standards. Available in one edge turned, or two edge turned styles in the colors and grains listed here.

ONE EDGE VS. TWO EDGE TURNED BINDING 1

1¼” (3.2cm) One Edge Turned Binding

158 /

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: BINDING

2

¾” (1.9cm) Two Edge Turned Binding

1¼” TOPLINE ONE EDGE TURNED BINDING A B C D E

4770 4772 4784 4786 4788

GM White Pinpoint Black Pinpoint White Crush Black Crush Off-White Crush ROLL SIZE: 100yd PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (5)

¾” TOPLINE TWO EDGE TURNED BINDING F G

4766 4752

Black Crush Black Pinpoint ROLL SIZE: 100yd PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (5)


VINYL BINDING

H

K

J

I

L

M

N O P

1¼” VINYL BIAS BINDING

¾” MARINE BINDING

Vinyl bias binding for automotive trimming. 100% polyvinyl chloride (PVC) face with a poly-cotton backing (65% polyester and 35% cotton). Cut on the bias for maximum strength. One edge folded under to give a width of 1¼”. Ideal for the finishing touch on auto carpets, interior trim pieces, etc. To speed installation, see the Trim Folders on p.138.

A two edge folded vinyl binding for all your marine trim needs. ¾” width in a Sea White color. 100% polyvinyl chloride (PVC) with a poly-cotton backing (65% polyester and 35% cotton).

H I J K L M N O P

5009 5004 4944 4943 5010 4940 4948 4945 5008

Almond Black Blue Camel Charcoal White Off-White Maroon Grey ROLL SIZE: 100yd  PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (5)

-

5006

Sea White ROLL SIZE: 100yd PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (5)

Please see p.138 for Binding tools.

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: BINDING

/ 159


SPECIALTY BINDING AND CORDAGE

Please see p.136 for Automotive tools.

A

FELT BINDING: SOLARGUARD

B

SOLARGUARD 1” FELT BINDING An automotive and marine binding used for dash covers, car-bras and floor mats. 100% solution-dyed polyester. Non-woven flat needle construction with a thermobonded finish. WEIGHT: 6oz./yd2 GUAUGE: 0.040” A

4792

1” SolarGuard Felt Binding—Black PRICE BREAKS: Each (50yd) | Case (10)

NYLON BINDING: GROSGRAIN GROSGRAIN NYLON BINDING C

Grosgrain black nylon binding in two widths for trimming bags, apparel and other nylon or leather products. Can be used anywhere twill tape is used for binding seams. Woven to each width with finished edges, not cut. B B

11161 11163

¾” Grosgrain Nylon Binding—Black 1” Grosgrain Nylon Binding—Black PRICE BREAKS: Each (100yd) | Case (10)

WIRE ON BINDING Traditional style binding that is stitched in place on the edge of the cover, then used to wire in place on the frame with hog rings or other fasteners. C

5002

BINDING: POLYESTER TWILL Polyester twill tape is used for binding and edging. D E D E

¾” Repp Wire On Binding—Black PRICE BREAKS: Each (25yd) | Case (5)

9845 9840 9841 9842

¾” Polyester Twill Tape—White ¾” Polyester Twill Tape—Black 1” Polyester Twill Tape—White 1” Polyester Twill Tape—Black PRICE BREAKS: Roll (109yd) | Case (10)

D

E

160 /

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: BINDING


POLYPROPYLENE ROPE

N

Monofilament “polyprop” is the lightest, most widely used, economical rope on the market. The Polyprop rope strength exceeds that of Manila ropes, while also providing reliable specifications, such as long life, flexibility in cold temperatures and excellent resistance to most acids and alkalines. It also features good impact loading and will float on water. Suitable for a wide variety of applications including commercial fishing lines, towing and mooring lines, electrical line stringing, utility rope, scaffolding rope and more. The product is rated at medium for elongation and stretch; rated excellent for mildew, acid and alkali resistance; fair resistance to sunlight and organic solvents. CRITICAL TEMPERATURE: 392.4°C (250°F) ¼” POLYPROPYLENE ROPE F G

6673 6674

¼” Polypropylene Rope—Yellow ¼” Polypropylene Rope—White

F

G

PRICE BREAKS: Each (1310’) ³⁄₁₆” POLYPROPYLENE ROPE F G

6675 6676

³⁄₁₆” Polypropylene Rope—Yellow ³⁄₁₆” Polypropylene Rope—White PRICE BREAK: Each (2125’)

Please see p.131–133 for Rope Cutters.

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: CORDAGE

/ 161


SPECIALTY BINDING AND CORDAGE

AWNING CORDS

AWNING & TENT RINGS D E F G

A

B H

I

C

NYLON AWNING CORDS

NICKLE-PLATED HEAVY WELDED STEEL D-RINGS

PRICE BREAK: Roll (1000’)

D-rings in nickel-plated steel with a welded seam. Will not pull apart under heavy stresses.

A

6701

#4 ¹⁄₈” Nylon Diamond Braid Cord—White BREAK STRENGTH: 660lb (300kg)

B

6704

#5 ⁵⁄₃₂” Nylon Diamond Braid Cord—White

PRICE BREAKS (unless otherwise specified): Bag (25) | Package (4) | Case (20) -

3903

BREAK STRENGTH: 700lb (318kg) C

6705

BREAK STRENGTH: 1056lb (480kg) PRICE BREAKS: Bag (100) | Package (5) | Case (10)

#6 ³⁄₁₆” Nylon Diamond Braid Cord—White BREAK STRENGTH: 1000lb (453kg)

¾” Nickel-Plated Heavy D-Ring

D

3904

1” Nickel-Plated Heavy Welded D-Ring BREAK STRENGTH: 1,210lb (550kg)

E

3905

1¼” Nickel-Plated Heavy Welded D-Ring BREAK STRENGTH: 1,430lb (650kg)

F

3906

1½” Nickel-Plated Heavy Welded D-Ring BREAK STRENGTH: 1,496lb (680kg)

G

3907

2” Nickel-Plated Heavy Welded D-Ring BREAK STRENGTH: 1,870lb (850kg)

WELDED O-RING BREAK STRENGTH: 880lb (400kg) H I

2297 2296

1½” Brass-Plated Welded O-Ring 1½” Nickel-Plated Welded O-Ring PRICE BREAKS: Bag (25) | Package (4) | Case (20)

162 /

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: AWNING CORDS & RINGS


DRAWSTRING CORDS

CORD LOCKS R

N

M

J

O

P Q

K

L

NYLON DRAWSTRING CORDS—DIAMOND BRAID

JACKET CORD LOCKS

For bag and apparel applications.

Delrin jacket string locks for use in various garment applications.

BREAK STRENGTH: 440lb (200kg) J

6695

#3.5 ⁷⁄₆₄” Nylon Cord—White

M P

2210 2214

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (100) | Package (5) | Case (10)

PRICE BREAKS: Roll (250’) | Case (8) J

6698

#3.5 ⁷⁄₆₄” Nylon Cord—White PRICE BREAK: Roll (1000’)

POLYPROPYLENE DRAWSTRING CORDS For bag and apparel applications. K L

11190 11194

⁵∕₃₂” Polypropylene Drawstring—Black ⁵∕₃₂” Polypropylene Drawstring—White ROLL SIZE: 250yd PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (4)

Jacket Cord Lock—Black Flat Top Jacket Cord Lock—Black

SQUARE CORD LOCKS N

2211

Square Cord Lock—Black PRICE BREAK: Bag (100) | Package (5) | Case (10)

BALL CORD LOCK Sliding ball cord lock in black. O

2213

Ball Cord Lock—Black PRICE BREAKS: Bag (100) | Package (5) | Case (10)

BELL END COVER Bell end for covering knots in draw cords. Q

2215

Draw Cord Bell End—Antique PRICE BREAKS: Bag (100) | Package (5) | Case (10)

WHEEL LOCK Sliding and locking cord adjuster in black. R

2216

Wheel Lock—Black PRICE BREAKS: Bag (100) | Package (5) | Case (10)

Please see p.131–133 for Rope Cutters.

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: DRAWSTRING CORDS & LOCKS

/ 163


SPECIALTY BINDING AND CORDAGE

SHOCK CORDS A

B

C

NYLON SHOCK CORDS A

6679

¹⁄₈” Nylon Shock Cord—Black Used as drawstrings in apparel items. PRICE BREAKS: Each (166yd) | Case (5)

C

6680

³⁄₁₆” Nylon Shock Cord—White Light nylon bungee cord. Cord length is customizable using the hooks on p.165.

D

E

F

POLYPROPYLENE SHOCK CORD Bungee cord in polypropylene material, which has all the characteristics of polypropylene and is available in bulk for use in apparel, bag and other projects. Be sure to also see the Delrin Shock Cord Hooks #2722 and #2723 on p.165. B

6683

³⁄₁₆” Polypropylene Shock Cord—Black PRICE BREAKS: Each (167yd) | Case (5)

PRICE BREAKS: Each (144yd) | Case (5) D E F

6685 6690 6692

¼” Nylon Shock Cord—White/Black ⁵⁄₁₆” Nylon Shock Cord—White/Black ³⁄₈” Nylon Shock Cord—White/Black White nylon bungee cord. Create custom lengths using clamps and hooks listed on p.165. PRICE BREAKS: Each (83yd) | Case (5)

164 /

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: CORDAGE

Please see p.131–133 for Rope Cutters.


SHOCK CORD HOOKS METAL SHOCK CORD HOOKS

G

Metal shock cord hooks painted in black for longer life. Plastic tips prevent marking of adjacent surfaces.

H I J K

G H I

7843 7844 7845

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (25) | Package (4) Case (20)

L

O

P

M

T

N

Q R

S

STAINLESS STEEL CONE HOOK Stainless steel cone hooks for superior resistance and a neat finished appearance. Cord is meant to fit inside the cone. J K

7800 7810

Secure the shock cord with these stainless steel clamps. Excellent resistance to environmental elements. 7801 7806 7811

¹⁄₈”–³⁄₁₆” Stainless Steel Clamp ⁷⁄₃₂”–¼” Stainless Steel Clamp ¼”–⁵⁄₁₆” Stainless Steel Clamp

STAINLESS STEEL S-HOOKS Stainless steel S-hooks for superior resistance to environmental exposure. Q R

7820 7840

PRICE BREAK: Bag (100) | Package (5) | Case (10)

O

7821

¹⁄₈” Steel S-Hook

SHOCK CORD HOOK—DELRIN 2-part hook for use with ¼” shock cord. S

2723

7841

¼” Steel S-Hook PRICE BREAKS: Bag (100) | Package (5) | Case (10)

¼” Shock Cord Hook—Black PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Bag (5) Case (10)

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10) P

¹⁄₈” Stainless Steel S-Hook ¼” Stainless Steel S-Hook PRICE BREAKS: Bag (25) | Package (4) Case (20)

STEEL S-HOOKS Steel S-hook for forming cord and strap ends. Size denotes the shock cord or rope that will pass cleanly through the small end of the hook.

³⁄₁₆” Stainless Steel Cone Hook ⁵⁄₁₆” Stainless Steel Cone Hook PRICE BREAK: Bag (25) | Package (4) Case (20)

STAINLESS STEEL CLAMPS

L M N

¼” Metal Shock Cord Hook—Black ⁵⁄₁₆” Metal Shock Cord Hook—Black ³⁄₈” Metal Shock Cord Hook—Black

ADJUSTABLE SHOCK CORD HOOK—DELRIN Adjustable hook accepts cords up to ⁵⁄₁₆”. T

2722

Adjustable Shock Cord Hook PRICE BREAK: B  ag (25) | Package (4) Case (20) SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: SHOCK CORD HOOKS

/ 165


TAPES


PRODUCT INFORMATION

SCOTCHLITE™ FLUORESCENT FIRE-RETARDANT TAPE (P.168) A highly reflective fabric consisting of exposed wide-angle lenses bonded to durable cloth backing composed of 94% polyester and 6% cotton. It is lightweight and flexible, and has an enhanced daytime appearance. This provides high attention value when the visibility decreases, particularly at dawn or dusk. The nighttime appearance is a brilliant orange or yellow and provides reflectivity based on a wide range of light source angles. This material can be attached to a broad range of medium and heavy-weight fabrics. It has been tested for flame-resistance according to the Federal Test Method Standard 191A, Method 5903. Average char length is less than 6” (15.2cm). APPLICATION TO FABRIC: Sew in place using a lock-stitch with no more than 12 stitches per 1” and placed at least ⁵⁄₁₆” from the edge of the reflective fabric. CAUTION: Use of a Teflon-coated needle may extend needle life. Do not apply this product to highly elastic materials. CUT TING: The material can be hand-cut, die-cut or guillotined. CARE INSTRUCTIONS (These are guidelines for the care of the product, please test application first): 1.  Professionally dry clean, solvent temperature <30°C (85°F). Tumble dry warm 48°C (120°F). 2.  Damp wipe using warm water and mild detergent. Rinse thoroughly, dry with a soft cloth or allow to air dry. 3.  Machine wash warm (40°C, 104°F), tumble dry low. NOTE: Maximum shrinkage is 3%. Recommended shelf life is two years and should be stored in a cool, dry area. Rolls should be stored on a rod or pipe through core.

SCOTCHLITE™ FLUORESCENT FIRE-RETARDANT TAPE SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: TAPES

/ 167


SCOTCHLITE™ REFLECTIVE TAPE

SPECIALTY TAPES

APPLICATION TO FABRIC Sew in place using a lock stitch with no more than 12 stitches per 1” and placed at least ⁵⁄₆₄” from the edge of the reflective fabric. NOTE: Maximum shrinkage is 3%. Recommended shelf life is two years and should be stored in a cool, dry area. Rolls should be stored on a rod or pipe through core.

SCOTCHLITE™ TAPES J. Ennis Fabrics is an authorized distributor of the 3M™ lineup of reflective tapes, films and materials. While these products are primarily products used in garments, they have many applications. Reflective Tapes are often incorporated into sports bags, runners, and accessories for athletes and joggers as well as clothing. Please remember that the items that are stocked represent the most popular items in this line. There are many other products available. We can provide immediate service on the stocked items. Other items are readily available on a special order basis.

A

B1

PLE ASE NOTE: While use of Scotchlite™ reflective material does greatly enhance visibility, no reflective material can assure absolute visibility, particularly in adverse weather.

C D

SCOTCHLITE™ HIGH GLOSS TAPES

G1

This reflective material has a glossy vinyl coating that gives it a shimmering, almost wet look. This item consists of retroreflective microprisms formed on flexible, glossy and UV-stabilized polymeric film. A -

11144 11150

F

E

B2

6160 1³⁄₈” High Gloss Trim—White 6187 2” High Gloss—Lime-Yellow

G2

ROLL SIZE: 109yd PRICE BREAKS: Yard | Package (25) | Case (109) SCOTCHLITE™ FLUORESCENT FIRE RETARDANT TAPES

SCOTCHLITE™ REFLECTIVE FABRIC TRIM TAPES

This is a highly reflective fabric consisting of exposed wideangle lenses bonded to durable cloth backing composed of 94% Polyester and 6% Cotton. Lightweight and flexible, this material can be attached to a broad range of medium and heavy-weight fabrics. FR tested according to Federal Test Method Standard 191A, Method 5903.

Scotchlite™’s Reflective Tapes can be attached to a wide range of light and medium-weight fabrics, but is not recommended for attachment to highly elastic materials. Uses include accessories, uniforms, rain wear, jackets, active wear, head wear, backpacks, armbands, straps, belts, cut-out letters and numbers, patches, and crests.

B1 B2

11141 11143

1” 8987 Fluorescent Lime/Yellow 2” 8987 Fluorescent Lime/Yellow

C -

11132 11133

ROLL SIZE: 109yd PRICE BREAKS: Yard | Package (25) | Case (109) E

11139

2” 8986 Fluorescent Red/Orange ROLL SIZE: 109yd PRICE BREAKS: Yard | Package (25) | Case (109)

168 /

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: TAPES

8910 ½” Silver Fabric Trim 8910 1” Silver Fabric Trim ROLL SIZE: 109yd PRICE BREAKS: Yard | Package (25) | Case (109)

-

11135

8910 2” Silver Fabric Trim ROLL SIZE: 218yd PRICE BREAKS: Yard | Package (25) | Case (218)


CUTTING The material can be handcut, die-cut or guillotined.

CARE INSTRUCTIONS These are guidelines for the care of the product, please test application first.

1.  Machine wash at 40°C (104°F). Tumble dry low. 2.  Dry clean, tumble dry warm at 30°C max (86°F). 3.  Hand iron warm at 160°C (320°F) and use press cloth.

SCOTCHLITE™ IRON-ON TRANSFER FILM

SCOTCHLITE™ SILVER FABRIC

A highly reflective material with a wide angle reflectivity designed to enhance night visibility of the wearer. A removable plastic liner protects the heat-activated (ironon) dry adhesive on the back of the film. The transfer film is suitable for light to medium-weight fabrics and have very good stretch properties.

Scotchlite™ Silver Fabric is composed of wide-angle, exposed retroreflective lenses bonded to a durable poly-cotton cloth backing. This fabric contains an aluminum layer as part of its construction. Blemishing of this aluminum layer can occur in prolonged exposure to temperatures greater than 26°C (80°F), or humid conditions greater than 70% relative humidity. These blemishes do not affect the performance of the product.

D

11120

8710 ½” Silver Transfer Film ROLL SIZE: 109yd PRICE BREAKS: Yard | Package (25) | Case (200)

D D

11121 11122

11158

11160

8787 2” Lime-Yellow Transfer Film ROLL SIZE: 109yd PRICE BREAKS: Yard | Package (25) | Case (109)

H

8925 2” Silver Fabric ROLL SIZE: 109yd PRICE BREAKS: Yard | Package (25) | Case (109)

8710 ¾” Silver Transfer Film 8710 1” Silver Transfer Trim ROLL SIZE: 218yd PRICE BREAKS: Yard | Package (25) | Case (200)

-

F

SCOTCHLITE™ VEST TRIM Scotchlite™ Vest Trim is designed to enhance 24-hour visibility. It combines a bright fluorescent element with a highly reflective silver stripe. The fluorescent is especially noticeable in conditions of poor visibility, particularly at dusk and dawn. This material can be attached to a wide range of light and medium-weight fabrics, but is not recommended for attachment to highly elastic materials. G1 G2

11130 11131

8471 1½” Lime/Silver Vest Trim 8471 2” Lime/Silver Vest Trim PRICE BREAKS: Yard | Package (25) | Case (300)

SCOTCHLITE™ SOLAS (SAFETY OF LIFE AT SEA) Scotchlite™ SOLAS-grade products are intended for reflectorizing SOLAS life support equipment such as life vests, jackets, and rafts. It conforms to Marine Equipment Directive 96/98/EC and International Maritime Organization (IMO) Resolution A.658 (16) Annex 2. Approved by the US Coast Guard to meet 46 CFR part 164, subpart 164.018 for Type I and II retroflectible material used to enhance visibility of life-saving equipment in nighttime or low-light conditions. SOLAS-grade products have an European mark of conformance. All products are silver in color under daytime viewing conditions and reflect a bright white. H

11159

6755 2” SOLAS Silver Sew-On

SCOTCHLITE™ PRESSURE-SENSITIVE REFLECTIVE TAPE

I

Scotchlite™ Pressure-Sensitive Tape offers the enhanced daytime/nighttime visibility of the wearer. Meets flame-resistant test 191A, Method 5903. A highly aggressive product with 3M™ adhesive, it is applicable for hard surfaces such as helmets, in-line skates, sports active protective pads, bicycles, etc. I

11123

8830 1” Silver Pressure Sensitive Tape ROLL SIZE: 109yd PRICE BREAKS: Yard | Package (25) | Case (109)

ROLL SIZE: 54yd PRICE BREAKS: Yard | Package (25) | Case (54) SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: TAPES

/ 169


REFLECTIVE TAPES (CONT.) B

A

SCOTCHLITE™ INDUSTRIAL WASH

SPECIALTY TAPES

SCOTCHLITE™ INDUSTRIAL WASH A

11153

9920 2” Silver Industrial Wash Sew-On 9920 Silver Industrial Wash fabric is composed of wide-angle, exposed retroreflective lenses bonded with a special polymer layer to a durable 100% polyester cloth backing. Certified to meet ANSI/ISEA 107-1999 Level 2 retroreflective performance and EN 471 Class 2 retroreflective performance. ROLL SIZE: 218yd PRICE BREAKS: Yard | Package (25) | Case (218)

B

11156

9187 2” Industrial Wash Lime/Yellow With Silver 9187 contains an aluminum layer as part of its construction. Blemishing of this aluminum layer can occur if the front surface of the product has direct contact from hands during application, then exposed to hot and humid conditions greater than 26°C (80°F) and greater than 70% relative humidity, for a period of weeks. These blemishes do not affect the performance of the product. ROLL SIZE: 109yd PRICE BREAKS: Yard | Package (109)

170 /

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: TAPES

APPLICATION TO FABRIC Sew in place using a lock stitch with no more than 12 stitches per 1” and placed at least ⁵⁄₆₄” from the edge of the reflective fabric. Thread recommendation: 100% polyester or appropriate thread for flame-resistant applications. Whenever two or more pieces of 9920 Industrial Wash fabrics are used together on a single surface or as a set, they should be matched to ensure uniform daytime color and nighttime or low-light reflectivity. CUT TING: The material can be hand-cut, die-cut or guillotined. CARE INSTRUCTIONS: Stain treatment wash may reduce the life of 9920. Use low-medium alkaline, high surfactant detergents. Do not use solvenated surfactants. Do not use chlorine bleach. MAXIMUM WASH TEMPERATURE: 75°C (165°F) BREAK/SUDS CYCLE: <20 minutes total TUNNEL DRY: ≤160°C (300°F) TUMBLE DRY: Maximum 90°C (195°F) DRYING TIME: ≤7 minutes PRESSING: ≤150°C (300°F) NOTE: Recommended shelf life is two years and should be stored in a cool, dry area. Rolls should be stored on a rod or pipe through core.

SCOTCHLITE™ FIRE-RETARDANT INDUSTRIAL WASH SEW-ON 8940 Silver Industrial Wash Flame Resistant fabric is composed of wide-angle, exposed retroreflective lenses bonded with a special polymer layer to an aramid backing. 8940 meets or exceeds the following tests as specified in NFPA 1971 Standard, 2000 Edition, ANSI/ISEA 107-1999 and EN471 Class 2 retroreflective performance specifications. A A

11162 11157

8940 1” Silver FR Industrial Wash Sew-On 8940 2” Silver FR Industrial Wash Sew-On ROLL SIZE: 218yd PRICE BREAKS: Yard | Package (25) | Case (218)


MARINE TRANSFER TAPE This product is a high-tack acrylic double-coated tape, designed to provide high initial adhesion and excellent bond to most canvas and acrylic fabrics. Simply roll tape on the fabric where the seam is to be made. The tape holds firmly to prevent slippage during sewing and helps to prevent seam leakage.

C

C D

7991 7992

¼” Marine Transfer Tape ½” Marine Transfer Tape PRICE BREAKS: Roll (36yd) | Package (12) | Case (72)

D

PACKING PRODUCTS HAND STRETCH FILM This product features increased puncture resistance, elevated tear resistance, superior optics and maximum load retention for a secure cling. Reduced neckdown lower packaging costs and reduces the initial film’s width. Quiet unwind eliminates the distracting noise generated by many films.

E

F

E

7987

12.8” Hand Stretch Film PRICE BREAKS: Each (492yd) | Case (4)

CARTON SEALING TAPE & DISPENSER

G

The 2” Carton Sealing Tape (#7990) is an all-around polypropylene packaging tape with good moisture and impact resistance. Use with the sturdy and durable dispenser for tapes from 1½”–2” wide. G

7990

2” Carton Sealing Tape PRICE BREAKS: Roll (109yd) | Package (6)

F

7985

2” Hand Tape Dispenser PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (5)

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: TRANSFER TAPE, PACKING & STENCILING PRODUCTS

/ 171


SPECIALTY TRIMMINGS TAPES

TRIMMINGS 172 /

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: TRIMMINGS


E-Z LACE SUPREME

N

A patented grommet-free lacing system to securely attach awnings, canopies, boat covers, tents and other outdoor applications. E-Z Lace is a product introduced to avoid the need for expensive installation, special equipment and additional manufacturing steps associated with traditional grommet installation. E-Z Lace provides long-term strength while also offering mildew and UV resistance. A B C D

Natural Black Cadet Grey Linen

296604 296608 296630 296633

E F G H

Forest Green Pacific Blue Burgundy Jockey Red

296637 296601 296631 296003

N A

B

C

D

E

PRICE BREAK: Roll (50yd)

100% PVC welting cord with slit flanges for easy tailoring of corners. ¹⁄₈” diameter welting designed specifically for the sport bag and accessory industry.

G

H

WELT—PREMIER 9719

J

F

WELT

I

I

K

L

Premier Welt—Black PRICE BREAKS: Roll (250yd) | Case (4)

M

WELT—EMBOSSED J K L

9834 9836 9838

Navy White Bright Red

M N

9849 9897

Black Buckskin N

PRICE BREAKS: Roll (100yd) | Case (4) J WELT O

Used to repair truck and tractor seats. The welt is sewn to the bottom of the cover, then snapped over the lower edge of the seat pan frame. Can be used anywhere there is a lip for the welt to hook over. Soft pliable plastic can be sewn by industrial machines. O

8435

J Welt PRICE BREAKS: Spool (100’) | Case (5)

USING E-Z LACE A 1” reinforced side hole makes lacing easy and quick, while the 3” spacing between holes increases manufacturing design flexibility. Lace awning cords through the slits and secure to the awning frame.

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: TRIMMINGS

/ 173


SPECIALTY TRIMMINGS TAPES

HYDEM GIMP: MIDSHIP

N

The Midship Hydem Gimp is center-split, a unique feature created by the two flaps that open up to a center well where staples or tacks are applied. The flaps will then close back over the well to hide the nail heads and staples for a clean, finished double-welt appearance. Available to match all 27 colors of our Midship fabric (p.37). PRICE BREAK: Roll (50yd) A

TRIHYMID

9009 Black

B

TRIHYMID

6 White

C

TRIHYMID

222 Hunter Green

D

TRIHYMID

3 Royal Blue

E

TRIHYMID

33 Navy

F

TRIHYMID

34 Teal Green

G

TRIHYMID

67 Mushroom

H

TRIHYMID

87 Brown

I

TRIHYMID

1 Red

J

TRIHYMID

98 Medium Grey

K

TRIHYMID

333 Azure

L

TRIHYMID

17 Burgundy

M

TRIHYMID

6003 Ivory

N

TRIHYMID

6009 Oyster White

O

TRIHYMID

61 Mystic White

P

TRIHYMID

649 Almond

Q

TRIHYMID

66 Off White

R

TRIHYMID

696 Bright White

S

TRIHYMID

8 Chocolate

T

TRIHYMID

805 Spice

U

TRIHYMID

84 Rust

V

TRIHYMID

8884 Rawhide

W

TRIHYMID

9006 Light Grey

X

TRIHYMID

905 Seagull

Y

TRIHYMID

969 Dark Grey

Z

TRIHYMID

97 Steel

A1 TRIHYMID

99 Mid Grey

SPONGE ROD Sponge rod is used for shimming and bolstering worn and shrunken weather stripping around car doors and trunks. B1

7579

½” Sponge Rod PRICE BREAKS: Roll (30yd) | Case (5)

174 /

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: TRIMMINGS

A

O

B

P

C

Q

D

R

E

S

F

T

G

U

H

V

I

W

J

X

K

Y

L

Z

M

A1

N

B1


Please see p.37 for matching Midship fabrics.

⁵⁄₈” WELT: MIDSHIP C1

Q1

D1

R1

N

Similar to the Midship Hydem Gimp, the Midship Welt cord is meant to be used to dress up and finish seams. Midship Welt is available to match all 27 colors of our Midship fabric (p.37). PRICE BREAK: Roll (50yd)

E1

S1

F1

T1

U1

G1

V1

H1

I1

W1

J1

X1

Y1

K1

L1

Z1

M1

A2

N1

B2

C2

O1

P1

D2

C1

TRIWEMID

9009 Black

D1

TRIWEMID

6 White

E1

TRIWEMID

222 Hunter Green

F1

TRIWEMID

3 Royal Blue

G1

TRIWEMID

33 Navy

H1

TRIWEMID

34 Teal Green

I1

TRIWEMID

67 Mushroom

J1

TRIWEMID

87 Brown

K1

TRIWEMID

1 Red

L1

TRIWEMID

98 Medium Grey

M1

TRIWEMID

333 Azure

N1

TRIWEMID

17 Burgundy

O1

TRIWEMID

6003 Ivory

P1

TRIWEMID

6009 Oyster White

Q1

TRIWEMID

61 Mystic White

R1

TRIWEMID

649 Almond

S1

TRIWEMID

66 Off White

T1

TRIWEMID

696 Bright White

U1

TRIWEMID

8 Chocolate

V1

TRIWEMID

805 Spice

W1

TRIWEMID

84 Rust

X1

TRIWEMID

8884 Rawhide

Y1

TRIWEMID

9006 Light Grey

Z1

TRIWEMID

905 Seagull

A2

TRIWEMID

969 Dark Grey

B2

TRIWEMID

97 Steel

C2

TRIWEMID

99 Mid Grey

SNAP-ON TRIM A flexible plastic wind lace with a metal core and leather grain surface. For snap-on installation on pinch-welded seams. Suitable for import or domestic autos, interior, or exterior use. D2

8400

Snap-On Trim—Black PRICE BREAKS: Roll (100’) | Case (5)

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: TRIMMINGS

/ 175


SPECIALTY PROTECTANTS

AEROSOLS, PROTECTANTS, & ADHESIVES 176 /

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: PROTECTANTS


AEROSOLS & PROTECTANTS APPLICATIONS CHART The following is a quick reference to help select the right product for the right job. The products listed are the manufacturers’ recommendations. See the full product descriptions throughout the catalogue for more information. NOTE: Some of the products perform more than one function (i.e. clean, polish, protect).

SURFACE PREPARATION

Product

Part #

Upholstery & Trim Vinyls

Vinyl Prep

9646

Hard and Semi-Hard Plastics

Sand Free

9648

Unsandable Metal/Fiberglass

Sand Free

9648

Unsandable Textured Surface

Sand Free

9648

COLOR CHANGE

Product

Part #

Cooley Brite™

Cooley Magic

2770

Upholstery Vinyls, Leather

SEM Vinyl Coat

See p.178

Auto Trim Carpet Sections

SEM Vinyl Coat

See p.178

Hard and Semi-Hard Plastics

SEM Vinyl Coat

See p.178

PROTECTANT

Product

Part #

Awnings (Sunbrella® Acrylic)

303® Fabric Guard

See p.182, 327

Color Coated Vinyls

SEM Vinyl Coat Clear

See p.178

Vinyls, Hard and Semi-Hard Plastics 303® Aerospace Protectant

7300

Stamoid Vinyl Protectant

7094

303® Aerospace Protectant

See p.182

303® Fabric Guard

See p.182, 327

Canvak

7199

303® Fabric Guard

See p.182, 327

Carpet

303® Fabric Guard

See p.182, 327

Fiberglass

Metal Polish

7109

Multi-Use

Aqua-tite Green

7166

Iosso Repellent

7103

Metal Polish

7109

Sewn Seams

Iosso Seam Sealer

7106

Plastic Windows

Klear-to-Sea

7168

IMAR Strataglass Protective Polish

7091

Upholstery Fabrics (most) Canvas

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: AEROSOLS

/ 177


SPECIALTY PROTECTANTS

VINYL COAT SEM COLOR COAT A

SEM Color Coat is a solvent base, elastomeric product formulated for aerosol application to renew or change the color of any vinyl, since it is a coating not a dye.

B

C

Meant to be used with SEM’s Sand Free plastic preparation product (#9648, p.179). Finish with SEM’s Vinyl Clear Coat finishes for long-lasting durability.

E

D

PRICE BREAKS: Each (12oz. or 340g) | Case (12)

G

F

I

H

K

J

L

M

A

9658

25 Titan Metallic

B

9636

Silver Metallic

C

9597

Gloss Black

D

9689

45 Gloss White

E

9599

Satin Black

F

9673

60 Sailcloth White

G

9600

01 Landau Black

H

9663

31 White

I

9640

16 Presidio

J

9614

17 Camel

K

9668

30 Graphite

L

9680

12 Santa Fe

M

9604

06 Burgundy

N

9611

11 Firethorn Red

O

9622

00 Phantom White

P

9662

27 Napa Red

Q

9616

18 Warm Grey

R

9606

09 Light Buckskin

S

9682

39 Medium Gray

T

9678

64 Pacific Blue

U

9601

36 Portola Red

V

9610

10 Super White

SEM VINYL FINISHES

178 /

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: AEROSOLS

W

9654

Low Luster Clear

X

9656

High Gloss Clear

Y

9679

01 Satin Gloss Clear


Q

P

S

T

R

U

O

N

V

SEM PRE-COLOR TREATMENTS Z W

X

9646

SEM Vinyl Prep—15.5oz. (439g) Ensures full adhesion of the SEM Color Coat line. Cleans the vinyl surface of all traces of wax and grease. Also creates a slight softening of the vinyl film to ensure that the Color Coat gets a good “tooth.” Rinse with water and allow to dry.

Y

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12) A1

9648

SEM Sand Free—13oz. (369g) Sand Free is a blend of rich solvents that promote adhesion on plastic parts. It also eliminates sanding on hard-to-reach areas (e.g. door jams, under hoods and trunk). For best results, wash area first with soap and water. Then apply Sand Free directly to the surface to be painted. PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12)

TIPS FOR USING SEM SAND FREE Apply a light “dry” coat of Sand Free before painting. Avoid heavy applications as they will cause runs or sags. Do not allow Sand Free to dry completely before application of color coats. If Sand Free has completely evaporated, the pores of the substrate will be closed, which will result in a loss of adhesion.

Z

A1

Follow the Sand Free layer with a coat of Color Coat or paint while Sand Free is still wet. After the first color or paint coat is dry, continue with normal painting procedures. SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: AEROSOLS

/ 179


SPECIALTY PROTECTANTS

PROTECTANTS: LUBRICANTS & SILICONES A

B

C

E D

LUBRICANTS & SILICONES A

7108 Iosso® E-Z Snap® Lubricant—1.5oz (42.5g) E-Z Snap lubricates, waterproofs, protects and reduces friction on snaps, zippers, hinges and hardware. This is a non-staining, non-solvent non-silicone, non-toxic formula. An easy-to-place gel that will not run. Place one drop in the head of the snap, then close and open a few times. Place a few drops down the center of a zipper. Work the zipper a few times to distribute the lubricant. If removal is necessary, use the Iosso® Safe-T-Solve (#7113, p.186) and wash as usual. PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (24)

B

7175 JEF Spray Silicone—14oz. (400g) An economical all-purpose lubricant that stops squeaking, sticking, binding and slows corrosion. Use on any surface—metal, glass, rubber, plastic, painted finishes and fabrics. Non-staining and non-toxic. Can be used on food product equipment, sewing equipment, cutting equipment and sewing tables to reduce drag. Helps fight rust on dies, rubber molds and precision equipment. Can be used to ease cover placement on foam cushions. PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12) | Volume (60)

180 /

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: PROTECTANTS

SILICONE—SLUYTER GRIP SLIP A multipurpose lubricant and form release that will not interfere with post-finishing operations. Maintain adequate ventilation in work area. Store in a cool dry place away from excess heat. C

7182 Grip Slip Paintable Silicone—14oz. (400g) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12)

SILICONES—SLUYTER SUPER SLIP A widely-used lubricant for sewing, cushion stuffing and cutting tables. Use on foams and paddings, inside covers for ease of placing cushions, on needles, feed plates and table surfaces. Use on blades, tables and dies for cutting. Invisible product leaves no trace on fabrics. Also invaluable as a general lubricant for joints, hinges, sliders, blades, etc. Can be used to waterproof electronics and ignition systems on automobiles. Anywhere friction is causing problems, silicone can be used to reduce it. D

7171 Super Slip Silicone—14oz. (400g) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12)

E

7172 Super Slip Silicone—3.5qt. (4L) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (4)

-

7173 Super Slip Silicone—17.5qt. (20L) PRICE BREAK: Each


PROTECTANTS: WATER REPELLANT FINISH H

F G

WATER-RESISTANT FINISH A heavy-duty, water-resistant finish for tents, tarpaulins and covers manufactured with canvas. It contains fungicides for mildew resistance. Canvak® Canvas preservative is a clear wax-based compound that can be used for rewaterproofing heavy-duty textiles. It does not leave a residue, tacky or greasy feeling. Use it on rental tents and covers for an economical re-treating. F

7199 Canvak® Canvas Preservative—1 gal. (4.5L) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (6)

AQUA-TITE® GREEN WATER REPELLANT Aqua-Tite® is a premium grade dual-action water and stain repellent. Ecofriendly green and clean technology product. Lower levels of VOCs (Volatile Organic Compounds) than current regulations. Use on awnings, boat covers, canvas, tarpaulins, outdoor furnishings and any synthetic or natural fiber fabric (acrylic, cotton, nylon, polypropylene, polyester, leather and cotton blends). One gallon of this product covers 500–700 ft2, depending on absorbency of fabric. Water drops just “bead and roll off” Aqua-Tite® treated products. Provide outstanding protection against aqueous-based stains such as soda and grape juice. Also resists dirt and oil-based stains such as animal droppings, motor oil and lubricants. Enhances the tone of the fabric. Very good durability to outdoor weathering. G

7166 Aqua-Tite® Green Water Repellent—32oz. (946ml) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12)

H

7165 Aqua-Tite® Green Water Repellent—1 gal. (3.8L) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (6)

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: PROTECTANTS

/ 181


SPECIALTY PROTECTANTS

303® PROTECTANTS C

B

303® AEROSPACE PROTECTANT 303® Aerospace Protectant provides the ultimate sunblocking technology that keeps items looking new and lasting longer. Protects vinyl, synthetic/natural rubber, plastic, painted surfaces, tonneau covers, finished leather, gelcoat fiberglass, RV awnings, EPDM, pressedpolished sheet, engine hoses, boat seats and fenders, door and trunk seals, inflatable boats, all-weather wicker, and patio furniture frames.

A

-

7300 303® Aerospace Protectant—8oz. (237ml) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12)

A B

7303 303® Aerospace Protectant—16oz. (473ml) 7302 303® Aerospace Protectant—32oz. (946ml) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (6)

C

7304 303® Aerospace Protectant—1 gal. (3.8L) PRICE BREAK: Each

303® FABRIC GUARD

E D

Professional grade water repellency technology. Manufacturer-approved and tested. Resists soiling and helps to impede mildew formation. Protects all indoor and outdoor fabrics, carpet and upholstery. Can be used on all natural/synthetic fiber, solution-dyed acrylic, carpeting, upholstery, patio furniture, and auto interiors. D

7157

303® Fabric Guard™—16oz. (473mL) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12)

E

7158

303® Fabric Guard™—1 Gal. (3.79L) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (4)

182 /

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: PROTECTANTS


FOR A LL

SOM E,

TH I N G S

T HE

DESIRE

PRIST INE

F OR

RUNS

D E E P.

When your customers’ love for the open water is surpassed only by the love of their boat, nothing but the best will do. FABRIC GUARD™ restores water repellency to factory-new levels to keep equipment dry and prevent molding. Provides strong resistance against soiling. AEROSPACE PROTECTANT,™ with broad-spectrum UV blockers, prevents fading, cracking and embrittlement. No other protects as powerfully or lasts as long. MULTI-SURFACE CLEANER™ safely removes most difficult stains and rinses residue free, allowing protectants to properly cure at the surface. SPOT CLEANER has advanced action that removes the toughest of stains on all water-safe materials. Effortless results every time.

W E ’ V E

G O T

Y O U R

N U M B E R™

303products.com Sunbrella ® is a registered trademark of Glen Raven, Inc.

Recommended By:

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: PROTECTANTS

/ 183


SPECIALTY PROTECTANTS

IOSSO® PROTECTANTS: WATER REPELLENT Iosso® Water Repellent is effective on all fabrics. It protects fabric from water, soils, oils, bird droppings and environmental pollutants. It resists mildew and stains and increases weatherability. It will not change the color, feel or breathability of the fabric. Recommended for use on awnings, canopies, tents, patio furniture cushions, umbrellas, spa covers, tarps, boat covers, bimini tops, hunting fabrics, camping gear, leather synthetics and vinyls. Solution is ready-to-use or concentrated in a non-solvent and non-silicone formula. IOSSO® WATER REPELLENT B

A

C

A

7105 Iosso® Water Repellent Concentrate—1 gal. (3.9L) One gallon of concentrate makes 5 gallons of mixed solution for total coverage of 780ft2.

B

7104 Iosso® Water Repellent Ready-to-Use—1 gal. (3.9L) PRICE BREAK: Each

C

7103 Iosso® Water Repellent—32oz. (990ml) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (6)

IOSSO® PROTECTANTS: SEAM SEALER Ideal for boat covers, awnings, tents, backpacks and almost anything else where a water-tight seam is required. Seam Sealer will not change the look or feel of your fabric. For best results, use with cotton, cotton-blends, polyester and synthetic woven fabrics. While Seam Sealer may be used on vinyl-coated or laminated fabrics, the water repellency will vary.

D

E

IOSSO® SEAM SEALER D

7107 Iosso® Seam Sealer—1 gal. (3.9L) PRICE BREAK: Each

E

7106 Iosso® Seam Sealer—4oz. (118ml) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12)

184 /

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: PROTECTANTS


Get it done right the first time!

MILDEW CLEANER

SEAM SEALER

E-Z SNAP

WATER REPELLENT

Removes mold/mildew stain, bird/spider droppings leaf stain. Safe for all fabric including solution-dyed acrylics, vinyl, PVC, coated fabrics. Color safe.

Prevents seams from leaking. Use on cotton, cotton blends, polyester and synthetic woven fabrics. It will not change the look of the fabric.

For snaps, zippers, hinges and hardware. One dab keeps them from looking up. Will not wash away or dissipate in hot weather. Non-silicon formula.

Protects from mildew, water, soils, oils and environmental pollutants. It will not change the color, feel or breathability of the fabric. Safe for use on all fabric types. Non-silicon formula.

Whether itâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;sâ&#x20AC;Ś

Boating Fabric, Awning Fabric, Tent Fabric, Inflatables, Truck Covers or Tarps

We have the solution for you! Professional Sizes Available 1 gallon to 55 gallon

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: PROTECTANTS

/ 185


SPECIALTY PROTECTANTS ADHESIVES CLEANERS

IOSSO® CLEANERS: MILDEW STAIN REMOVER Clean mold, mildew, dirt and algae stains from virtually every boat surface. Just add water to the biodegradable powder and soak the solution into the soiled areas. Can be used on vinyl, plastic, canvas, carpeting, wood, fiberglass, painted surfaces, sails and accessories. PLE ASE NOTE: 12oz. (340g) jar makes 3 gallon (11.4L) of solution. 65oz (1.84kg) pail makes 16 gallons (60.6L) of solution.

A

IOSSO® MILDEW STAIN REMOVER A

B

7101 Iosso® Mildew Stain Remover Concentrate—65oz. (1.84kg) PRICE BREAK: Each

B

7100 Iosso® Mildew Stain Remover Concentrate—12oz. (340g) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (6)

IOSSO® CLEANERS: METAL POLISH

C

A quick and easy application that leaves a brilliant, shiny protective coating. Can be used on brass, copper, chrome, stainless steel, aluminum, magnesium, silver, gold, porcelain, fiberglass, Plexiglas, hard plastics and painted surfaces. D

IOSSO® METAL POLISH C

7109 Iosso® Metal Polish—3oz. (85g) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12)

IOSSO® CLEANERS: SAFE-T-SOLVE® Safe-T-Solve® is a water-based cleaner with no petroleum solvents and is biodegradable. It will penetrate and lift preservative-accumulated cutting fluids, petroleum residues, road tar, graffiti, chewing gum and more. Simply spray or dip the item to be cleaned, then rinse with clean water or wipe with a clean rag. IOSSO® SAFE-T-SOLVE® D

7113 Iosso® Safe-T-Solve®—32oz. (946ml) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (6)

IOSSO® DISPLAY This display is designed for retail point of purchase. Includes 12 jars of Mildew Cleaner (#7100), 24 E-Z Snap tubes (#7108), 12 bottles of Seam Sealer (#7106), and 6 bottles of Water Repellant (#7103). Weighs 25lb (11.3kg). IOSSO® ONE-TIER POP DISPLAY E

7116 Iosso® One-Tier POP Display PRICE BREAK: Each

186 /

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: CLEANERS

E


SOLVENT CLEANERS F

USING COOLEY MAGIC STEP 1: Place the precut stencil of your design over the Cooley Brite™ flexible material. Ensure good adhesive bond, then smooth out bubbles.

G

STEP 2: Once mask is solidly placed, use a soft, white cloth lightly saturated in Cooley Magic to wipe the exposed area until all color is removed. Gently peel the mask off the material. FINAL RESULT: A bold, white graphic image with extremely clear definition and contrast.

HELMITIN SOLVENT/CLEANER F

1141 C699 Solvent/Cleaner—4qt. (3.8L)

LIQUID ERADICANT G

2770

Cooley Magic—1 gal. (3.8L)

C699 solvent/cleaner is a dichloromethane base solvent that can be used to thin out Sluyter’s 478 Foam Adhesive (#1123 and #1124), and other Helmiprene products, as well as to clean equipment used with these and similarly-based adhesives.

Part of the Cooley Brite™ signage system for awnings. This liquid will remove the coloring of Cooley Brite™ Material, leaving behind a pure white substrate allowing you to create designs, logos and lettering on the material.

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (4)

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (4)

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: CLEANERS

/ 187


SPECIALTY PROTECTANTS ADHESIVES CLEANERS

CLEANERS (CONT.) A

B

303® CLEANERS C

D

GERMICIDAL CLEANER

303® MULTI-SURFACE CLEANER

This institutional-strength aerosol cleaner provides an easy way to clean, disinfect and deodorize. No scouring or scratching necessary. Use in nursery and sickrooms, for garbage and diaper pails, and any washable surface that requires disinfecting. Needs no rinsing.

Ultimate cleaning power with no residue. Safely brightens and rejuvenates surfaces. Removes oils, grease, ink, liquids and much more! Safe for all water-safe materials.

A

7200

Germicidal Cleaner—19oz. (539zg) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12)

MARINE WINDOW This environmentally safe product eliminates the necessity for multiple cleaners. It safely cleans and protects glass and plastics. It is anti-static and anti-fog, fills in minor scratches and imperfections, protects from salt spray damage and cleans with no streaks or smudging. Use on mirrors, glass, plastics, clear vinyls, Plexiglas, and Lexan. B

7168

C

Klear-to-Sea—16oz. (473ml)

7202

303® Multi-Surface Cleaner—32oz. (950ml) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (8)

303® SPOT CLEANER 303® Spot Cleaner is a premium cleaner formulated to remove the most difficult carpet and upholstery stains. It features advanced enzyme action to remove the toughest stains, such as oils, grease, ink, liquids and much more. This product is safe to use on all water-safe materials. D

11047 303® Spot Cleaner—32oz. (950ml) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (8)

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12)

USING 303®’s MULTI-SURFACE CLEANER FOR SPOT CLEANING: Use full strength or diluted in a 10:1 (water to 303® Multi-Surface Cleaner) ratio. The dilution ratio can be made more concentrated by decreasing the water quantity. FOR GENERAL CLEANING: Add a cup of the 303® MultiSurface Cleaner to a gallon of warm water. Add more 303® Multi-Surface Cleaner to remove stubborn stains. 188 /

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: CLEANERS


IMAR CLEANERS E

F

G

H

I

IMAR STRATAGLASS CLEANER AND POLISH

IMAR STAMOID PROTECTIVE CREAM

Both the Strataglass Protective Cleaner (#7090) and Protective Polish (#7091) are formulated to clean, shine and protect Strataglass and the Strataglass scratch-resistant protective coating. Using the Protective Cleaner frequently between polishing will rejuvenate the protective qualities of the Protective Polish.

Cleans, shines and protects marine vinyl. A polymer-based formula designed to protect Stamoid and other vinyl in marine environments, while ensuring the retention of like-new suppleness and luster. With UV protection, static resistance and life-extending plasticizers, this proprietary formulation causes molecular bonding which creates a nearly-invincible protective barrier. Recommended usage ever 2–3 months.

E

7090

Strataglass Protective Cleaner—16oz. (473ml) Special UV inhibitors extend the life of Strataglass by minimizing the deteriorating effects of sunlight. Safe to use daily.

H

7092

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12)

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12) F

7091

Strataglass Protective Polish—16oz. (473ml)

IMAR STAMOID VINYL PROTECTIVE SPRAY

Strataglass Protective Polish is recommended for use every 2–3 months. In areas of high fallout, use ever 4–6 weeks.

Cleans, shines and protects Stamoid Marine vinyl and works equally well on similar vinyl products. UV protection, coupled with the rejuvenation effects of included plasticizers, helps defeat age-induced brittleness and assures a longer product life. Enhances the protective qualities of Stamoid Marine Protective Cream (#7092).

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12) IMAR STAMOID CLEANER Gently but thoroughly cleans Stamoid and other marine vinyls. Frequent use is recommended, particularly in areas of environmental pollution. Application of Stamoid Marine Vinyl Protective Spray (#7094) between cleaning will ensure the vinyl’s like-new appearance. G

7096

#601 Stamoid Vinyl Protective Cream—16oz. (473ml)

I

7094

#602 Stamoid Vinyl Protective Spray—16oz. (473ml) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12)

#603 Stamoid Vinyl Cleaner—16oz. (473ml) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12)

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: CLEANERS

/ 189


11957 - Ennis Fabrics Catalog Ad_Ennis Fabrics 10/28/14 2:49 PM Page 1

The

Clear Choice When You’re On The Water

Strataglass™ and Crystal Clear 20/20 are the finest pressed coated and non-coated products in the marine industry. Available in 20, 30, 40 and 60 mil. Our quality and durability are why we’re the bestselling brand in the U.S.A. and Canada—the perfect complement to your next boat project. Available at your local canvas supplier or visit our website for distributor locations.

Proud Member of IFAI and MFA


ADHESIVE APPLICATION CHART The following is a quick reference to help select the right product for the right job. The products listed are the manufacturersâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; recommendations. See the full product descriptions throughout the catalogue for more information. NOTE: Some of the products perform more than one function (i.e. clean, polish, protect).

FOAM TO

Product

Part #

Foam

80 Supertrim Adhesive

1041

JEF Bond 99

1119

80 Supertrim Adhesive

1041

JEF Bond 99

1119

JEF Bond 99

1119

EC 2218

1128

VINYL TO

Product

Part #

Fabric

JEF Bond 99

1119

Helmiprene 4510

1139

JEF Bond 3000

1147

JEF Bond 99

1119

Helmiprene 4510

1139

JEF Bond 3000

1147

INDUSTRIAL PVC TO

Product

Part #

PVC

80 Supertrim

1041

HH-66

See p.192

Helmiprene 4510

1139

80 Supertrim

1041

HH-66

1166

EC 2218

1128

Helmiprene 4510

1139

JEF Bond 3000

1147

OUTDOOR/MARINE CARPET TO

Product

Part #

Wood, Metal, or Plastics

80 Supertrim

1041

HH-66

See p.192

Helmiprene 4510

1139

JEF Bond 3000

1147

RUBBER AND LEATHER TO

Product

Part #

Rubber, Leather, Wood, Metal, or Plastics

80 Supertrim

1041

EC 2218

1128

JEF Bond 3000

1147

Fabric Other Surfaces

Wood, Metal, or Plastic

Wood, Metal, or Plastics

TRANSPORTATION OF DANGEROUS GOODS

Some adhesives fall under the Transportation of Dangerous Goods Act. While this does not prohibit the shipping of these items, there are charges incurred by various carriers in order to cover the expense of the administrative and special handling requirements of the act. These items will have a Dangerous Goods Handling Fee attached to them. This fee will vary from carrier to carrier; the Customer Service Center can inform you at the time you place your order of the amount of surcharge, if applicable.

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: ADHESIVES

/ 191


SPECIALTY PROTECTANTS ADHESIVES

ADHESIVES: MULTI-SURFACE (Fabric, Wood, PVC) FOAM ADHESIVE—BULK A

A non-flammable high-performance neoprene spray-grade contact adhesive designed for versatility. It is fast-drying with high heat resistance and excellent for hand-spraying operations. Excellent bond adhesion to a variety of substrates. Please see p.191 for applications chart. Dries to a natural color. Stainless steel equipment recommended as the solvent will react with aluminum alloys at normal temperatures. Use with our 118 Spray Gun (#1158, P.139) and with our Stainless Steel Kit (#1163, p.139). A

1139

Helmiprene 4510 Adhesive—Natural Color 5 gal. (19L) PRICE BREAK: Each

ADHESIVES: VINYLS VINYL ADHESIVES—HH-66 VINYL CEMENT Specialist in PVC tarpaulin materials. This product features exceptional bond strength. Brushes smooth and dries fast. Ready in minutes. Waterproof, good resistance to weather and temperature extremes, chemicals, oils, fuels and grease. Can be used for fabricating, repairing, sealing stitches/seams, etc. Remains flexible. A superior quality vinyl adhesive that really works. See p.191 for applications chart. -

1169

B

C

HH-66 Adhesive—5gal. (19L) PRICE BREAK: Each

B

1168

E

HH-66 Adhesive—1gal. (3.8L) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (6)

C D E

1167 1166 1164

HH-66 Adhesive—1qt. (1.13L) HH-66 Adhesive—8oz. (237ml) HH-66 Adhesive—4oz. (118ml) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12)

-

1181

HH-66 Thinner—1gal. (3.8L) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (6)

192 /

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: ADHESIVES

D


ADHESIVES: TRIM A

B

C

TRIM ADHESIVES A

1041 80 Supertrim Adhesive—18oz. (510g)

D, E

TRIM ADHESIVES—BULK C

1128

Spray adhesive from 3M for rubber and vinyl is a high-strength neoprene contact adhesive. Excellent heat resistance, maintaining strength at temperatures up to 93°C (200°F). For full applications chart, see p.191. Not recommended for polyethylene or polypropylene. Faster drying than traditional contact cements, with a tack range up to 30 minutes. It will not break down with heat or water, so it is ideal for heavy-weight headliners, hood silencer pads and vinyl tops. Contains no ozone-depleting ingredients.

A high-strength adhesive used extensively for auto trims, headliners, door panels or any cloth to metal applications. Known for its long bonding range, rapid rate of strength buildup, high adhesion to steel, high temperature softening point and excellent spray qualities. This product requires a stainless steel tube when spraying. Easily sprayed with our 118 Spray Gun (#1158, p.139). PRICE BREAK: Each D

1147

1119

JEF Bond 99 Trim Adhesive—12oz. (340g) JEF Bond 99’s unique lace spray pattern offers low soak-in for a better, soft, pliable bond. Its fan spray tip allows for controlled placement of the glue. This product is fast-tacking and offers higher temperature resistance than most pressure-sensitive adhesives. For full applications chart, see p.191. Not recommended for nonbacked vinyl fabric. Do not use on plasticized vinyl or copper. Complete directions are listed on the can.

JEF Bond 3000 Adhesive—1.1 gal. (4L) JEF Bond 3000 requires a two-surface application to work material or insufficient solids will compromise the results. An economical alternative to traditional trim adhesives. This product has a shelf-life of one year. Flammable. Do not mix with other adhesives.

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12) B

EC 2218 (No. 5) Adhesive—5 gal. (19 L)

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (4) E

1148

JEF Bond 3000 Adhesive—5 gal. (19L) PRICE BREAK: Each

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12)

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: ADHESIVES

/ 193


Our Home DĂŠcor fabrics feature beautiful colors, patterns and textures. J. Ennis Fabrics offers an always increasing line of high quality products that will suit your every need.


UPHOLSTERY FABRICS


UPHOLSTERY FABRICS

PLAINS & TEXTURES 196 /

UPHOLSTERY FABRICS


ARISTOCRAT

ARISTOCRAT Aristocrat is a multi-purpose 100% polyester fabric with a faux velvet look. This product has a fantastic soft hand, and also features an excellent list of specifications.

66 Linen

6003 Cream

97 Pewter

32 Sky

308 Navy

1008 Eggplant

105 Fuchsia

11 Scarlet

107 Cherry

45 Tangelo

18 Merlot

8009 Chocolate

805 Stone

27 Grass

8004 Truffle

908 Dark Ash

9009 Black

ACT PERFORMANCE INFO:

ABRASION: 80,000+ double rubs BACKING CONTENT: 100% Acrylic Kiss Coat CONTENT: 100% Polyester FIRE RETARDANCY*: MVSS302; NFPA260 Class 1 PILLING: ASTM D3511—Class 5 WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 55” (140cm) | 55yd (50.2m)

DUEL Duel is a sophisticated solid that melds together chunky texture with the faux linen look. This novelty twist yarn adds strength and softness, while creating depth throughout the color range.

DUEL 6003 Snow

502 Lemon Chiffon

36 Sun Kissed

608 Old Lace

41 Honey Dew

57 Sunflower

34 Turquoise

31 Blue Mist

32 Alice Blue

14 Deep Pink

1009 Thistle

802 Bisque

902 Gainsboro

9003 Dim Grey

9009 Dusk

ACT PERFORMANCE INFO:

ABRASION: 365,000+ double rubs BACKING CONTENT: 100% Acrylic Kiss Coat CONTENT: 65% Polyester, 35% Viscose FIRE RETARDANCY*: CALTB117; NFPA260 Class 1 PILLING: ASTM D3511—Class 3 WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 56” (142cm) | 50yds (45.7m)

* T his information is offered for general guidance only. It is accurate to the best of our knowledge and is not intended to relieve the user from its responsibility to investigate and understand other pertinent sources of information and to comply with all laws and procedures applicable to the safe handling and use of this material. Please note: T he fabric and supply images displayed may not represent the actual product in its entirety.

UPHOLSTERY FABRICS

/ 197


UPHOLSTERY FABRICS

EXUBERANCE

6003 Cream

66 Sand

59 Corn

Due to the continued popularity of our lineninspired products, Exuberance has been updated with 9 new vibrant colors meant to provide more trendy options. It has a soft hand and features 24 colors that allow the user to achieve an elegant yet laid-back look.

64 Lemon White

502 Butter

405 Aloha

ACT PERFORMANCE INFO:

15 Fuchsia

1009 Plum

14 Desire

105 Lilac

36 Blue

27 Turquoise

202 Mojito

34 Sapphire

3006 Denim

9006 Pewter

205 Moss

6009 Taupe

87 Chocolate

8004 Java

805 Hazel

905 Steel

88 Dark Grey

9009 Caviar

ABRASION: 170,000+ double rubs CONTENT: 15% Linen, 85% Polyester FIRE RETARDANCY*: CALTB117—Section E; MVSS302; NFPA260 PILLING: ASTM D3511—Class 2.5 UV RESISTANCE: AATCC16 Class 4 WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 55” (140cm) | 50yd (45.7m)

* T his information is offered for general guidance only. It is accurate to the best of our knowledge and is not intended to relieve the user from its responsibility to investigate and understand other pertinent sources of information and to comply with all laws and procedures applicable to the safe handling and use of this material. Please note: T he fabric and supply images displayed may not represent the actual product in its entirety.

198 /

UPHOLSTERY FABRICS


FOUNDATION

FOUNDATION A linen inspired collection with a very organic feel. This fabric takes on new life shown in brighter colors, adding a fun pairing to any accent. Available in 18 colors.

608 Linen

6009 Buff

67 Fawn

4009 Old Gold

8006 Sandlewood

8009 Coffee

202 Hemlock

105 Lilac

102 Radiant Orchid

905 Wind Chime

9003 Steel

3009 Zantium

3003 Air

3006 Denim

108 Rosewood

908 Mud

808 Beaver

9009 Licorice

6003 Cream

57 Straw

608 Sandstone

305 Sky

34 Seaspray

3003 Royal Blue

87 Hazelnut

44 Tangerine

14 Pomegranate

85 Toasted Marshmallow

8002 Harvest

8009 Cocoa

202 Mint

94 Silversmith

908 Steel

ACT PERFORMANCE INFO:

ABRASION:100,000+ double rubs BACKING CONTENT: 100% Polyester CONTENT: 100% Polyester FIRE RETARDANCY*: CALTB117 - Section E; MVSS302; NFPA260 PILLING: ASTM D3511—Class 5 WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 57” (144.8cm) | 55yd (50.2m)

REMIX Remix is a two-tone upholstery plain pattern made of 100% polyester which imitates the look of canvas. This collection has a sophisticated and diversified body with a rich visual texture. Its high performing specs allow it to be usable within the contract market as well.

REMIX

ACT PERFORMANCE INFO:

ABRASION: 25,000+ double rubs BACKING CONTENT: 100% Acrylic Kiss Coat CONTENT: 100% Polyester FIRE RETARDANCY*: MVSS 302; NFPA260 Class 1 PILLING: ASTM D3511—Class 4 UV RESISTANCE: AATCC16 Class 4 WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 55” (140cm) | 55yd (50.2m)

9009 Black

UPHOLSTERY FABRICS

/ 199


UPHOLSTERY FABRICS

HEAVENLY Our popular pattern Heavenly has grown its color line and is now available in 38 colors. It is incredibly soft to the touch and comes in a cross hatch chenille texture.

601 Oyster

62 Cream

5577 Sunshine

47 Carmel

805 Safari

902 Pearl

806 Cognac

407 Cinnamon

801 Russet

5006 Butter

44 Melon

41 Copper

21 Mojito

2008 Chartreuse

205 Apple

81 Chrome

202 Sage

26 Olive

90 Ash

8003 Wheat

8002 Cafe Au Lait

8004 Mocha

82 Army

9008 Java

30 Robin’s Egg

97 Cinder

92 Pewter

35 Cornflower

39 Bay

38 Capitol Blue

305 Deep Sea

308 Denim

309 Naval

37 Sapphire

18 Raspberry

17 Mulberry

1008 Plum

9009 Caviar

ACT PERFORMANCE INFO:

ABRASION: 125,000+ double rubs BACKING CONTENT: 100% Acrylic Kiss Coat CONTENT: 100% Polyester FIRE RETARDANCY*: CAL117—Section E; UFAC Class 1; NFPA260 PILLING: ASTM D3511 Class 4.5 UV RESISTANCE: AATCC16 Class 3 WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 55” (140cm) | 40yd (36.5m)

200 /

UPHOLSTERY FABRICS


HENDRIX

HENDRIX Hendrix is made of complex novelty yarns that create incredible depth and body which make it a great textural addition to flatter any accent pattern.

902 Angel

8003 Haze

67 Ezy

7004 Ocean Wave

3003 Sky

87 Howlin Wolf

8009 Foxy Brown

73 Mary Wind

708 Drifting

205 Herb

74 Fire

7003 Muddy Waters

905 Stepping Stone

908 Water Tower

9009 Black Dust

602 Cornsilk

67 Cosmic Latte

102 Wisteria

9003 Gainsboro

605 Parchment

708 Flattery

608 Beige

405 Pumpkin Spice

44 Celeste Orange

6009 Cocoa

105 Razzmic Berry

1009 Zantium

202 Absinthe

3003 Placid Blue

3006 Denim Blue

17 Chili Red

7003 Seabreeze

9006 Battleship Grey

ACT PERFORMANCE INFO:

ABRASION: 65,000+ double rubs BACKING CONTENT: 100% Acrylic Kiss Coat CONTENT: 100% Polyester FIRE RETARDANCY*: CALTB117; NFPA260 Class 1 PILLING: ASTM D3511—Class 4 WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 57” (144.78cm) | 55yd (50.2m)

JEFFERY Jeffery incorporates chenille creating more texture and depth within the multi-tone colors. This heavier solid great specifications that make this product ideal for upholstery uses.

JEFFERY

ACT PERFORMANCE INFO:

ABRASION: 80,000+ double rubs BACKING CONTENT: 100% Acrylic Kiss Coat CONTENT: 100% Polyester FIRE RETARDANCY*: CALTB117; MVSS302; NFPA260 Class 1 PILLING: ASTM D3511—Class 5 WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 56.75” (144.15cm) | 55yd (50.2m)

* T his information is offered for general guidance only. It is accurate to the best of our knowledge and is not intended to relieve the user from its responsibility to investigate and understand other pertinent sources of information and to comply with all laws and procedures applicable to the safe handling and use of this material. Please note: T he fabric and supply images displayed may not represent the actual product in its entirety.

UPHOLSTERY FABRICS

/ 201


UPHOLSTERY FABRICS

JOURNEY Journey displays a faux denim texture throughout it’s color range. Developed using imported Italian yarns for superior strength, softness and sheen, this lightweight fabric comes in a trend-forward range of colors to suit all your upholstery application needs. ACT PERFORMANCE INFO:

JOURNEY 602 Ivory White

602 Ivory

802 Tuscan Tan

902 Earth Grey

67 Buff

8006 Cinnamon Brown

81 Camel

806 Latte

85 Army Brown

305 Acid Wash

3003 Dazzling

3006 Denim

102 Cotton Candy

1009 Violet

37 Gunmetal

34 Seabreeze

92 Ash

97 Steel

904 Rich Grey

908 Charcoal

ABRASION: 125,000+ double rubs BACKING CONTENT: 100% Acrylic Kiss Coat CONTENT: 100% Polyester FIRE RETARDANCY*: CALTB117—Section E; NFPA701; NFPA260 PILLING: ASTM D3511—Class 5 WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 55” (140cm) | 55yd (50.2m)

LOFT Loft is a 100% polyester upholstery fabric with a soft hand imitating the feel of velvet. Added to this look is a denim heathered face creating interest. Loft is available in 13 stylish colors. ACT PERFORMANCE INFO:

ABRASION: 100,000+ double rubs

LOFT 606 Sandy Brown

805 Quarry

28 Cactus

22 Grass

34 Aqua

87 Fudge

88 Gunmetal

305 Slate Blue

109 Wine

99 Cement

85 Charcoal

807 Cocoa

BACKING CONTENT: 100% Polyester CONTENT: 100% Polyester FIRE RETARDANCY*: CALTB117; UFAC Class 1; NFPA260 Class 1 PILLING: ASTM D3511—Class 4 WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 55” (140cm) | 55yd (50.2m)

202 /

UPHOLSTERY FABRICS

9009 Black


LOUIS

LOUIS Louis is a twist on traditional basket weaves with a great hand feel. The novelty yarns used give dimension and provides complementing color mixes.

6003 Snow

902 Gainsboro

608 Old Lace

31 Crashing Blue

7003 Blue Wash

3003 Denim Blue

9003 Dim Grey

93 Wind

9006 Graphite

77 Mineral Mix

37 Teal Mix

34 Turquoise

36 Sun Kissed

5009 Gold Twist

41 Apricot

17 Fire

908 Dominos

9009 Jet Black

6003 Cream

66 Linen

8009 Chocolate

205 Olive

27 Grass

87 Chestnut

46 Tangerine

15 Ruby

308 Navy

908 Gravel

902 Stone

107 Eggplant

97 Charcoal

9009 Ink

ACT PERFORMANCE INFO:

ABRASION: 440,000+ double rubs BACKING CONTENT: 100% Acrylic Kiss Coat CONTENT: 100% Polyester FIRE RETARDANCY*: CALTB117 PILLING: ASTM D3511—Class 3 WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 56” (142cm) | 50 yards (45.7m)

MEDINA Medina is a 100% polyester multipurpose fabric. Its interesting texture gives the pattern the decorative look and feel of linen, while remaining incredibly functional and durable due to the following key specifications:

MEDINA

ACT PERFORMANCE INFO:

ABRASION: 34,000+ double rubs BACKING CONTENT: 100% Acrylic Kiss Coat CONTENT: 100% Polyester FIRE RETARDANCY*: NFPA 260 Class 1 PILLING: ASTM D3511—Class 4 UV RESISTANCE: AATCC16 Class 4 WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 57” (144.78cm) | 50yd (45.7m) * T his information is offered for general guidance only. It is accurate to the best of our knowledge and is not intended to relieve the user from its responsibility to investigate and understand other pertinent sources of information and to comply with all laws and procedures applicable to the safe handling and use of this material. Please note: T he fabric and supply images displayed may not represent the actual product in its entirety.

UPHOLSTERY FABRICS

/ 203


UPHOLSTERY FABRICS

SUEDES & VELVETS 204 /

UPHOLSTERY FABRICS


IRRESISTIBLE Irresistible has a soft touch and texture. Excellent strength and beautiful draping quality make this a natural choice for upholstery, drapery, or top-of-bed. It is a perfect multipurpose fabric with an extensive 35 colors.

67 Parchment

8003 Tan

2007 Khaki

57 Sunflower

5577 Golden Yellow

508 Nugget

81 Latte

802 Driftwood

833 Saddle

8877 Espresso

8009 Mocha

87 Chestnut

405 Cider

8006 Saffron

808 Terracotta

44 Carrot

14 Crimson

108 Port

305 Royal Blue

37 Chambray

3006 Dusk Blue

31 Ice Blue

366 Indigo

308 Navy

202 Pistachio

21 Leaf Green

205 Sage

97 Stainless Steel

9006 Pewter

27 Olive

91 Platinum

902 Old Silver

908 Grey

99 Graphite

9009 Black

ACT PERFORMANCE INFO:

ABRASION: 40,000+ double rubs BACKING CONTENT: 100% Polyester CONTENT: 100% Polyester FIRE RETARDANCY*: CALTB117; MVSS302; NFPA260 Class 1; UFAC Class 1 PILLING: ASTM D3511 - Class 4.5 WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 54â&#x20AC;? (137cm) | 50yd (45.7m)

* T his information is offered for general guidance only. It is accurate to the best of our knowledge and is not intended to relieve the user from its responsibility to investigate and understand other pertinent sources of information and to comply with all laws and procedures applicable to the safe handling and use of this material. Please note: T he fabric and supply images displayed may not represent the actual product in its entirety.

UPHOLSTERY FABRICS

/ 205


UPHOLSTERY FABRICS

LUSCIOUS Luscious is a luxurious upholstery collection of true cut pile poly-cotton velvet that has a beautiful soft hand.

602 Ivory

66 Maple Cream

607 Stone

502 Sunset

15 Dusty Rose

804 Desert

105 Blush

14 Scarlet

107 Antique Red

48 Mandarin

17 Burgundy

3009 Deep Purple

21 Willow

27 Loden

82 Army

202 Water

302 Light Blue

38 Indigo

86 Coffee

87 Cocoa

89 Toblerone

90 Graphite

95 Charcoal

91 Smoke

ACT PERFORMANCE INFO:

ABRASION: 120,000+ double rubs CONTENT: 65% Polyester, 35% Cotton FIRE RETARDANCY*: CALTB117; NFPA260 Class 1 PILLING: ASTM D3511 - Class 5 WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 55â&#x20AC;? (140cm) | 40yd (36.5m)

9009 Black

206 /

UPHOLSTERY FABRICS


ROYAL Royal’s rich texture and color immediately adds softness and warmth to any room. It is a faux velvet with slight mottled effect in stunning modern and traditional colors. If features bright, fresh colors like hot pink, tangerine, and blue shock for fun and contemporary looks, as well as classic velvet colors like red wine, burgundy, and blush for refined classic pieces.

67 Cream

6003 Linen

6009 Sand

8 Light Brown

87 Chocolate

8009 Deep Brown

14 Poppy Red

17 Burgundy

108 Red Wine

19 Hot Pink

45 Tangerine

4006 Henna

35 Seabreeze

5009 Butter

18 Blush

28 Celery

24 Light Green

27 Avocado

34 Steel Blue

37 Ocean

308 Midnight Blue

36 Blue Shock

84 Pewter

90 Charcoal

ACT PERFORMANCE INFO:

ABRASION: 28,000+ double rubs BACKING CONTENT: 50% Cotton, 50% Polyester CONTENT: 100% Polyester FIRE RETARDANCY*: CALTB 117-Section E 2013; NFPA260 Class 1 PILLING: ASTM D3511—Class 4.5 WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 57” (144.78 cm) | 50yd (45.7m)

9009 Black

* T his information is offered for general guidance only. It is accurate to the best of our knowledge and is not intended to relieve the user from its responsibility to investigate and understand other pertinent sources of information and to comply with all laws and procedures applicable to the safe handling and use of this material. Please note: T he fabric and supply images displayed may not represent the actual product in its entirety.

UPHOLSTERY FABRICS

/ 207


UPHOLSTERY FABRICS

URBAN Urban is a soft and vibrant velvet with the performance for today’s way of living. This chic and strong pattern is available in 24 colors.

602 Ivory

502 Butter Cream

6009 Taupe

802 Driftwood

86 Saddle

87 Chocolate

8009 Mocha

8004 Truffle

308 Navy

302 Slate

31 Ocean

99 Graphite

201 Peridot

2006 Lima Bean

21 Olive

205 Limelight

208 Basil

1009 Grape

47 Cinnamon

17 Berry

108 Bordeaux

405 Rust

14 Flame Red

9009 Midnight

ACT PERFORMANCE INFO:

ABRASION: 100,000+ double rubs BACKING CONTENT: 20% Cotton, 80% Polyester CONTENT: 100% Polyester FIRE RETARDANCY*: CALIF117-Section E; UFAC 1 PILLING: ASTM D3511—Class 4 UV RESISTANCE: AATCC16 Class 3.5 WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 57” (144.7cm) | 50yd (45.7m)

* T his information is offered for general guidance only. It is accurate to the best of our knowledge and is not intended to relieve the user from its responsibility to investigate and understand other pertinent sources of information and to comply with all laws and procedures applicable to the safe handling and use of this material. Please note: T he fabric and supply images displayed may not represent the actual product in its entirety.

208 /

UPHOLSTERY FABRICS


h om e e. smart, stylish, right at

SunbrellaÂŽ is a registered trademark of Glen Raven, Inc.

See how SunbrellaÂŽ meets the challenges of beach, sun and fun in the Perspective Web series. Join us at sunbrella.com/beachhouse. UPHOLSTERY FABRICS

/ 209


UPHOLSTERY FABRICS

PU/BONDED 210 /

UPHOLSTERY FABRICS


ABILENE Abilene has a deep grain giving a rustic feel to contract seating and upholstery PU.

ABILENE 606 Honey

8006 Walnut

8009 Amber

807 Oak

808 Bark

9009 Black

66 Cloud

6003 Cream

6010 Moccasin

810 Saddle

8020 Mahogany

8009 Java

8019 Satchel

1016 Canyon

1373 Flame

ACT PERFORMANCE INFO:

ABRASION: 515,000+ double rubs BACKING CONTENT: 35% Cotton, 65% Polyester CONTENT: 100% Polyurethane (PU) COLD CRACK: -40°C (-40°F) FIRE RETARDANCY*: CALIF117—Section E; MVSS302; NFPA260 Class 1 SEAM SLIPPAGE: ASTM-D4034; F69 x W104 LBF UV RESISTANCE: AATCC16 Class 4.5 WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 54” (137cm) | 40yd (36.5m)

AMARILLO The subtle stone print helps bring out multi tones while remaining a classic grain.

AMARILLO

ACT PERFORMANCE INFO:

ABRASION: 200,000+ double rubs BACKING CONTENT: 35% Cotton, 65% Polyester CONTENT: 100% Polyurethane (PU) COLD CRACK: -40°C (-40°F) FIRE RETARDANCY*: CALIF117—Section E; MVSS302; NFPA260 Class 1

9009 Black

UV RESISTANCE: AATCC16 Class 4.5 WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 54” (137cm) | 40yd (36.5m)

* T his information is offered for general guidance only. It is accurate to the best of our knowledge and is not intended to relieve the user from its responsibility to investigate and understand other pertinent sources of information and to comply with all laws and procedures applicable to the safe handling and use of this material. Please note: T he fabric and supply images displayed may not represent the actual product in its entirety.

UPHOLSTERY FABRICS

/ 211


UPHOLSTERY FABRICS

AUSTIN Austin provides a subtle stone print giving this bonded PU depth in the grain. The leather bonded backing gives the touch and illusion of real leather. ACT PERFORMANCE INFO:

ABRASION: 200,000+ double rubs

AUSTIN 66 Cloud

6003 Cream

6010 Moccasin

810 Saddle

8019 Satchel

8020 Mahogany

1373 Flame

1016 Canyon

8009 Java

6003 Beige

6009 Taupe

606 Tan

8009 Amber

89 Tobacco

87 Beaver

909 Charcoal

9009 Dusk

BACKING CONTENT: 29% Cotton, 16% Leather, 55% Polyester CONTENT: 100% Polyurethane (PU)

9009 Black

COLD CRACK: -30°C (-22°F) FIRE RETARDANCY*: CALIF117—Section E; MVSS302; NFPA260 Class 1 UV RESISTANCE: AATCC16 Class 5 WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 54” (137cm) | 30yd (27.4m)

CLARO A Soft PU with a sand stone grain allowing a unique textural look.

CLARO

ACT PERFORMANCE INFO:

ABRASION: 115,000+ double rubs BACKING CONTENT: 35% Cotton, 65% Polyester CONTENT: 100% Polyurethane (PU) FIRE RETARDANCY*: CALTB117—Section E 2013; MVSS302; NFPA260 Class 1 UV RESISTANCE: AATCC16 Class 5 WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 54” (137cm) | 40yd (36.5m)

212 /

UPHOLSTERY FABRICS


SHIMMER A modern bonded leather PU with a subtle pearl sheen.

SHIMMER 600 Pearl

650 Gold

405 Copper

500 Nickel

900 Sterling

400 Bronze

ACT PERFORMANCE INFO:

ABRASION: 100,000+ double rubs BACKING CONTENT: 27% Cotton, 18% Leather, 55% Polyester CONTENT: 100% Polyurethane (PU) FIRE RETARDANCY*: MVSS302; NFPA260 Class 1 WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 54” (137cm) | 30yd (27.4m)

TEXAS

TEXAS

Texas is a bonded leather PU with a very sophisticated grain, allowing it to be versatile for any project.

66 White

6003 Chamois

6010 Buckskin

ACT PERFORMANCE INFO:

5666 Dove Grey

5708 Granite

810 Bridle

8020 Chocolate

8009 Dark Brown

8019 Brown

1373 Red

1016 Burgundy

9009 Black

ABRASION: 300,000+ double rubs BACKING CONTENT: 29% Cotton, 16% Leather, 55% Polyester CONTENT: 100% Polyurethane (PU) COLD CRACK: -40°C (-40°F) FIRE RETARDANCY*: MVSS302; NFPA260 Class 1 UV RESISTANCE: AATCC Class 4.5 WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 54” (137cm) | 30yd (27.4 m)

* T his information is offered for general guidance only. It is accurate to the best of our knowledge and is not intended to relieve the user from its responsibility to investigate and understand other pertinent sources of information and to comply with all laws and procedures applicable to the safe handling and use of this material. Please note: T he fabric and supply images displayed may not represent the actual product in its entirety.

UPHOLSTERY FABRICS

/ 213


UPHOLSTERY FABRICS

TURNER Turner brings an incredibly soft hand to contract seating and upholstery. 100% polyurethane, Turner is designed for a soft touch but with the strength and durability for high usage areas. Available in 26 of the trendiest colors. ACT PERFORMANCE INFO:

3822 White

61 Vanilla

6003 Cream

605 Parchment

3948 Taupe

608 Sandstone

37 Lagoon

3003 Pacific Blue

3006 Navy

54 Citron

205 Sprig

1009 Plum

14 Rust

17 Garnet

108 Wine

84 Earth

87 Chestnut

805 Bisque

802 Tan

808 Mocha

8020 Chocolate

9003 Grey

6009 Chinchilla

11 Brick

905 Steel

9009 Black

ABRASION RESISTANCE: 500,000+ double rubs BACKING CONTENT: 30% Cotton, 70% Polyester CONTENT: 100% Polyurethane (PU) COLD CRACK: -40°C (-40°F) FIRE RETARDANCY*: CAL117—Section E; MVSS302; UFAC Class 1; NFPA260 UV RESISTANCE: AATCC16 Class 4.5 WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 54” (137cm) | 30yd (27.4m)

* T his information is offered for general guidance only. It is accurate to the best of our knowledge and is not intended to relieve the user from its responsibility to investigate and understand other pertinent sources of information and to comply with all laws and procedures applicable to the safe handling and use of this material. Please note: T he fabric and supply images displayed may not represent the actual product in its entirety.

214 /

UPHOLSTERY FABRICS


CONTRACT UPHOLSTERY

Performance & Durability

UPHOLSTERY FABRICS

/ 215


UPHOLSTERY FABRICS

PVC 216 /

UPHOLSTERY FABRICS


SEALSKIN Sealskin is an upholstery vinyl with superb abrasion, high cold crack and fire resistance. It also features four-way stretch and great elongation. These high-quality upholstery specifications only serve to enhance the fabric’s soft touch and great hand. Sealskin comes in 37 popular solids for all your upholstery needs.

61 Mystic White

66 Adobe White

68 Parchment

67 Bone

81 Bisque

6009 Taupe

905 Seagull

99 Dove

21 Moss

202 Sage

22 Dusty Jade

8009 Bronze

84 Oak

8006 Cinnamon

808 Mocha

405 Rust

111 Claret

1111 Burgundy

16 Mauve

161 Tea Rose

108 Plum

11 American Beauty

505 Sun Yellow

23 Grotto

34 Turquoise

222 Forest

24 Dark Aqua

31 Baltic Mist

37 Slate Blue

393 Blue Ridge

3 Royal

333 Regimental Blue

3333 Imperial Blue

97 Slate

1009 Amethyst

2009 Yew Green

ACT PERFORMANCE INFO:

ABRASION: 100,000+ double rubs CONTENT: 100% PVC (Polyvinyl Chloride) COLD CRACK: -28°C (-18°F) FIRE RETARDANCY*: CAL117—Section E; MVSS302; NFPA260 Class 1; UFAC Class 1. UV RESISTANCE: AATCC16 Class 4.5. WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 54” (137cm) | 30yd (27.4m)

* T his information is offered for general guidance only. It is accurate to the best of our knowledge and is not intended to relieve the user from its responsibility to investigate and understand other pertinent sources of information and to comply with all laws and procedures applicable to the safe handling and use of this material.

77 Black

Please note: T he fabric and supply images displayed may not represent the actual product in its entirety.

UPHOLSTERY FABRICS

/ 217


UPHOLSTERY FABRICS

TALLADEGA

61 White

66 Off White

608 Sand

Talladega is a contract-rated 100% PVC product with a knitted backing. It brings great quality and value pricing together in 24 stocked colors. Talladega features exceptional abrasion resistance and 4-way stretch, along with great cold crack and fire retardancy.

68 Buttermilk

605 Doe

47 Cinnamon

ACT PERFORMANCE INFO:

81 Camel

84 Sandstone

6 Brown

14 Red

405 Rust

808 Espresso

302 Copen

3006 Royal

3333 Indigo

2 Spruce

108 Wine

1009 Purple

908 Charcoal

1111 Burgundy

2009 Forest

9003 Grey Mist

905 Grey

9009 Black

ABRASION: 100,000+ double rubs BACKING CONTENT: 100% Polyester CONTENT: 100% Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) COLD CRACK: -30°C (-22°F) FIRE RETARDANCY*: CALIF 117—Section E; MVSS302; NFPA260 Class 1; UFAC Class 1 UV RESISTANCE: AATCC16 Class 4 WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 54” (137cm) | 30yd (27.4m)

WE ALSO CARRY

* T his information is offered for general guidance only. It is accurate to the best of our knowledge and is not intended to relieve the user from its responsibility to investigate and understand other pertinent sources of information and to comply with all laws and procedures applicable to the safe handling and use of this material. Please note: T he fabric and supply images displayed may not represent the actual product in its entirety.

218 /

UPHOLSTERY FABRICS


Check out our

Upholstery Legs

See p.263â&#x20AC;&#x201C;267

UPHOLSTERY FABRICS

/ 219


Our line includes over 3,000 supplies for Home DĂŠcor, Contract and Specialty. We carry everything from adhesives to zippers for all your project needs in one location.


UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES


FOAM & PADDING


FOAM

N

SEW FOAM Our J. Ennis Fabrics Sew Foam is a regular roll of firm foam with a Cerex backing applied. This is suitable for quilting applications without using a separate backing material. A real time-saver on stitched seat panels. Constructed from 100% polyurethane for a pliable, pink foam. Great also for molding and shaping. A A

4371 4365

¼” x 58” x 60’—Pink ½” x 58” x 60’—Pink PRICE BREAKS: Roll (60’)

Please see p.244 for Foam Cutters. A

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: SEW FOAM: WEST

/ 223


UPHOLSTERY FOAM

DID YOU KNOW? When selecting the right foam for the job, a general rule of thumb to go by is that as density increases, so does the quality of foam.

FOAM: WEST Dimensions & Part #

224 /

Price Breaks

-

Poly Foam Chips

-

4949

Each | Bag (20lb/100lb)

-

Regular

1” x 54” x 72” 2” x 54” x 72” 3” x 54” x 72” 4” x 54” x 72” 1” x 54” x 72” 1” x 50” x 72”

4349 4350 4351 4352 4353 4356

Sheet | Bundle (12) Sheet | Bundle (7) Sheet | Bundle (5) Sheet | Bundle (4) Sheet | Bundle (3) Sheet | Bundle (10)

-

Regular Foam Rolls (Edmonton only)

¼” x 54” x 50’ ½” x 54” x 50’

4364 1” x 54” x 50’ 4366 2” x 54” x 25’

-

R 45

1” x 54” x 80” 2” x 54” x 80” 3” x 54” x 80” 4” x 54” x 80”

4354 4385 4386 4357

Sheet | Bundle (12) Sheet | Bundle (7) Sheet | Bundle (5) Sheet | Bundle (4)

-

R 45 Foam Bolster

6” x 26” 8” x 26”

4397 4398

Each | Bundle (10)

-

H 100 Grey (Edmonton only)

½” x 72” x 50’ 1” x 72” x 50’

4374 4375

Roll (50’ / 15.2 m)

-

K 126 Grey

½” x 24” x 72” 2” x 24” x 72”

4433 1” x 24” x 72” 4437

-

Mattress

6” x 39” x 75” 6” x 54” x 75”  6” x 60” x 80”

4416 Single 4417 Double 4418 Queen

A

Convoluted Foam

1¼”–1½” x 54” x 75” 4424 1¼”–1½” x 60” x 80” 4425

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: FOAM WEST

4367 4368

4435

Each | Roll

Sheet | Bundle (12) Sheet | Bundle (7)

Sheet | Bundle (3)

Sheet | Bundle (6) Sheet | Bundle (6)


Description

Compression lb.

Density lb./ft.3

Shredded foam chips for loose fill applications. Sold in 20lb bags.

Various

Various

Industry standard grade for general purpose polyurethane foam. Not recommended for seating. Suitable applications include chair backs, padding and bolstering. F.R: CALTB117-2013

34–40

1.3

Polyurethane foam. Not recommended for seating. Suitable applications include chair backs, padding and bolstering. F.R: CALTB117-2013

34–40

1.3

Minimum recommended grade for residential seating. F.R: CALTB117-2013

41–47

1.5

40

1.5

95–105

1.8

The firmest open cell foam available. A suitable application for gun cases, protective packaging, instrument packaging and other similar high impact applications. F.R: CALTB117-2013

125

2.0

Medium compression with a 5 year replacement warranty. NOTE: Courier shipments are sent at customers’ risk. F.R: CALTB117-2013

28–32

2.0

-

2.0

A cylindrical shaped bolster made of seating grade foam to fabricate bolster cushions. F.R: CALTB117-2013 Extra firm foam. May be used as a lining for instrument cases and other similar high impact applications. F.R: CALTB117-2013

¾” convoluted. Gives added plushness and creates some air flow on your mattress for better cooling and comfort. F.R: CALTB117-2013

Please see p.244 for Foam Cutters.

A

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: FOAM WEST

/ 225


UPHOLSTERY FOAM

FOAM: WEST (CONT.) Dimensions & Part # -

Duron 766 X-Firm

1” x 24” x 72” 2” x 24” x 72” 3” x 24” x 72” 4” x 24” x 72”

4414 4415 4432 4568

-

Duron 639 Firm

1” x 24” x 80” 2” x 24” x 80” 3” x 24” x 80” 4” x 24” x 80” 5” x 24” x 80”

4441 4408 4411 4412 4413

-

Duron 533 Medium

4” x 54” x 72” 5” x 24” x 80”

4410 6” x 24” x 72” 4542

A

Duron 426 Soft

2” x 24” x 80” 3” x 24” x 80” 4” x 24” x 80”

4403 4404 4405

Sheet | Bundle (12) Sheet | Bundle (7) Sheet | Bundle (5) Sheet | Bundle (4) 1” x 60” x 80” 2” x 60” x 80” 3” x 60” x 80” 4” x 60” x 80” 5” x 60” x 80”

4434 4436 4438 4439 4440 4543 4” x 24” x 80”

Sheet | Bundle (12) Sheet | Bundle (7) Sheet | Bundle (5) Sheet | Bundle (4) Sheet | Bundle (3) 4467 Sheet | Bundle (4) Sheet | Bundle (3) Sheet | Bundle (7) Sheet | Bundle (5) Sheet | Bundle (4)

B Blue Foam Firm 1” x 22” x 80”4469 1” x 60” x 80”4473 2” x 22” x 80”4470 2” x 60” x 80”4474 3” x 22” x 80”4471 3” x 60” x 80”4475 4” x 22” x 80”4472

Sheet | Bundle (12) Sheet | Bundle (7) Sheet | Bundle (5) Sheet | Bundle (4) Sheet | Bundle (12) Sheet | Bundle (7) Sheet | Bundle (5) Sheet | Bundle (4) Sheet | Bundle (3)

-

Blue Foam Medium

1” x 22” x 80”4476 2” x 22” x 80”4477 3” x 22” x 80”4478 4” x 22” x 80”4479 5” x 22” x 80”4480

-

Qualux 46 Firm

1” x 22” x 80” 2” x 22” x 80” 3” x 22” x 80” 4” x 22” x 80” 5” x 22” x 80”

4230 4231 4232 4233 4234

C

Qualux 34 Medium

1” x 22” x 80” 2” x 22” x 80” 3” x 22” x 80” 4” x 22” x 80” 5” x 22” x 80”

4224 4225 4226 4227 4228

Sheet | Bundle (12) Sheet | Bundle (7) Sheet | Bundle (5) Sheet | Bundle (4) Sheet | Bundle (3)

Qualux 25 Soft

2” x 22” x 80” 3” x 22” x 80” 4” x 22” x 80”

4218 4219 4220

Sheet | Bundle (7) Sheet | Bundle (5) Sheet | Bundle (4)

2” x 30” x 80”

4394

Each | Bundle (5)

1” x 24” x 72” 4” x 24” x 72”

4388 2” x 24” x 72” 4391

D Visco Elastic (Slow Recovery Foam) E

226 /

Price Breaks

Rebond

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: FOAM WEST

½” x 24” x 80” 2” x 24” x 80” 3” x 24” x 80” 4” x 24” x 80”

4259 4266 4267 4268

4389 3” x 24” x 72”

Sheet | Bundle (12) Sheet | Bundle (7) Sheet | Bundle (5) Sheet | Bundle (4) Sheet | Bundle (3)

4390 Sheet | Bundle (5) Sheet | Bundle (4)


HIGH QUALITY FOAM WITH REPLACEMENT WARRANTY Duron Foam has a 5-year replacement warranty under normal service. Please inquire for details.

Qualux Foam has a 10-year replacement warranty provided by J. Ennis Fabrics. Please inquire for details.

Description

Blue Foam has a 10-year replacement warranty provided by J. Ennis Fabrics. Please inquire for details.

Compression lb.

Density lb./ft.3

This is a high performance foam for residential and performance applications. Also a suitable application for benches, heavy equipment seating, etc. F.R: CALTB117-2013

52–62

2.2

A suitable application for firm seating. F.R: CALTB117-2013

52–62

A suitable application for medium seating. F.R: CALTB117-2013

28–34

2.2

A suitable application for chair backs or soft seating. F.R: CALTB117-2013

21–27

2.2

A suitable application for firm seating. F.R: CALTB117-2013

65–75

2.4-2.5

A suitable application for medium seating. F.R: CALTB117-2013

65–75

2.4-2.5

D

2.2 D

A

A suitable application for firm seating. F.R: CALTB117-2013

41–46

2.8

A suitable application for medium seating. F.R: CALTB117-2013

34–40

2.8

A suitable application for soft seating and chair backs. F.R: CALTB117-2013

19–25

2.8

Recovery time is 15–40 seconds. Applications include chiropractic tables, wheelchairs and mattress toppers. F.R: CALTB117-2013

40

2.9

-

5.0

B

Foam chips mixed with a high percentage of adhesive under pressure creating a firm, dense foam. Suitable applications include heavy equipment seats, snowmobiles, any applications requiring a dense, firm foam. F.R: CALTB117-2013

Please see p.244 for Foam Cutters.

C

E

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: FOAM WEST

/ 227


UPHOLSTERY FOAM

FOAM: EAST Dimensions & Part #

228 /

Price Breaks

-

Poly Foam Chips

-

4949

Each | Bag (20lb/100lb)

-

Regular

1” x 24” x 72” 2” x 24” x 72” 3” x 24” x 72” 4” x 24” x 72”

4620 4625 4630 4635

Sheet | Bundle (12) Sheet | Bundle (7) Sheet | Bundle (5) Sheet | Bundle (4)

-

Regular Foam Rolls (Toronto only)

¼” x 54” x 48’ ½” x 54” x 48’ 1” x 54” x 48’

4369 4370 4372

Each | Roll

-

Supersoft

3” x 22” x 74” 4” x 22” x 74”

4637 4638

Sheet | Bundle (5) Sheet | Bundle (4)

-

R 45 Foam Bolster

6” x 26” 8” x 26”

4397 4398

Each | Bundle (10)

-

Ultra Cell 1.8 Firm

2” x 24” x 88” 3” x 24” x 88” 4” x 24” x 88”

4666 4667 4668

Sheet | Bundle (6) Sheet | Bundle (5) Sheet | Bundle (4)

-

Curon C45

1” x 22” x 88”4663 2” x 22” x 88”4664 3” x 22” x 88”4665 4” x 22” x 88”4669 4” x 24” x 88”4678 5” x 22” x 88”4671 4” x 26” x 88”4677

-

Curon C35

3” x 24” x 88” 4” x 22” x 88” 6” x 22” x 88”

4674 4675 5” x 22” x 88” 4683 6” x 26” x 88”

4676 5” x 26” x 88” 4684

Sheet | Bundle (5) 4682 Sheet | Bundle (3) Sheet | Bundle (3)

-

Curon C25

4” x 22” x 88” 5” x 22” x 88”

4660 4661 6” x 26” x 88”

4681 5” x 26” x 88”

Sheet | Bundle (4) 4679 Sheet | Bundle (3)

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: FOAM EAST

Sheet | Bundle (12) Sheet | Bundle (7) Sheet | Bundle (5) Sheet | Bundle (4) Sheet | Bundle (3)


HIGH QUALITY FOAM WITH REPLACEMENT WARRANTY Curon Foam has a 5-year replacement warranty under normal service. Please inquire for details.

Description

Compression lb.

Density lb./ft.3

Shredded foam chips for loose fill applications. Sold in 20lb bags.

Various

Various

Industry standard grade for general purpose polyurethane foam. Not recommended for seating. Suitable applications include chair backs, padding and bolstering. F.R: CALTB117-2013

28–34

1.0

Polyurethane foam. Not recommended for seating. Suitable applications include chair backs, padding and bolstering. F.R: CALTB117-2013

28–34

1.0

Very soft and supple. Too soft for seat use by itself but perfect for laminating with denser foams to give initial plushness followed by firm support. F.R: CALTB117-2013

15–20

1.1

40

1.5

It is wider for larger cushions. F.R: CALTB117-2013

41–46

1.8

This is a high performance foam for residential and contract applications. Suitable for firm seating. F.R: CALTB117-2013

55–65

2.0

Suitable for medium seating. F.R: CALTB117-2013

36–42

2.0

Suitable for soft seating. F.R: CALTB117-2013

31–35

2.0

A cylindrical shaped bolster made of seating grade foam to fabricate bolster cushions. F.R: CALTB117-2013

Please see p.244 for Foam Cutters.

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: FOAM EAST

/ 229


UPHOLSTERY FOAM

FOAM: EAST (CONT.) Dimensions & Part # -

Blue Foam Firm 1” x 22” x 88”4481 2” x 22” x 88”4482

Sheet | Bundle (12) Sheet | Bundle (7)

-

Blue Foam Medium

3” x 22” x 88”4483 4” x 22” x 88”4484 5” x 22” x 88”4485 4” x 26” x 88”4486 5” x 26” x 88”4487

Sheet | Bundle (5) Sheet | Bundle (4) Sheet | Bundle (4)

-

Blue Foam Soft

4” x 22” x 88”4488 4” x 26” x 88”4490 5” x 22” x 88”4489 5” x 26” x 88”4491

Sheet | Bundle (4)

-

Qualux 41 Firm

1” x 22” x 88” 2” x 22” x 88” 3” x 22” x 88” 4” x 22” x 88” 5” x 22” x 88”

4727 4728 4729 4730 4731

Sheet | Bundle (12) Sheet | Bundle (7) Sheet | Bundle (5) Sheet | Bundle (4) Sheet | Bundle (3)

-

Qualux 31 Medium

2” x 22” x 88” 3” x 22” x 88” 4” x 22” x 88” 5” x 22” x 88”

4722 4723 4725 4726

Sheet | Bundle (7) Sheet | Bundle (5) Sheet | Bundle (4) Sheet | Bundle (3)

-

Qualux 26 Soft

4” x 22” x 88” 5” x 22” x 88”

4719 4720

Sheet | Bundle (4) Sheet | Bundle (3)

-

Visco Elastic (Slow Recovery Foam)

2” x 30” x 80”

4394

Each | Bundle (5)

-

Rebond

1” x 24” x 72” 2” x 24” x 72” 3” x 24” x 72” 4” x 24” x 72”

4640 4645 4650 4655

Sheet | Bundle (12) Sheet | Bundle (7) Sheet | Bundle (5) Sheet | Bundle (4)

DID YOU KNOW? When selecting the right foam for the job, a general rule of thumb to go by is that as density increases, so does the quality of foam.

230 /

Price Breaks

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: FOAM EAST


HIGH QUALITY FOAM WITH REPLACEMENT WARRANTY Qualux Foam has a 10-year Blue Foam has a 10-year replacement replacement warranty provided by warranty provided by J. Ennis Fabrics. J. Ennis Fabrics. Please inquire for details. Please inquire for details.

Description

Compression lb.

Density lb./ft.3

Suitable for firm seating. F.R: CALTB117-2013

65–75

2.5

Suitable for medium seating. F.R: CALTB117-2013

45–55

2.5

Suitable for soft seating. F.R: CALTB117-2013

32-38

2.5

Suitable for firm seating. F.R: CALTB117-2013

41–46

2.8

Suitable for medium seating. F.R: CALTB117-2013

34–40

2.8

Suitable for soft seating. F.R: CALTB117-2013

19–25

2.8

40

2.9

-

5.0

Recovery time is 15–40 seconds. Applications include chiropractic tables, wheelchairs and mattress toppers. F.R: CALTB117-2013 Foam chips mixed with a high percentage of adhesives under pressure creating a firm, dense foam. Suitable applications include heavy equipment seats, snowmobiles, any applications requiring a dense, firm foam. F.R: CALTB117-2013

Please see p.244 for Foam Cutters.

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: FOAM EAST

/ 231


UPHOLSTERY PADDING

PILLOWS & BOLSTERS Match decorative treatments or upholstered pieces to comforters and pillows using our extensive line of fabrics and inserts. POLYESTER TOSS CUSHION FORMS A

6924

Polyester Toss Cushion Form—14”x14” PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (24)

B B B

6925 6926 6927

Polyester Toss Cushion Form—16”x16” Polyester Toss Cushion Form—18”x18” Polyester Toss Cushion Form—20”x20” PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12)

C

6928

FEATHER WRAPPED IN DOWN PILLOWS 90% feather middle, 10% down around. 260 thread count of 100% cotton casing G G G

13004 Wrapped In Down Pillow—Double 20”x26” 13005 Wrapped In Down Pillow—Queen 20”x30” 13006 Wrapped In Down Pillow—King 20”x36” PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

Polyester Toss Cushion Form—24”x24” PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

POLYESTER PILLOW FORMS Excellent feel with a higher degree of firmness than feathers or down. Sanitary synthetic cushion forms in a poly-cotton envelope. E E

6929 6930

Polyester Pillow—Queen Size 18”x26” Polyester Pillow—King Size 18”x32” PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (5)

A

BOLSTERS 100% polyester silicone bonded Holofil fiber bolster inserts to form cushions and bolsters for furniture and bedding. Covering envelope created from 200 thread count poly-cotton. D D

6921 6920

Bolster—7”x14” Bolster—9”x39” PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

Please note: Images should only be referenced for shape and form. Sizing may not be proportional to actual product. 232 /

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: PILLOW FORMS

B

C


FEATHER PILLOWS

FEATHER CUSHIONS

Feather pillow insert to accompany the Down Comforter Inserts on p.234. These high quality feather pillow inserts are filled with 100% white waterfowl feathers for an excellent feel and a higher degree of firmness than you would find in pure down.

Throw cushion inserts of 100% white waterfowl feathers in an envelope of white down proof cotton, with a thread count of 260.

The minimum thread count used on the cover envelope is 200, which will ensure that no feathers will migrate out of the pillow. All products are sanitized and guaranteed against normal defect. F F F

6910 6911 6912

Feather Pillow—Double 20”x26” (32oz.) Feather Pillow—Queen 20”x30” (38oz.) Feather Pillow—King 20”x36” (44oz.) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

H H

13014 Feather Cushion—12”x20” 13013 Feather Cushion—16”x16” PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

H H

13015 Feather Cushion—27”x27” 13016 Feather Cushion—32”x32” PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (6)

H H H

6915 6916 6917

Feather Cushion—18”x18” Feather Cushion—20”x20” Feather Cushion—25”x25” PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

E

F

G

H

D

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: PILLOW FORMS & FEATHER BEDS

/ 233


UPHOLSTERY PADDING

COMFORTER INSERTS Ounce for ounce, down is the most efficient insulator known to man. Synthetic and other natural fibers can match its insulation levels, but not at the same light weight. It is warm, light and easy to care for, making down the ultimate choice for comforters and bed coverings. Down is an insulator, not a heater, allowing air to flow rather than sealing it in, adjusting to the temperature of the body. It can be compressed into small spaces. Down clusters are incredibly resilient. With proper care, a down product will last a lifetime. Be sure that the cover has a high thread count and cotton content. GOOSE DOWN

FEATHER & DOWN BED

The goose down comforter is a higher quality comforter than a duck down comforter. The goose down is far lighter and warmer than duck down. 100% cotton casing (260 thread count) with baffle box construction for even warmth.

These beds are made out of 90% feather and 10% down filling. All beds come in a 260 thread count of 100% cotton casing. The hermetic square style allows for separate squared off sections and an air tight seal. Also can be called a mattress topper.

A A A

13010 13011 13012

Goose Comforter—Double 78”x88” (27oz.) Goose Comforter—Queen 86”x90” (30oz.) Goose Comforter—King 104”x90” (37oz.)

A A A

13007 13009 13008

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (4)

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (4) DOWN COMFORTER Down’s light weight matched with breathability and durability make it ideal for comforter and duvet inserts. These comforters are made with White Canadian Down, contained in a square envelope of baffled construction with a 260 thread count, 100% white cotton. This high thread count ensures that none of the down will migrate out of the comforter. Fill power 652–675. A A A

6901 6902 6903

Down Comforter—Double 78”x88” (27oz.) Down Comforter—Queen 86”x90” (30oz.) Down Comforter—King 104”x90” (37oz.) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (4)

234 /

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: PADDING

Feather Bed—Double 54”x75” Feather Bed—Queen 60”x80” Feather Bed—King 78”x80”

A


HEAVENLY Our popular pattern Heavenly is continuing to grow its color line and is already available in 38 stunning colors. It is incredibly soft to the touch and comes in a cross hatch chenille texture. Exceeds 125,000 Double Rubs Machine Washable Passes NFPA260 Class 1*

Colors shown (Topâ&#x20AC;&#x201C;Bottom): 9009 Caviar, 8004 Mocha, 92 Pewter, 97 Cinder, 601 Oyster, 1008 Plum and 17 Mulberry

* T his information is offered for your general guidance only. Itâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s accurate to the best of our knowledge and is not intended to relieve the user from its responsibility to investigate and understand other pertinent sources of information and to comply with all laws and procedures applicable to the safe handling and use of this material. PLEASE NOTE: T he fabric and supply images displayed may not represent the actual product in its entirety.

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: PADDING

/ 235


UPHOLSTERY PADDING

PADDING: POLYESTER (TERYLENE) This product is not prone to crushing and is easily manipulated to fill in the imperfections in sofa cushions. Unlike some of the old horsehair products that are occasionally found in antique furniture, there is nothing in terylene to support molds, mildews or any kind of parasitic life. Terylenes will retain their given shape better over time than down fill or some of the lower density foams. DACRON HOLOFIL

TERYLENE (CUSHION WRAP)

This product is a light, premium unbonded polyester for use in cushions as a loose fill product. It is lightweight, sanitary and has excellent resilience characteristics. It is recommended for sofa back cushions and throw cushions.

Non-woven resin bonded terylene has a slightly stiffer feel and finish. Can be split through its depth to give a thinner product for use as a cushion wrap.

-

8255

PRICE BREAKS: Roll (10lb) | 50lb -

8257

-

8239

27” Terylene—West ~13lb/roll

-

8249

54” Terylene—West ~26lb/roll

-

8253

60” Terylene—Edmonton Only ~28lb/roll

30” Dacron Holofil—West

30” Dacron Holofil—East PRICE BREAKS: Roll (20lb) | 50lb

PRICE BREAKS: Roll (25lb) | 50lb

QUILTED TERYLENE Soft, unbonded terylene stitched in a 6” channel with a scrim backing on both sides. Because of the backing it keeps its shape after being cut. -

8279

-

8243

27” Terylene—East ~13lb/roll

-

8242

56” Quilted Terylene—West

54” Terylene—East ~26lb/roll

PRICE BREAKS: Roll (22lb) | 50lb

PRICE BREAKS: Roll (~25lb) | 50lb

UNBONDED TERYLENE This is useful as a loose fill product. Without the adhesive it is softer and gives an excellent feel and resilience. A

8250

30” Unbonded Terylene—West PRICE BREAKS: Roll (10lb) | 50lb

A

8251

30” Unbonded Terylene—East PRICE BREAKS: Roll (25lb) | 50lb

236 /

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: TERYLENE

* Priced by the pound, sold by the roll.

A


PADDING: FIBER, JAY FLEX & FELT FIBER

FELT PADDING*

Specialized fiber for outdoor cushions, prevents moisture from being caught within the cushion, maintaining cushion quality. Available at all distribution centers.

Excellent as a cover over resilient fiber padding, such as horsehair or cortex because it prevents the fibers from working through the cover.

B

8261

Cushion Fiber—4”x22”x28”

D D D

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (8) B B

8265 8267

4337 4339 4340

Cushion Fiber—4”x22”x48” Cushion Fiber—4”x22”x78”

27” Felt Padding—Vancouver 27” Felt Padding—West 27” Felt Padding—East PRICE BREAKS*: Bale** (30lb) | 125lb * Priced by the pound, sold by the bale. ** ~28yd/bale

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (4) JAY FLEX (NEEDLEPUNCH)

UF8 FELT BALES

Jay Flex is a white padding material that is approximately 0.15” thick. 100% polyester needle punched foam. Although thin, its superior properties allow it to replace much heavier materials in padding frames and forms. It is excellent for use on rounded arms, frame fronts, etc.

UF8 is a very clean felt made of a polyester cotton blend. Passes UFAC fire retardant requirements.

C

5169

E

4335

UF8 Felt Bales PRICE BREAKS: Bale 20-25lbs (~28yd)

27” Jay Flex Padding White PRICE BREAKS: Roll (27.3yd) | Case (5)

C

5179

60” Jay Flex Padding White PRICE BREAKS: Roll (27.3yd)

B

C

Please see p.243 for Cushion Tools.

D

E

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: FIBER, JAY FLEX & FELT

/ 237


UPHOLSTERY DECKING

DECKING & LINING 238 /

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: DECKING


DECKING DECK PAD

EMBOSSED DECKING*

Economical deck padding composed of industrial synthetic and natural waste fibers bonded to form a strong padding that will resist deterioration. Can also be used as a carpet underpad.

100% woven polypropylene. Has a napped embossed anti-slip finish that makes it ideal for leather or other slippery fabrics. The cushions will stay put much better than with smooth decking finishes. Cut length available.

A

4105

¼”x27”x150’ Deck Padding

D E

PRICE BREAKS: Roll | Each (5)

4142 4145

PRICE BREAKS: Linear Yard** | 25 | 109

ENBOND DECKING* Enbond is an economical 100% spun bonded polypropylene non-woven fabric with high tear and tensile strength, soft hand, and high rot and mildew resistance. Excellent chemical resistance, is heat processable, receptive to dyes, non-ravelling and has low surface pilling. Used in furniture and bedding, industry covers, quilt backings and decking applications. B B B B

4159 4161 4163 4167

30” Enbond Decking—Grey 36” Enbond Decking—Grey 42” Enbond Decking—Grey 60” Enbond Decking—Grey

30” Embossed Decking— Black 30” Embossed Decking— Beige

* Minimum order of 10 yards. ** 1 Linear yd = 36” in length

QUILTED DECKING Dark brown taffeta (a 70 Denier brown nylon lining) quilted to ¹/₈” foam with a scrim backing. Available in 27” width, by the linear yard. F

4139

27” Quilted Decking PRICE BREAKS: Yard | 50 | 100

A

B

PRICE BREAKS: Yard | 550 | 1100 *Minimum order of 10 yards. For more info. contact Sales Rep.

NUFACE DECKING It is a grey woven polypropylene with a 100% nylon face. Will not rot or break down. Suitable for pulls, quilt backing, dust cloth, decking, etc. Easily stitched. Somewhat firm hand, makes it easy to work with. C C

C

D

E

4109 30” Nuface Decking 4110 36” Nuface Decking PRICE BREAKS: Linear Yard** | 273 | 1000

C

4112

42” Nuface Decking PRICE BREAKS: Linear Yard** | 270 | 1000

F

** 1 Linear yd = 36” in length

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: DECKING

/ 239


UPHOLSTERY DECKING & LINING

DECKING (CONT.) TYPAR* Spun bonded polypropylene with applications in traditional dust cover and furniture construction. Its polypropylene construction makes it impervious to moisture. Also resists rotting and mildew, with good breathability. Typar can be glued, stapled and sewn (recommended max. stitch density of 5–7/in.) A -

A

4180 30” Black Typar 1.6oz. 4179 36” Grey Typar 1.6oz. PRICE BREAKS: Linear Yard** | 270 | 1000 * Minimum order of 10 yards. For more info, contact Sales Rep. ** 1 Linear yd = 36” in length

B

BURLAP* Burlap is eco-friendly as it is made of renewable Jute fibers. It can be used for deckings, pull cloths and packaging. AVAILABLE IN: Cut length Pieces | Sizes vary from 80–120yd Bales | 1900yd B

2219

40” Burlap 10oz. PRICE BREAKS: Yard | 100 | Bale (1900yd) * Minimum order of 10 yards. For more info, contact Sales Rep.

LINING SKIRT LINING The heavy lining has a firmer hand and imparts a greater stiffness and form to the skirt. Used to maintain shape and give a finished backing to skirts. Also can be used to reinforce material or vinyls if too thin, for proper stitching or use in button molds, etc. J. Ennis Fabrics recommends lining the seamed areas of your vinyls for increased strength and tear resistance. C C

7135 7139

6” Heavy Sew On 7” Heavy Sew On PRICE BREAKS: Roll (62yd) | 200

240 /

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: DECKING & LINING

C


h om e. smart, stylish, right at

Sunbrella® is a registered trademark of Glen Raven, Inc.

Surround your customers with the world’s most beautiful, worry-free fabrics for furniture and accessories. sunbrella.com/koi UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: LINING

/ 241


UPHOLSTERY TOOLS

TOOLS 242 /

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: TOOLS


Please see p.236–237 for Cushion Padding.

A

CUSHION STUFFING EZE CUSHION STUFFER MACHINE This vacuum table cushion stuffer is a real time saver for a shop doing a lot of cushion filling. It has a 110V motor and runs off of regular household current. A

3010

EZE Cushion Stuffer Machine PRICE BREAKS: Each

B

3011

54” EZE Cushion Film Plastic PRICE BREAKS: Roll (900yd) | Case (5)

B

INSTRUCTIONS FOR EZE STUFFER MACHINE 1. Set the cushion foam on the table.

2. Cover with EZE cushion film.

3. Turn the EZE machine on until the cushion is compressed.

4. T hen fit the cover on with ease.

PIPING TINS Piping tins are used to achieve consistent, even fluting in sofa backs and other locations on furniture. Insert into the channel, stuff and remove, leaving behind an evenly stuffed, clean and well padded channel. C

6415

C

4”x 36” Piping Tins PRICE BREAKS: Pair

TIPS FOR PIPING TINS When trying to get padding into a channel or existing cover, you will often find that as you force the stuffing into the cover, it tears and you lose the smooth, even finish you wanted.

TIP 2: Run a strip of 2” or wider tape along the stuffing, on the side that will be away from the cover, to prevent the stuffing from ripping. This method is especially useful with felt padding.

TIP 1: Use JEF Silicone Spray (#7175, p.326) liberally on the stuffing; it will evaporate without leaving a trace or stain. UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: EZE & PIPING TINS

/ 243


UPHOLSTERY TOOLS

Please see p.223–231 for Foam selection. A

CUTTERS: FOAM

B

ACU-CUTTER QUEEN* Ideal foam cutter for the smaller shop, affordable and efficient. Cuts with two blades: one oscillating and one stationary. It has a 8½” stanchion as standard. Blade and glide included. The heavy duty free standing base is 4” wide and 6¾” long and mounted on glide bearings to reduce drag. A B

4338 8½” Acu-Cutter Queen 4336 9” Replacement Blade PRICE BREAKS: Each * Not intended for a production line where foam cutting is the only job. If you are cutting a large volume of foam, the Bosch unit is your best choice.

BOSCH—UNIT, BLADE & GUIDE It is a heavy duty, fast oscillating unit that employs two moving blades within a narrow, tapered guide to cut foam quickly and easily. The blade and guide combinations are available in 8” or 12”. The Bosch Cutter features a slim motor housing for a more comfortable grip. It is double insulated, UL listed and complies to OSHA regulations. Blade and guide sold separately. C

4343

E

D

C

Bosch Foam Cutter Motor Unit Complete with footplate. WEIGHT: 3.5lb (1.6kg)  SIZE: 9¼” SPEED: 3200 strokes/min.  PRICE BREAKS: Each 8” Guide 12” Guide

D E

4346 4347

F G

4344 8” Blade 4345 12” Blade PRICE BREAKS: Each

F G

H

U-CUT FOAM CUTTER Fast and flexible, this versatile large sheet foam cutter will cut as fine as ¼” to a max. thickness of 9” and up to a width of 36” with unlimited length. H I

4341 4342

410 U-Cut Foam Cutter 410 U-Cut Replacement Blade PRICE BREAKS: Each

244 /

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: FOAM CUT TERS

I


CUTTERS: WIRE 337 WIRE CUTTERS A versatile tool with a non-slip handle and a hardened cutting surface. The fastest way to get rid of the original hog rings. This tool will cut through hog rings easily and is useful for all lighter gauges of wire. J

J

8014 337 Wire Cutters PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (6)

KNIVES #14 MOUNT TRIMMING KNIFE This is a tough, straight edged blade that is sharp enough to cut vinyls, carpet or other materials, and can be re-sharpened to last many years of service. K

8051

#14 Mount Trimming Knife

K

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12) HEAVY DUTY OLFA KNIFE A heavy-duty knife with a ratchet-lock mechanism for unlimited blade positions. The knife has a double-honed blade for superior shaprness and edge retention. L

8052

L

Heavy Duty Olfa Knife PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (6)

M

8055

Heavy Duty Olfa Blades— 0.5mm PRICE BREAKS: Package (10) | Case (6)

M

8058

M

O

Heavy Duty Olfa Blades— 0.5mm PRICE BREAKS: Package (50) | Case (6)

OLFA REPLACEMENT BLADES N

N

8059

Standard Duty Olfa Blades PRICE BREAKS: Package (50) | Case (6)

O

8038

Ultra Max Heavy Duty Olfa Blades PRICE BREAKS: Package (50)

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: WIRE CUT TER & KNIVES

/ 245


Please see p.282–285 for Buttons.

UPHOLSTERY TOOLS

A

CUTTERS & DIE SETS: BUTTON All the cutters and dies listed here are for the #1 Jr. Button Machine only (#2121). Any other cutters or dies are special order items requiring approximately 3 weeks delivery. Cutters and dies are stocked for all common button sizes. The button machine and dies work best when the covers for the button mold are the correct size and shape and to ensure this we offer the cutters below. JR. BUTTON MACHINE Versatile bench mounted manual press type machine cuts, covers and makes firm solid buttons. It is designed to work with 2 piece dies and the short cutter. It includes a wood block for use in cutting covers and is capable of approximately 90 buttons per hour. A

B

2121 #1 Junior Button Machine HEIGHT: 22”  SHIPPING WEIGHT: 13lb (5.89kg) PRICE BREAKS: Each

C

CUTTERS & DIE SETS—MEDIUM FABRIC This medium die is recommended for the majority of fabrics. One set is required for each size of button. B C D E

2141 2143 2145 2147

D

#22 Cutter and Die Set—Medium #30 Cutter and Die Set—Medium #36 Cutter and Die Set—Medium #45 Cutter and Die Set—Medium PRICE BREAKS: Each

CUTTERS & DIE SETS—HEAVY FABRIC

E

The wider throat makes this set ideal for heavier fabrics and vinyls. It adapts for material thickness for quick and proper assembly of the button. F G

2133 2135

#22 Cutter and Die Set—Heavy #30 Cutter and Die Set—Heavy

F

PRICE BREAKS: Each G

CUTTERS ONLY The cutters do wear with time and the best way to ensure clean round covers for use in the button machine is to keep the cutter current. Make sure that there is always a soft wooden block or Hole Cutting Pad (#6120, p.126) used to extend cutter life. H I J

2151 2153 2155

#22 Cutter #30 Cutter #36 Cutter PRICE BREAKS: Each

246 /

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: BUT TON CUT TERS & DIE SETS

H

I

J


SHEARS: QUICK CLIP WISS QUICK CLIP CUTTER Heavy duty contour design with positive spring action re-opens blades for fast cutting. PVC plastic handle with stainless steel sharp point blades. Replacement blades are available in a set with 4 blade screws. K L

7021 7022

Wiss Quick Clip Sharp Point Cutter Wiss Quick Clip Replacement Blades

K L

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (6) MUNDIAL QUICK CLIP CUTTER Ideal for snipping threads. This tool is small, easy-to-use in a natural motion in corners of covers and other hard-toreach areas. M

7023

M

Mundial Quick Clip Cutter PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (6)

SHEARS: KAI

N

KAI SHEARS Blades made of high-carbon Molybdenum Vanadium stainless steel for extra-long edge life and high cutting efficiency. Ergonomically styled and padded grip made of “Elastomer” soft plastic for maximum ease of handling. Right hand use only. N O P Q

7035 7034 7036 7037

N O

10” KAI Micro-Serrate Edge Shear 8” KAI Regular Edge Shear 10” KAI Regular Edge Shear 12” KAI Regular Edge Shear PRICE BREAKS: Each P

Q UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: QUICK CLIP & SHEARS

/ 247


UPHOLSTERY TOOLS

SHEARS: MUNDIAL Mundial is a world renowned quality shear, manufactured to the highest standards using only the best materials and processes. Adjust the ride once with a screw driver and you are done. The Stay-Set™ is uniquely engineered to stay true to its name. Once set, it stays set for comfortable cutting power under the most demanding commercial conditions. Hot drop forged and fully nickel plated with black enamel handles. STRAIGHT MUNDIAL SHEARS These high quality shears have a solid feel, a sturdy blade and come in a variety of sizes. The 8” Mundial is a smaller shear for smaller hands and tight quarters. A common size found in general upholstery would be the 10” Mundial. All shears are designed for the right hand except the 9” Cushion Soft. The Cushion Soft shear has enlarged finger bows and a padded soft touch lining, designed for both the right and left hand use. A B C -

7002 7001 7004 7007 7003

8” Mundial Shear 9” Cushion Soft Shear 10” Mundial Shear 12” Mundial Shear 9” Mundial Shear

E

D

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (6) HEAVY DUTY MUNDIAL SHEARS Thicker, heavy duty blades cut through multiple layers and tough materials. Extra weight gives extra control and smoothness when cutting. Right hand use only. D -

7013 7014

A

10” Mundial Heavy Duty Shears 12” Mundial Heavy Duty Shears PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (6)

B

PINKING MUNDIAL SHEARS Precision matched teeth that provide a decorative ravel resistant finish. E

7015

8½” Mundial Pinking Shears PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (6) C

248 /

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: MUNDIAL SHEARS


SHEARS: WISS Wiss Shears are made of the finest quality cutlery steel with drop-forged polished nickle blades with a patented Set-Easy pivot. Superior combination of hardened, ground, edged and adjusted, combines to provide outstanding cutting ability and durability. WISS APPAREL SHEARS Bent apparel sheers with “inlaid” blades and black handles for professional dress maker and industrial use.

F

F

7020

9” Wiss Apparel Shears PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (6)

WISS BENT TRIMMER SHEARS Industrial sheers with “inlaid” blades, black handles. The 10” comes in both a right and left handed design.

G

G H I

7025 7027 7026

10” #20 Wiss Bent Trimmer 10” #20LH Wiss Bent Trimmer 12” #22N Wiss Bent Trimmer PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (6)

WISS HEAVY DUTY BENT TRIMMER SHEARS Heavy duty bent shears with “inlaid” blades and black handles. Thicker, heavy duty blades cut through multiple layers and tough materials. Extra weight gives extra control and smoothness when cutting. Right hand use.

H

J

7030 7031

10” Wiss Heavy Duty Bent Trimmer 12” Wiss Heavy Duty Bent Trimmer PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (6)

WISS X-SHARP KNIFE BENT TRIMMER I

All the quality of Wiss in a shear with a feature Knife Edge ground blade for faster, cleaner easier cutting of synthetic fibers. Fine cutlery grade steel, with Hot drop-forged polished blades and the patented Set-Easy pivot. -

7032 7033

10” Wiss X-Sharp Knife Bent Trimmer 12” Wiss X-Sharp Knife Bent Trimmer PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (6)

J

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: WISS SHEARS

/ 249


UPHOLSTERY TOOLS

TACKERS AND GLUE GUN INDUSTRIAL HOT MELT GLUE GUN This trim and efficient unit is economically priced and will deliver up to 2.2lb/hr of glue in continuous use. Operating temperature is 205°C (400°F). Our 10” Glue Sticks (#1153) will work with any glue gun that accepts ½” round glue sticks. Approximately 20 sticks/lb.

A

A

1151

Pro 90 Glue Gun PRICE BREAKS: Each

-

1153

10” Glue Sticks PRICE BREAKS: Per lb | Package (5) | Case (25)

HOT GLUE GUN TIPS When hot gluing large areas that cause some of the glue to set before bonding, it is sometimes possible to pre-heat the surface with a heat gun before applying the glue, thus getting a longer tack time from your adhesive. Of course, good judgment must be used to ensure the preheating causes no damage to materials.

Because of the high speed of bonding that hot glue sticks have, it is often practical to use a hot melt glue gun to position pieces for more secure bonding with nails, screws or bolts.

FASCO TACKERS B

High quality pneumatic tacker has the advantage of having very few moving parts and those that do are easily replaceable. Piston/driver replacement assembly available. (See 1400 & 71 Series Staples on p.272) B C

7211 7214

Fasco 1400 Series Tacker Piston/Driver Assembly

D C

7210 7215

Fasco 71 Series Tacker Piston/Driver Assembly HEAD WIDTH: ³/₈”  PRICE BREAK: Each

D

C

250 /

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: GLUE GUN & FASCO TACKERS


JEFast AIR TACKERS

E

These air tacker alternatives provide a lighter and more economical choice. Replacement parts are available below. (See 1400 & 71 Series Staples on p.134) E F

7216 7217

F

JEFast 1416 Air Tacker JEFast 7116 Air Tacker PRICE BREAK: Each

FASCO TACKER REPLACEMENT PARTS These replacement parts are for both JEFast 1416 and JEFast 7116. Piston/Driver Assemblies differ. G H

7225 7230

Piston/Driver Assembly­—For #7216 Piston/Driver Assembly­—For #7217

I J

7229 7228

Piston O-Ring Magazine Spring PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (5)

H

G

I

J

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: TACKERS

/ 251


UPHOLSTERY TOOLS

A

B

C

D

E

STAPLE REMOVERS STAPLE REMOVERS

PNEUMATIC RIPPING TOOL

These staple removers each have a distinct look and feel, they provide slightly different functions. The Berry-style staple remover has 2 grooves, one in each prong, enabling you to grab staples or just lift the corner edges of the tacks, #402 ½” Staple Remover can get under the most stubborn staple with its chiseled blade. #121 Comb Type Staple Remover is a versatile tool, the comb edge allows for removal of multiple staples.

A Pneumatic tool that takes the strain out of removing tacks, staples and other fasteners from furniture frames. This air tool can be adjusted by regulating the air pressure to compensate for hard or soft woods. Also effective in lifting shredded fabric that has “glued” itself to the frame over time. Comes with all attachments.

A B C

8041 8046 8047

#124 Berry-Style Staple Remover #402 ½” Staple Remover #121 Comb Type Staple Remover

F G H

8045 8042 8049

Pneumatic Ripping Tool Replacement Staple Remover Attachment Replacement Puller Attachment PRICE BREAK: Each

PRICE BREAK: Each STAPLE LIFTER & CHISEL You can use the #402 Ripping Chisel for the toughest staples and tacks. It can also be used to remove unwanted wood sections or to split wood joints. The #120 ½” Staple Lifter has the correct angle for removing staples if damaging the wood would be a problem. D E

8034 8048

F

#402 Ripping Chisel #120 1/2” Staple Lifter PRICE BREAK: Each

TIPS FOR STAPLE REMOVERS When pulling staples from very soft wood or when prying against show wood, we recommend the use of a small piece of metal (an old ruler section is ideal) under the remover so that you are levering against this and not putting dents in the wood. 252 /

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: STAPLE REMOVERS

G

H


J

THREAD TOOLS TWO SPOOL THREAD STAND This high quality dual spool thread stand is similar to many OEM designs. Mounts securely to the deck of the machine or table. The height is adjustable so that you can set it at a point where vibration from the machine does not cause thread to roll off the spool down to the base of the cone. Two eyes above the spools keep the thread feeding neatly off the cones as designed. I

#522 SEAM STRETCHER I

Use this unit to stretch seams out prior to blind stitching, to ensure that you have all wrinkles and puckers out before stitching. You can preshape the cushion before sewing to take out the guess work. J

8037

40” #522 Seam Stretcher LENGTH MAX: 36”  LENGTH MIN: 12” PRICE BREAK: Each

11800 Two Spool Thread Stand PRICE BREAK: Each Please see p.296–301 for Threads.

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: THREAD STAND & SEAM STRETCHER

/ 253


UPHOLSTERY TOOLS

Please see p.273–275 for Spring section.

NO SAG SPRING TOOLS SPRING STRETCHER

SPRING END FORMER

This simple metal and wood tool allows a secure grip on the spring so it can be stretched into place in an existing clip. Useful for awkward spots where the lever type will not fit.

A lever action tool that can be used as a vice when mounted to the edge of a workbench. Simplifies the crimping of spring ends (both coil and sinuous). A cleanly crimped spring end will not slide out of clips, and can provide a spot for hog rings or clips. Instructions and mounting bolts included.

G

7903

#297 Pull Type Spring Stretcher PRICE BREAK: Each

I

LEVER TYPE SPRING STRETCHER

SPRING BENDER

7904 #268 Lever Type Pull Type Spring Stretcher

Chrome plated sleeves are slotted to fit loops and can be used to alter bends precisely. Designed to allow exact manipulation of the angles of the arcs on the spring. High impact handles.

PRICE BREAK: Each

HOW TO USE SPRING TOOLS G

H

I

#404 Spring End Former PRICE BREAK: Each

The wooden handled lever speeds up the installation and is especially useful with heavy seating springs. H

7905

J

J

7907

#401 1” Spring Bender (Pair) PRICE BREAK: Each

SPRING CLIPS TOOLS

H

#445 PLIERS FOR 3 PRONG CLIPS

I

When crimping onto curved spring surfaces, use these pliers and the 3 prong clips to get the best connection on curves and arcs. The double pivot action ensures tight and complete crimping. K

8013

J G

#445 3 Prong Clip Pliers PRICE BREAK: Each K

#522 PLIERS FOR BW CLIPS The special round contact surface on the jaws of this plier ensure a good solid clamping of BW Edgewire clips; recommended for joining edgewire to sinuous springs or other straight spring sections. L

8026

#522 BW Clip Pliers PRICE BREAK: Each

254 /

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: SPRING TOOLS

L


A B

SAMPLING ACCESSORIES C

SAMPLE BOOK RING Bright chrome finished rings with locking threaded closure for use in sample books and other applications. Available in 6” or 3” diameters. Use handle #6520 to create a portable sample ring book. A B

6510 6500

6” Chrome Sample Book Ring 3” Chrome Sample Book Ring

D

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (50) | Case (250) SAMPLE BOOK HANDLE

HANGER WITH METAL HOOK

Sturdy chrome handle to go with rings listed above. 10” spacing.

Sturdy plastic hangers with metal hooks and clips.

C

6520

D

6514

10” Chrome Sample Book Handle

8” Hanger with Metal Hook—Black PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (50) | Case (175)

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (25) | Case (175)

HAMMERS & MALLETS JEWELED NAIL HAMMER

N

#6 RUBBER MALLET

This nylon tip decorative nail hammer is specifically made to prevent damage to nails during installation. The handles are designed for comfort and durability. Use with the Jewelled Nails on p.270. 8210 Jeweled Nail Hammer

E

Tough composite rubber head. Use it for setting decorative nails, dowels or other frame elements without damage. Will prolong the life of punches when used for driving them. G

5317

SIZE: Head L6½” | Handle 11¹/₈” WEIGHT: 13.6oz.  PRICE BREAK: Each

#6 Rubber Mallet SIZE: Head L3¼” | Face 2” | Handle 12” WEIGHT: 11oz.  PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (6)

QUICK NAILER

#4 HICKORY MALLET

Use the Quick Nailer to evenly space out your decorative nail projects. It’s quick and easy to use.

A mallet formed from tough growth hickory.

F

5999

H

5313

#777 Quick Nailer

#4 Hickory Mallet SIZE: | Head L5” | Face 2¼” | Handle 10½” WEIGHT: 12oz.  PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (6)

PRICE BREAK: Each

E

H G

N

F

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: SAMPLING ACCESSORIES

/ 255


UPHOLSTERY TOOLS

PLIERS: ZIPPER & HOG RING ZIPPER STOP PLIERS Enables you to shorten zippers or make zippers of any length when working with continuous zipper tape. Helps to eliminate slippage and rotation of the zipper stops. Has a special groove that firmly holds the zipper stop in place. High quality forged steel with vinyl handle.

A

11010 #1012 Zipper Stop Pliers

A

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (6) HOG RING PLIERS All pliers have a non-slip handle and will apply hog rings up to 1” in size. B C D E F

8002 8003 8004 8005 8006

XX Straight—Hog Ring Pliers XXL Angle—Hog Ring Pliers L Right Angle—Hog Ring Pliers #23 Straight—Hog Ring Pliers #2360 Angle—Hog Ring Pliers PRICE BREAK: Each

F

B D

C E

256 /

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: ZIPPER & HOG RING PLIERS

Please see p.290–291 for Zippers, and p.274 for Hog Rings.


STEAMERS HAND HELD STEAMER

J-4000 JIFFY STEAMER

This portable, versatile steamer is for removing wrinkles and puckers in fabrics, especially velvets. Not an industrial all day use steamer, but perfect for on site adjustments to upholstery or draperies. Easy to fill and has a visible water level indicator. Starts producing steam in 15 seconds and has a large steam vent for a continuous flow of steam. Features a built in thermostat and an on/off indicator light.

The J-4000 professional duty model has dual thermostats for steam in seconds after preheating. Features built in boiler tank made from strong rust proof #304 stainless steel. Contains a sight gauge allowing you to quickly keep a visual check on the water level within the steamer. A 1500W heating element is designed for long life. This unit features heavy duty color-coded high temperature wiring and a three-position switch with automatic shut off. UL, CSA and CE approved. Shipping weight for this unit is 29lb. The heating element can be replaced.

F

Esteam Hand Held Steamer

7288

PRICE BREAK: Each J-2 JIFFY STEAMER J-2 standard steamer from Jiffy operates with ordinary tap water and is easy and safe to use. Has a 5½’ hose and sectional rod set, removable for storage. Comes with an assembly wrench for easy, convenient setup. Heavy duty wiring. Die cast aluminum housing with 1 gallon (4.5L) check-valve water bottle that prevent spilling. New improved heating element produces steam quickly and is specially designed to control “spitting”. Easily disassembles to remove mineral deposits. Has a shipping weight of 10lb. The heating element can be replaced. G H

7284 7289

J-4000 Jiffy Steamer J-4000 Heating Element Replacement PRICE BREAK: Each

REPLACEMENT HOSE FOR J-2 & J-4000 K

7287

Hose Replacement LENGTH: 5½’  PRICE BREAK: Each

G

J-2 Jiffy Steamer J-2 Heating Element Replacement

7283 7285

I J

I

PRICE BREAK: Each

K

H

J

F

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: STEAMERS

/ 257


UPHOLSTERY TOOLS

UPHOLSTERY KIT B1 UPHOLSTERY REPAIR KIT This upholstery kit is intended for the beginner. It is ideal as a starting point for upholstery classes or as a retail item on the counter top of your shop or store. It includes an instruction book to cover the basics of a beginner’s project. Each kit contains: 1 magnetic hammer, 1 webbing stretcher, 1 claw type tack/staple lifter, 1 straight needle, 1 instruction booklet, 1 box of 12oz. tacks, 1 box of 4oz. tacks, 2 curved needles. A

8061

B1 Upholstery Repair Kit PRICE BREAK: Each

A

WEBBING TOOLS JAW WEBBING STRETCHER

WOODEN WEBBING STRETCHER

Made with a hammer jaw that acts as a lever. Excellent tool for stretching webbing, as well as leather and canvas.

A wooden stretcher with a corrugated rubber grip on one end and a row of six steel teeth on the other.

B

8022

3½” Jaw Webbing Stretcher

C

8023

PRICE BREAK: Each

#8 Wooden Webbing Stretcher PRICE BREAK: Each

GOOSE NECK WEBBING STRETCHER C B

D

Goose Neck Stretcher gets your hands away from the steel teeth and provides great leverage on the webbing. Hard wood with corrugated rubber on the butt of the stretcher. Polished steel pins grip the webbing with minimum ripping. D

8024

#403 Goose Neck Webbing Stretcher PRICE BREAK: Each

258 /

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: UPHOLSTERY KIT & WEBBING TOOLS

Please see p.305 for Webbing.


Please see p.286 for Fasteners.

HOLE PUNCH TOOLS L K M

J

E

H I

REVOLVING PUNCH This product is a heavy duty punch with replaceable anvil and cutters. Strong metal construction. Useful for everything from punching holes for setting fasteners, to holes at the ends of cuts in vinyls to minimize chances of tearing (this process is recommended by Naugahyde® and is a good idea for any material that has a tendency to rip). E

8017

#155 Revolving Punch PRICE BREAKS: Each

N

PACKING PRODUCTS CARTON SEALING TAPE & DISPENSER The tape features a synthetic rubber/resin backing. The film is composed of biaxially-oriented polypropylene to provide moisture and impact resistance. Sturdy and durable dispenser will handle tapes from 1½”–2” wide. Easy to load, makes packaging and carton sealing simple. O

REVOLVING PUNCH REPLACEMENTS Order only the cutters you need, or just the anvil if it wears out first. These cutters just thread into place on the punch. A pair of pliers is all that is needed for installation. The anvil must be tapped out and the stem of the new one tapped in with a hammer. H I J K

8015 8016 8018 8019

#1 Cutting Tube #2 Cutting Tube #3 Cutting Tube #4 Cutting Tube

#5 Cutting Tube #6 Cutting Tube Anvil

L 8020 M 8012 N 8011

PRICE BREAKS: Each

7990 2” Carton Sealing Tape SIZE: 109yd/roll PRICE BREAKS: Bag (6) | Case (6)

P 7985

2” Hand Tape Dispenser

Q

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (5) HAND STRETCH FILM This product features increased puncture resistance, elevated tear resistance, superior optics and maximum load retention for a secure cling. Quiet unwind eliminates the distracting noise generated by many films and reduced neck down for lower packaging costs. Q

7987

12.8” Hand Stretch Film

O

P

PRICE BREAKS: Roll (492yd) | Case (4)

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: PUNCHING & PACKING PRODUCTS

/ 259


UPHOLSTERY TOOLS

SPRAY GUN A J

C B D

H

E F

G

I

118 SPRAY GUN

EZE SPRAY GUN

The 118 spray gun is a blow-over siphon type and produces a cone-shaped spray. Adjustment of volume is made by screwing the fluid nozzle up into the air stream until the right flow is obtained. This product is particularly recommended for glues and other sticky liquids that tend to gum up painting equipment. Also usable for touch-up work and ideal for production painting of small articles. Light-weight and easy to use.

A lightweight, durable alternative to the more expensive sprayers. Tube height is adjustable by loosening the adjustment nut and then sliding tube to achieve desired spray density. To clean, loosen the adjustment nut and slide the vacuum tube out. Dip tube in solvent to blow out with spray gun. Features a plastic glue pot.

A

1158

118 Spray Gun WEIGHT: 2lb (0.9kg)  PRICE BREAK: Each

J

1165

EZE Spray Gun PRICE BREAK: Each

118 SPRAY GUN REPLACEMENT PARTS B C D E F G H F–I

1162 1160 1170 1172 1175 1174 1161 1163

Stainless Steel Tube Aluminum Tube Air Valve Spring Air Nozzle Locknut Nozzle Spring Fluid Nozzle Stainless Steel Repair Kit PRICE BREAK: Each

260 / UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: SPRAY GUNS

Please see p.319–320 for Bulk Adhesives.


JEFast DAir Tackers BY YOUR imagination ONLY LIMITE

LIGHTWEIGHT

DEPENDABLE

EFFICIENT exclusive to J. Ennis Fabrics

These air tacker alternatives provide a lighter and more economical choice. It has all the positive features of air tackers, such as being adjustable by changing the air pressure entering the unit. For more info, see p.250â&#x20AC;&#x201C;251.


UPHOLSTERY HARDWARE

HARDWARE 262 /

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: HARDWARE


UPHOLSTERY LEGS: WOOD TAPERED WOODEN LEGS—WITH RECESSED HOLES

BUN LEGS—WITH MOUNTING BOLT

Constructed from rubber tree wood in various finishes for diverse styling options. Tapered legs with two recessed holes for mounting to frames with wood screws.

This ready-to-stain option provides a more economical choice in a bun leg style. Minor blemishes may be found in this product and are considered to be an inherent characteristic.

A B

4994 4997

H2¼”x W5” Tapered Leg—Natural H2¼”x W5” Tapered Leg—Unfinished

J

5229

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (4) | Package (10) | Case (45) C

4987

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (4) | Package (10) | Case (40)

H2¾”x W3½” Tapered Leg—Unfinished

K

5200

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (4) | Package (10) | Case (75) D

4995

H2¾”x W3½”Tapered Leg—Natural

3-CORNER LEGS—WITH RECESSED HOLES L M N

SQUARE TAPERED LEGS—WITH MOUNTING BOLT 5287 5288 5289

H4”x W2³/₈”–3½" Tapered Leg—Unfinished H4”x W2³/₈”–3½" Tapered Leg—Natural H4”x W2³/₈”–3½" Tapered Leg—Walnut

5270 5271 5272

4996

H2½”x W4¼”–5¼" 3-Corner Leg—Natural H2½”x W4¼”–5¼" 3-Corner Leg—Walnut H2½”x W4¼”–5¼" 3-Corner Leg—Unfinished PRICE BREAKS: Bag (4) | Package (10) | Case (80)

O

5273

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (4) | Package (10) | Case (60) H

H2½”x W5” Bun Leg with lip—Unfinished PRICE BREAKS: Bag (4) | Package (10) | Case (40)

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (4) | Package (10) | Case (38)

E F G

H2½”x W4¾” Bun Leg—Unfinished

H2”x W47/8”–6” 3-Corner Leg—Walnut PRICE BREAKS: Bag (4) | Package (10) | Case (160)

H2¼”x W3” Tapered Leg—Dark Walnut PRICE BREAKS: Bag (4) | Package (10) | Case (50)

I

4988

H2¼”x W3” Tapered Leg—Unfinished PRICE BREAKS: Bag (4) | Package (3) | Case (18)

F

E C

D

L

B

M

K

J A

G

H

N O

I

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: WOODEN LEGS

/ 263


UPHOLSTERY HARDWARE

UPHOLSTERY LEGS: WOOD (CONT.) B

A

C

D

QUEEN ANNE LEGS—WITHOUT BLOCK E

A B C D E

5220 5245 5244 5226 5227

H9”x W3⁵⁄₈” Queen Anne Leg—Unfinished H9”x W3⁵⁄₈” Queen Anne Leg—Walnut H8”x W3⁵⁄₈” Queen Anne Leg—Walnut H8”x W3⁵⁄₈” Queen Anne Leg—Unfinished H6”x W3¾” Queen Anne Leg—Unfinished PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (10) | Case (50)

F

QUEEN ANNE LEGS—WITH BOLT

G

F G H I

I

H

5222 5241 5219 5240

H9”x W2½” Queen Anne Leg—Unfinished H9”x W2½” Queen Anne Leg—Walnut H6”x W2⁷⁄₈” Queen Anne Leg—Unfinished H6”x W2⁷⁄₈” Queen Anne Leg—Walnut PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (10) | Case (50)

QUEEN ANNE LEGS—WITH BLOCK J K L J

K

5224 5248 5247

H9”x W3½” Queen Anne Leg—Unfinished H8”x W3⁵⁄₈” Queen Anne Leg—Walnut H8”x W3⁵⁄₈” Queen Anne Leg—Unfinished PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (10) | Case (50)

L

CURVED LEGS—WITH BOLT N

M

M N

5286 5285

H6”x W2¾” Curved Leg—Unfinished H6”x W2¾” Curved Leg—Walnut PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (10) | Case (48)

CONTOURED LEGS—WITH BOLT O P

5203 5204

H5”x W4⁷/₈” Contoured Leg—Walnut H5”x W4⁷/₈” Contoured Leg—Unfinished PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (10) | Case (48)

O

P

N

CURVED LEGS Q

R

Q R

N

5254 H5”x W3³/₈” Curved Leg—Deep Mocha 5257 H5”x W3³/₈” Curved Leg—Unfinished PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (10) | Case (50)

264 /

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: WOODEN LEGS


UPHOLSTERY LEGS & ACCESSORIES: WOOD Z V Y U

X T

W S

ROUND LEGS For residential furniture and box springs for beds. Walnut finish with hanger bolt mounting. Hanger bolt length is about 1½” with ⁵⁄₁₆” thread. The diameter of all legs is 1½”. Packaged 4/bag. S T

U V W

5217 5216

5215 5213 5211

6” Tapered Round Leg—Cherry Finish 5½” Tapered Round Leg—Cherry Finish

5209

Wood to metal hanger bolts. The wood screw end mounts into the leg and the threaded machine screw end fits into any ⁵/₁₆” T-Nut. A1 5235 H3½”x W⁵/₁₆” Hanger Bolt PRICE BREAKS: Bag (25) | Package (4) | Case (20)

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (4) | Package (12) | Case (25)

BARBED T-NUT

5” Tapered Round Leg—Cherry Finish 4” Tapered Round Leg—Cherry Finish 3” Round Leg—Cherry Finish

Can be used with bolt style legs or threaded bolt castors. To attach, drill a hole for the bolt to recess into. Hammer the T-nut into the hole. The barbs lock the nut into the wood and the leg can easily be removed and reinstalled later. Made from 1050 steel. B1 5233 ⁵/₁₆” Barbed T-Nut

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (4) | Package (12) | Case (50) X

HANGER BOLT

2½” Round Leg—Walnut Finish PRICE BREAKS: Bag (4) | Package (12) | Case (75)

Y Z

5208 5207

2” Round Leg—Walnut Finish 1½” Round Leg—Mocha Finish

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (100) | Package (10) | Case (30) C1

5231

¼” Barbed T-Nut PRICE BREAKS: Bag (100) | Package (10) | Case (40)

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (4) | Package (12) | Case (100)

B1

C1

A1

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: WOODEN LEGS & ACCESSORIES

/ 265


UPHOLSTERY HARDWARE

UPHOLSTERY LEGS: METAL METAL LEGS—WITHOUT REMOVABLE PLATE

N

Each metal leg is cast aluminum featuring a contemporary style sure to fit into any home. Each leg is fitted with a glide to prevent marring floors. A B

5081 5095

H5”x W4” Metal Leg H5¼”x W1–2” Metal Leg

B A

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (10) | Case (30)

E

5076 H4”x W3” Metal Leg

C

D

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (10) | Case (30) METAL LEGS—WITH REMOVABLE PLATE These metal legs come with a removable plate for easier installation. Each leg is padded under the foot to prevent marring floors. D E

5097 5088

H4”x W2–27/8”Metal Leg H4¾”x W3”Metal Leg PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (10) | Case (30)

STAINLESS STEEL—L SHAPED

N

STAINLESS STEEL—STRAIGHT H I

5074 H1½”x W1½”x L5⁷⁄₈”–7⁷⁄₈” Rounded 5077 H2”x W1”x L5⁷⁄₈”–7⁷⁄₈” Squared

F G

N

5078 H1½”x W7” Square 5079 H1½”x W8⁷⁄₈”Rounded PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (10)

PRICE BREAKS: Pair | Package (10)

N C I G

F

H

266 / UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: METAL LEGS


UPHOLSTERY LEGS: PLASTIC & GLIDES PLASTIC LEGS Plastic legs are constructed from high impact plastic with screw or push-in options. J K

5256 5265

H2”x W2¼” Plastic (Push-In) Leg—Black H3/8”x W2¼” Plastic (Push-In) Leg—Black

N

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (4) | Package (12) | Case (25)

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (4) | Package (12) | Case (50) L

5253

H1½”x W2¼” Plastic (Push-In) Leg—Brown

5251

O

H2¼”x W27/8” Square Plastic Leg—Brown

5260

H1½”x W2” Plastic (Steel-In) Leg—Black

Sturdy tapered wood effect leg with recessed hole for mounting to frames with wood screws.

Plastic leg with steel shank insert for greater strength against lateral stress.

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (4) | Package (12) | Case (50)

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (4) | Package (12) | Case (50) M

5258

P Q

H2”x W3½” Plastic (Screw-In) Leg—Black

H1½”x W2” Plastic (Push-In) Leg—Black H2”x W2” Plastic (Push-In) Leg—Black

5250 5255

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (4) | Package (6) | Case (25)

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (4) | Package (12) | Case (50)

O

M

Q J

L

P

K N

GLIDES R

5051

R

S

7/8” Rubber Insulated Glide—Nickel Plated

T

U

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (50) | Case (20) S

5063

5/8” Plastitack Glide—PVC PRICE BREAKS: Bag (50) | Case (20)

T

5073

¾” Single Prong Glide—Nickel Plated PRICE BREAKS: Bag (200) | Case (5)

U

5050

H7/16”x W1¼” Round Glide—Black Plastic PRICE BREAKS: Bag (100) | Package (10) | Case (20)

LEG HOLE FINDER This plastic washer is for locating leg mounting holes on box springs. 15/8” diameter with ½” hole. V

5290

Leg Hole Finder—White PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

V

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: PLASTIC LEGS & GLIDES

/ 267


UPHOLSTERY HARDWARE

B

A

H

C

I

N

E

D

K

J

O

P

Q

X

268 /

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: DECORATIVE NAILS

G

M

L

U T

F

R

S

W V

Y

Please see p.255 for Hammers & Mallets.


DECORATIVE NAILS Decorative nails are used to complement, show woods and gimps on furniture as well as to anchor nail strips and trims. A large assortment of colors and designs are available. Decorative nails should be set lightly in place with a tack hammer, then gently set with a mallet to avoid damaging the decorative face. STANDARD— ⁷⁄₁₆” NAIL HEAD A

6049 6050

#9 Nail—French Natural ½” Post #9 Nail—French Natural ¾” Post

B

6047 6048

#9 Nail—Antique Brass ½” Post #9 Nail—Antique Brass ¾” Post

C

6041

#9 Nail—Bright Brass ½” Post

D

6045 6046

#9 Nail—Nickel-Plated ½” Post #9 Nail—Nickel-Plated ¾” Post PRICE BREAKS: Box (1,000) | Case (5)

E

6021 6022

#210 Nail—Nickel-Plated ½” Post #210 Nail—Nickel-Plated ¾” Post

F

6026

#210 Nail—White ¾” Post

G

6024

#210 Nail—Black ¾” Post PRICE BREAKS: Box (1,000) | Case (5)

OX NAILS—1” NAIL HEAD N O P

5926 5925 5917

Round Ox Nail—Pewter ½” Post Round Ox Nail—Black ½” Post Round Ox Nail—Brass 5/8” Post PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (100)

OX NAILS—⁵⁄₈” NAIL HEAD Q R S

5923 5924 5922

Round Ox Nail—Pewter 7/8” Post Round Ox Nail—Brass 7/8” Post Round Ox Nail—Black 7/8” Post PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (100)

OX NAILS—¾” NAIL HEAD T U V W

5921 5920 5919 5918

Square Ox Nail—Pewter 7/8” Post Square Ox Nail—Black 7/8” Post Square Ox Nail—Copper 7/8” Post Square Ox Nail—Brass 7/8” Post

H

6031 6032

#1515A Nail—Antique ½” Post #1515A Nail—Antique ¾” Post

I

6034

#1515A Nail—Nickel-Plated ½” Post

NAIL STRIPS

PRICE BREAKS: Box (1,000) | Case (5)

The Continuous Nail Strip will simulate a row of evenly-spaced #9 nails without all the measuring, time and nails. Speeds up upholstering operations and cuts costs 50–80%. Provides accurate spacing for a uniform and professional appearance.

J

6037

#1533 Nail—Antique ½” Post PRICE BREAKS: Box (1,000) | Case (5)

PANEL NAIL— ¾” NAIL HEAD K

6009 6008

Threaded Nail—Steel 7/8” Post Unthreaded Nail—Steel 7/8” Post PRICE BREAKS: Box (100) | Package (10) | Case (50)

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (100)

Hole every forth cap for a real nail to anchor the strip and allow you to secure it around curves or other shapes. Plain ⁷⁄₁₆” head to be used with our #9 Nails (#6041, #6045, and #6046). X Y

6013 6012

Nickel Nail Strip—With ¾” Post Nails French Natural Nail Strip—With ¾” Post Nails PRICE BREAKS: Roll (50 yd) | Case (5)

4 TRI SQUARE—⁵⁄₈” NAIL HEAD L M

6016 6014

Old Copper—¾” Post Natural—¾” Post PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (100) UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: DECORATIVE NAILS

/ 269


UPHOLSTERY HARDWARE

B

A

F

C

D

H

G

E

I J

L

N

N

K M

FRENCH NATURAL—⁵⁄₈” POST A B

6006 6020

P O

6010 6002

French Natural— 1” Head Size French Natural— ⁷⁄₈” Head Size

French Natural— ¾” Head Size French Natural— ⁵⁄₈” Head Size PRICE BREAKS: Box (500) | Case (5)

E

6000

French Natural— ⁷⁄₁₆” Head Size PRICE BREAKS: Box (1000) | Case (5)

-

6005

R

DARK NATURAL—⁵⁄₈” POST F G

5913 5910

PRICE BREAKS: Box (250) | Case (5) C D

Q

Dark Natural—1” Head Size Dark Natural—⁷⁄₈” Head Size PRICE BREAKS: Box (250) | Case (5)

H

5916

Dark Natural—¾” Head Size PRICE BREAKS: Box (5000) | Case (5)

I

5908

Dark Natural—⁵⁄₈” Head Size PRICE BREAKS: Box (500) | Case (5)

J

5906

French Natural— ⁷⁄₈” Head Size

Dark Natural—⁷⁄₁₆” Head Size PRICE BREAKS: Box (1000) | Case (5)

PRICE BREAKS: Box (4000) | Case (5) JEWELLED NAILS—⁵⁄₈” POST K L

N

5932 Small Square—Nickel 3⁄₈” Head Size 5933 Large Square—Nickel 9/16” Head Size PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (200)

M N

5930 Small Rounded Black—Brass 3⁄₈” Head Size 5931 Large Rounded Black—Brass ½” Head Size

O P Q R

5934 5935 5936 5937

Small Rounded—Brass 3⁄₈” Head Size Large Rounded—Brass ½” Head Size Small Rounded—Nickel 3⁄₈” Head Size Large Rounded—Nickel ½” Head Size PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (200)

270 /

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: DECORATIVE NAILS

Please see p.255 for Hammers & Mallets.


TACKS & TACKING STRIPS METAL TACKTITE TACK STRIP

CURVE EASE STRIP

For extra hold, serrated teeth have been punched through this 10oz. metal strip. They give the ultimate grip in the wood frame once set. 24” and 27” lengths minimize the need to cut the product.

The ideal solution for attaching a cover to difficult curved areas. Eliminates time consuming hand sewing, blind stitching, decorative nails and gimp tacks. Sturdy pliable metal provides ample strength for shaping into any curve for any style. Sharp metal prongs in a series of two or three to grip fabrics or plastics. 3 Prongs are closely spaced to eliminate unwanted scalloping of the fabric.

S S S

8329 8331 8332

24” Metal Tacktite Tack Strip 27” Metal Tacktite Tack Strip 30” Metal Tacktite Tack Strip

V -

PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (5)

8339 8341

CARDBOARD TACKING STRIP

PRICE BREAKS: Roll (100’) | Case (5)

Use as an edge stiffener and tack strip when blind tacking covers to a frame. Can be easily torn by hand and will accept a degree of curve without buckling. In a 5lb bundle, there are ~350 pieces. T

8349

½” Cardboard Tack Strip (L38”) PRICE BREAKS: Bundle (5lb) | Case (10)

BLUED UPHOLSTERY TACKS These tacks have been treated so they will not rust. W X Y

8202 8203 8204

½” fiber tacking strip in a continuous coil of 535’ for the production line. Tough enough for most uses but can be torn to length by hand for the fastest application of cover fabrics. 8351

3oz. 4oz. 6oz.

Z A1 B1

8206 8207 8208

10oz. 12oz. 14oz.

PRICE BREAKS: Box (1lb) | Case (10)

FIBER TACKING STRIP COIL

U

Curve Ease Tacking Strip Heavy Duty Curve Ease Strip

½” Continuous Tack Strip (535’ Coil)

U

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (5)

V

A1

B1 Y S X T Z W

Please see p.140 for Tack (Magnet) Hammer #5101.

Not actual size. UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: TACKS & TACKING STRIPS

/ 271


UPHOLSTERY HARDWARE

STAPLES 1400 SERIES STAPLES

DUO-FAST STAPLES

1400 Series Staples fit standard tackers, Fasco 1400 series, Haubold Staplers and JEFast 1416. Made from galvanized steel to help prevent rusting.

These staples fit the standard EIC 3118 Duo-Fast electric tacker. Made from galvanized steel to help prevent rusting.

A

7254 7255 7256 7257 7258

1400/6—¼” 1400/8—⁵/₁₆” 1400/10—³/₈” 1400/12—½” 1400/14—⁹/₁₆”

E -

DUO-FAST STAPLES Fit the HE 5018 series standard electric tacker. Made from galvanized steel to help prevent rusting. 7244 5012 ³/₈” Staples

71 SERIES STAPLES 71 Series Staples fit standard tackers, Fasco 71 series Senco Staplers and JEFast 7116. Made from galvanized steel to help prevent rusting. 7278 7279 7280 7282

3112 3/8” Staples 3116 ½” Staples STAPLE WIDTH: ³⁄₈” PRICE BREAKS: Box (10,000) | Case (10)

STAPLE WIDTH: ³⁄₈” PRICE BREAKS: Box (10,000) | Case (20)

B -

7237 7239

STAPLE WIDTH: ½” PRICE BREAKS: Box (10,000) | Case (20)

71/6—¼” 71/8—⁵/₁₆” 71/10—³/₈” 71/12 —½” STAPLE WIDTH: ³⁄₈” PRICE BREAKS: Box (10,000) | Case (20)

1400 STAINLESS STEEL STAPLES Stainless steel staples for the air tackers are carried in one size only. Other sizes are available through special order based on quantity. More expensive than standard staples, but stronger and more rust resistant. Compatible with Fasco 1400 Series, Haubold Stapler and JEFast 1416. C 7260 1400/10—³/₈” Stainless Steel Staples STAPLE WIDTH: ³⁄₈” PRICE BREAKS: Box (10,000) | Case (20)

A B C

71 STAINLESS STEEL STAPLES 71 Series Staples fits standard tackers, Fasco 71 series, Senco Stapler and JEFast 7116. D 7261 1400/10—³/₈” Stainless Steel Staples

D E

STAPLE WIDTH: ³⁄₈” PRICE BREAKS: Box (10,000) | Case (20)

272 /

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: STAPLES

Please see p.250–251 for Tacker Tools.


SPRINGS: COIL The hardness of a coil spring is determined by the wire gauge, temper and the shape of the spring. The thicker the gauge of wire, the harder the spring. Occasionally you will see three initials after the designation KOE (knotted one end), KBE (knotted both ends) or OBE (open both ends). We carry the KOE style, which is suitable for both seats and backs in the correct gauge. By varying the coil diameter over the length of the spring, it is possible to get differing spring rates depending on the load placed on the spring. For example, a spring can give way initially, and then progressively stiffen as the load increases and this will give a comfortable but firm seat. COIL SPRINGS The 8gge is suited for use in softer seats, while the 9gge is better suited for firmer seats. F

7529

F

8gge x 8” Coil Spring PRICE BREAK: Bundle (30lb)

F

7559

9gge x 5” Coil Spring PRICE BREAK: Bundle (30lb)

F

7569

9gge x 6” Coil Spring PRICE BREAK: Bundle (25lb)

SPRINGS: WIRE EDGEWIRE

HOG RINGS

Edgewire is used for constructing, modifying or finishing metal and spring frames. Used in furniture and automotive seating, it is also frequently used for hog ring bars (which may be welded in place), or attached with clips to springs or other frame edges.

Low carbon steel rings used in seat construction in the automotive industry. Sold in 5lb bags (~2000 rings).

G

4209

I

¾” Hog Rings

5143

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (5lb) | Package (5) | Case (25)

9gge x 12’ Edgewire PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (25) | Case (50) G

PLASTIC COATED WIRE Plastic sheath on the wire provides lower friction and noise reduction. In addition, the plastic compresses when crimped, so clips and hog rings will not “slide” or come loose under flexing. Normally used in furniture frame construction or automotive applications. H

4210

H

16gge Plastic Coat Wire PRICE BREAK: Each (4000’ Reel)

Please see p.256 for Hog Ring Pliers.

I

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: COIL & WIRE SPRINGS

/ 273


Please see p.254 for No Sag Spring Tools and Spring Clip Tools.

UPHOLSTERY HARDWARE

SPRINGS: NO SAG SINUOUS SPRINGS No Sag springs, also known as sagless or zig-zag, are the most common low profile springs in general upholstery. A solid and sturdy frame is required to bear the stresses, from the front to back rail and top to bottom rail pull of these springs (occasionally reinforcing is required). Maximum resiliency is obtained when a convex spring arc height is between 2” and 2¼”. This is the “rise” of the spring over the frame rail mounting point. If you wish to add an existing spring, use a hinge link at the back of the frame. NO SAG REEL

NO SAG SEAT SPRING*

High tensile strength tempered wire spring. No Sag has a slightly more open spring density than the regular XL Loop Springs. 8gge and 9gge is used in seating, and 11gge is used for seat backs.

High tensile strength wire springs in 8 gge seating stiffness, cut into 24”, 25½” and 26” lengths and ready to use.

-

7419 7429 7439

8gge No Sag Reel—111‘ 9gge No Sag Reel—120’ 11gge No Sag Reel—140‘

-

7469 7461 7479

8gge x 24” No Sag Seat Spring 8gge x 25½” No Sag Seat Spring 8gge x 26” No Sag Seat Spring PRICE BREAKS: Box (10) | Case (200) *

PRICE BREAKS: Roll (120’) | Case (5)

Order minimum of 10 for all No Sag Seat Spring

NO SAG SOFT EDGE SPRING* Developed to serve the dual purpose of spring and spring edge in one piece. They are installed quickly and give uniform contour and feel across the installation. Available in 8 gge only for use in seating applications. A

7409

8gge x 26” No Sag Soft Edge Spring PRICE BREAKS: Box (10) | Case (200) * Order minimum of 10 for all No Sag Seat Spring

A

SPRING TENSION & MOUNTING NOTES

Closed Helical Connecting Links Open Helical

274 /

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: NO SAG SPRINGS

For springs up to 24” in length, shorten the spring cut length by ½” compared to the distance between the inside edges of the clips. For springs 26” or greater in length, increase this dimension to ¾” to 1”, depending on the type of “sit” that is desired. Never use a spring that is longer than the length between the clips, otherwise “pocketing” will occur. It is not recommended that you exceed spring lengths of 28” without the use of connecting links or bracing wires to spread the load to a greater area.

*Sinuous springs are available in continuous rolls or pre-cut into common frame size lengths.


SPRINGS: CLIPS TORSION SPRINGS

BW EDGEWIRE CLIPS

Used to strengthen frames by maintaining torsion on box corners. Torsion springs that resist compression. Arms are approximately 3³/₈”, centered on a ⁷/₈” spring loop, with a 1¹/₁₆” arm for mounting into clips on the frame. B 7413 Torsion Springs

Used to attach no sag springs, edge springs and torsion springs to border and edge wires. Works best on two straight surfaces. For easy installation 522 Plier #8026 (p.254) are designed for closing BW clips. E

3022

PRICE BREAKS: Package (25) | Case (20)

BW Edgewire Clip PRICE BREAKS: Bag (5lb) | Case (5)

EK NO SAG CLIPS

RUBBER WEBBING CLIPS

These four hole clips allow a variety of nail combinations depending on the stress placed by either spring gauge or position.

Another alternative for securing rubber or elastic webbings to frames. 2” width clips can be nailed to the frame edge to secure the webbing. Teeth punched out on the bottom of the clip will grip the webbing solidly without tearing.

C

3023

EK No Sag Clips

F

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (5lb) | Case (5)

3028

Rubber Webbing Clips PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (10)

3 PRONG CLIPS The 3 prong clip secures the edge wire to no sag or coil springs. Best crimped with 445 Plier #8013 (p.254). D

3021

3 Prong Clips

B

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (5lb) | Case (5) C

D

E F

TIPS ON MOUNTING CLIP PLACEMENT Spring clips should always be mounted as shown, flush with the inside edge of the frame rails. If they are mounted forward or back of this position, then the downward movement of the spring will serve to lever the clip away from the wood. INCORRECT: Do not mount the clip over the edge. This will place a greater strain on the clip as spring flexes.

INCORRECT: Do not put the clip too far back from the edge of the frame. This will allow the spring leverage on the clip. CORRECT: The clip is flush with the edge of the frame. This does not put excess strain on the clip and allows the spring to pivot properly.

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: SPRING CLIPS

/ 275


UPHOLSTERY HARDWARE

SPRINGS: HIDE-A-BED There are two qualities of Hide-A-Beds available—Residential and Contract. Residential is used in homes and Contract is a heavier unit for the hospitality industry where the unit would experience more frequent usage. It has extra bracing and a slightly stronger hinge unit. The Hide-A-Bed warranty period is 1 year. CONTRACT UNITS

RESIDENTIAL UNITS

The Contract unit has extra bracing and slightly stronger hinge unit, as well as a heavier tweed decking that has proven to be tear resistant. Premium high quality. Note: Subtract 8” from width for the mattress.

Residential units are an economical replacement for worn or damaged units. Standard duty and all-round tubular frame construction. The legs are of a special “soft-lock” design that allows for easy opening and closing.

A A

7389 7390

Double Hide-A-Bed Unit—72”x 60” Queen Hide-A-Bed Unit—72”x 68”

-

7392 7393

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (8)

Double Hide-A-Bed Unit—72”x 60” Queen Hide-A-Bed Unit—72”x 68” PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

CONTRACT COIL MATTRESS

RESIDENTIAL COIL MATTRESS

Heavy duty mattresses of a 5” depth to fit directly into the units. Finished with F.R* quilted mattress ticking and reinforced seams with binding. For industry use.

Finished 5” depth coil mattresses fit directly into the above or other similarly sized hide-a-bed frames. These units are finished with a quilted mattress ticking and reinforced seams with binding. For domestic use.

B B

7397 7399

Double Coil Mattress—72”x 54” Queen Coil Mattress—72”x 60”

D D

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (5)

C C

7385 7386

B

Double Replacement Deck Queen Replacement Deck PRICE BREAK: Each

C

D

Ship at your own risk. * This term and any corresponding data refer to typical performance in the test indicated and should not be construed to imply the behavior of this or any other material under actual fire conditions. 276 /

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: HIDE-A-BED

Double Coil Mattress—72”x 53” Queen Coil Mattress—72”x 59½” PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (5)

REPLACEMENT DECK Replacement non-tearing decks for hide-a-bed units.

7396 7398


CONTRACT UNIT 23” MINIMUM 17½”

15/8”

9½”

5”

13” MINIMUM

12” MINIMUM

6¼”

+ ¼ or -0”

32” MINIMUM

RESIDENTIAL UNIT 22” MINIMUM tight back 25” MINIMUM loose back

6” with mat

17¼”

15/8”

9½”

5”

16” MINIMUM

12” MINIMUM

11” MINIMUM

6¼”

+¼ or -0”

315/8” MINIMUM

A

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: HIDE-A-BED

/ 277


UPHOLSTERY HARDWARE

SPRINGS: SEATING MECHANISMS & UNITS 3 WAY RECLINER The industry standard for smooth operating and durable 3 way low leg mechanisms. Activated by pushing on the chair arms (non-levered operation). The 3 way mechanism features a break away back that opens to a full layout position. Solidly manufactured, using shoulder rivets at all key pivot points for durability. A

7349

A

3 Way Recliner Mechanism PRICE BREAKS: Pair | Case (6)

2 WAY RECLINER Simpler 2 way mechanism is for use on chairs with a non-movable back. Same sturdy construction as the 3 Way Recliners. B

7369

B

2 Way Recliner Mechanism PRICE BREAKS: Pair | Case (6)

JACK KNIFE HINGE This hinge unit along with a simple frame will allow the quick construction of a Davenport seating unit. C

4037

Jack Knife Hinge for Davenport

C

PRICE BREAKS: Pair | Case (10) COMPLETE DROP IN SPRING UNITS Ready to use drop in coil seat units come in three sizes to fit most existing frames. Time tested coil spring design for greatest support and durability. Unitized flex-coil construction distributes the support evenly for uniform seating, 14gge plasteel cross supports supply insulated attachment plus greater lateral stability. The top grid provides a built in insulator for better support of the seat deck. Oil tempered spring wire is used throughout for durability and gives a level, resilient deck. D D D

7571 7573 7575

22”x 22½” Chair Unit 22”x 45½” Love Seat Unit 22”x 68” Sofa Unit PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

278 /

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: SPRING SEATING

D


relax

WE MAKE UPHOLSTERY EASY, GIVING YOU MORE TIME TOâ&#x20AC;¦

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: HARDWARE

/ 279


UPHOLSTERY HARDWARE Top view

SWIVEL ROCKER BASES

.6cm) 

7309 7319 7329

These units have been the industry standard for years; in most cases, these can be direct replacements for older rockers. The design incorporates multiple mounting holes for screws or bolts. The five leg design allows for maximum stability in all directions. The width at the leg base varies from 22” to 24” depending on the height of the base. Height of the chair will be measured by the leg height plus the 3” base. A B C

 3” (7.6cm)  

Bottom view

2” Swivel Base Rocker (5” from ground) 3” Swivel Base Rocker (6” from ground) 5” Swivel Base Rocker (8” from ground)

D

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (6) SWIVEL ROCKER BOX The same unit as found on the five leg rocker base but without the legs. Mounts using a standard 7” swivel plate (#7345) as a base. Multiple elongated mounting holes will accommodate a wide range of seat types. Swivels 360° and rocks. D

7339

Swivel Rocker Box (No Legs) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (6)

E

SWIVEL PLATE Pre-lubricated and ready to install, no assembly required. Heavy mounting plates are made of 12 gauge steel and hole punched for inside or outside mounting. This swivel pad features a long life, ball bearing mechanism. Mounting hole centers from 6½” to 8” using elongated holes. Swivels 360°. E

7345

7” Swivel Rocker Plate PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (6) C B

A

280 /

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: SWIVEL BASES

” (14  53/4

  81/2” (21.6cm)  

BASES: ROCKERS & PLATES


IMPORTANT SAFETY NOTICE: SWIVEL ROCKER BASE MOUNTING INSTRUCTIONS Due to the variety of size and weight of chairs and the distribution of weight in chair frames, each chair style on which a swivel rocker mechanism is used must be individually balanced by the installer. There are two springs at the front of the base and one at the rear. A. Move unit toward back. This makes the unit more resistant to rocking back. B. M  ove unit toward front to rock back easier. WARNING: Too far in this direction will cause the chair to tip backwards. Position one of the five legs so that it is in line with the front of the base. Position the base on the bottom of the chair so that the leg in front is centeraligned with the bottom of the chair so that the leg in front is center-aligned with the bottom of the chair.

FRONT

HOW TO BEGIN BALANCING EACH CHAIR STYLE (Based on 5’10–6’ tall, 180–200lb (82–91 kg) occupant) In a balanced chair, the chair will tip forward when the occupant seated lifts their legs straight out. It may or may not reach front “stop” position but should tip over forward. In a balanced chair, the chair will sit approximately level when the occupant sits still with their hands clasped behind their head and their heels lifted off the floor and held against the lower front of the chair frame. The chair should not rock back in this situation. NOTE: If both the forward and rearward balance conditions demonstrated above cannot be achieved by relocating the rocker unit per A and B above, the chair being balanced may be too heavy, too large or too deep for this type of mechanism to be safely used.

RETURN-О-MATIC The 7” memory swivel unit returns to its original position making it ideal for barstools and other seating applications. Sturdy 12 gauge steel construction with ball bearing swivel surface. Plate size is 6¾” square. Mounting hole consists of ⁷/₈” x ¼” slots on 5½” centers. Low profile unit adds less than 1” height. F

7350

F

Return-O-Matic Swivel Plate PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: SWIVEL PLATE

/ 281


BUTTON SIZING INFO

UPHOLSTERY HARDWARE

The numbers used to size the upholstery buttons (e.g. 22, 30, 36, 45) are based on a scale of 40 units to the inch, for example a #30 button represents 30 out of 40, or ¾” in diameter before covering. Using this scale, the common sizes roughly translate into: #22 = ⁹/₁₆”

#36 = ⁷/₈”

#30 = ¾”

BUTTONS All the button machines listed function by crimping the shell around the button back, over a wide range of material thickness and weights. This can lead to the need for some correction of pressure or possibly a set of dies made for a different thickness of material. If you are not able to resolve your problems with the information provided here, please feel free to consult our Customer Service Center for further information.

#45 = 1¹/₈”

1

4

NOT E: There are many types of buttons and machines that are available on a special order basis. If you do not see the item you need here, please contact our Customer Service Center or your sales representative for more information.

2

3

5

6

7

COMMON PROBLEMS

SOLUTIONS

1

Material does not wrap cleanly around shell to form button.

Check alignment of button dies, adjust stop pins on swivel base. Center the dies to ensure the buttons are completely crimped.

2

Shell is dented or vinyl covering is creased

Die may be for lighter material or stroke pressure may be too high.

3

Shell not crimped, back of button is not inside shell

Stroke pressure may be too light. Ensure dies are aligned and try increasing pressure

4

Vinyl material tears or cuts, fabrics cut.

Sign shell being too hard use softer shells. Can also try warming vinyl before crimping, lubricate with silicone, or apply light oil to bottom die (if using vinyl). Also check dies for burrs or nicks.

5

Shell not crimped and back pushed up completely inside.

Material is too light for the die. Try using a double layer of material or with a lining.

6

Back of button collapses or buckles. Back not far enough into shell, shell is crushed.

Material is too heavy for the die.

7

The shell is loose and coming off of the button back.

Material is too light for the die. Try using thicker fabric or adding a lining.

BUTTON SHELLS

RUST RESISTANT SHELLS

Soft shells for use with various styles of backs. The soft shell is the industry standard for the widest range of applications. Harder shells have a tendency to cut some types of vinyls and fabrics. Order the shells and backs you need for the complete set.

Zinc plated soft button shells for use in marine and outdoor furniture, will not rust or cause streaking. All metal backs are zinc plated, standard shells are unplated but do have a treatment to resist corrosion. For extra protection, zinc plating is recommended.

A B C D

2002 2012 2028 2038

#22 Button Shell #30 Button Shell #36 Button Shell #45 Button Shell

E F

2076 2078

#22 Rust Resistant Button Shell #30 Rust Resistant Button Shell PRICE BREAKS: Bag (144) | Package (5) | Case (25)

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (144) | Package (5) | Case (25)

B

C

A

282 /

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: BUT TON SHELLS

D

F E


2 PRONG BACKS G

H

I

Two prongs with chiseled ends for pushing through fill provides the attaching mechanism for this button back. Fast and economical, requiring no special skills for installation. Excess prong length can be removed with pliers or side cutters if need be. Ideal for use with solid backed jobs. Can be used on backed materials using the prong button washer, see part #2021. This unit is sold by the gross without the shell. 2094 #22 1½” 2011 #22 2” 2100 #22 2½”

G H I

J K L

2096 #30 1½” 2013 #30 2” 2102 #30 2½”

M 2098 N 2015 O 2104

#36 1½” #36 2” #36 2½”

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (144) | Package (5) | Case (25) J

PRONG BUTTON WASHER

K

Use this washer to give a solid location of a prong style button and minimize the chance of pull-through. Can be used to give extra support to tufting clasps. Strongly recommended with any of the prong button molds. P

2021

Prong Button Washer PRICE BREAKS: Bag (144) | Package (5) | Case (25)

L

TUFTING WASHER An easy to use washer, can be threaded onto pre-tied strings or tufted through the center normally. Will not corrode or rust and is silent when in contact with metal or wood components. 1¹/₈” in diameter. Q

2108

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (144) | Package (5) | Case (25)

M

N

Plastic Tufting Washer

P

Q

O

Please see p.246 and p.259 for Button Cutters & Dies.

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: 2 PRONG BACKS & WASHERS

/ 283


UPHOLSTERY HARDWARE

BUTTONS (CONT.) WIRE EYE BACKS A sturdy closed loop wire eye for attaching the button used in tufting and other button applications. Will withstand an 80lb (36.3 kg) pull. Can be tied, used with clasps from a tufting needle or otherwise attached. Has the most common and versatile back. These are sold without the shells. Order the shells listed on p.282. A B

2001 2003

#22 Wire Eye Back #30 Wire Eye Back

C D

C A

D

B

2005 #36 Wire Eye Back 2006 #45 Wire Eye Back

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (144) | Package (5) | Case (25) G

LOOP EYE BACKS The #44 small wire eye back has a smaller eye to be used against delicate materials to minimize piercing and runs. Zinc plated for rust resistance. E F G

E

F

2080 #22—44 Small Loop Eye Back 2082 #30—44 Small Loop Eye Back 2084 #36—44 Small Loop Eye Back PRICE BREAKS: Bag (144) | Package (5) | Case (25)

THREADED NAIL BACKS

J H

Threaded nail back buttons for use in applications using the spring washer listed below. Using this combination will ensure positive placement of the button, even in wood. It prevents pulling out as the wood ages and movement of the button occurs, loosening the nail back. Available in 3 different sizes listed. Matching shells are sold separately, see p.282. H 2041 #22 ⁷/₈” Threaded Nail I I 2051 #22 1½” Threaded Nail J 2043 #30 ⁷/₈” Threaded Nail K 2045 #36 ¾” Threaded Nail

K

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (144) | Package (5) | Case (25) SPRING WASHERS This washer allows for a better location of nail back buttons and minimizes the chance of pull-through. The nail cannot pull back through once gripped by the teeth of the washer. ¹⁵/₁₆” diameter. L 2067 ¹⁵/₁₆” Spring Washers PRICE BREAKS: Bag (144) | Package (5) | Case (25)

284 /

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: BUT TONS

L


Please see p.246 and p.259 for Button Cutters & Dies.

DURA SNAP RINGS

NYLON HOOK BACK

High impact nylon rings that work with upholstery soft shells to create a covered button that fits over any standard Dura Snap fastener. This product is available in two sizes and is a versatile option in finishing and trimming applications in automotive and marine.

Nylon hook backs can streamline and speed up tufting operations with the patented dual locking hook.

M N

2036 2030

P Q R S

#30 Dura Snap Rings #36 Dura Snap Rings

2086 2088 2090 2092

#22 Nylon Hook Back #30 Nylon Hook Back #36 Nylon Hook Back #45 Nylon Hook Back PRICE BREAKS: Bag (144) | Package (5) | Case (25)

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (144) | Package (5) | Case (25) PIVOT BACK AND TACKS

M

N

O

Special two part back can be installed from the back of a surface and gives a pivoting action. Ideal when a button is required on only one side of a cushion. Can be used in tailoring skirts. Easily snapped together with hand pressure but will not pull apart. 0

2037

#30 Pivot Back with ½” Tack

P

Q

R

S

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (144) | Package (5) | Case (25)

Please see p.294 for Tufting Needles.

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: BUT TONS

/ 285


UPHOLSTERY HARDWARE

DURA SNAP: NICKEL-PLATED BRASS

R

A heavy-duty button-style fastener. Socket construction assures a firm grip which is maintained throughout use. Used in automotive, industrial and marine trades. A

B

C

D

E

DURA SNAP SOCKET

DURA SNAP STUD

Standard socket for use with all Dura Snap Caps.

For use with Dura Snap Posts (#4007 or #3995), or with #6 Head Screw.

A

4003

Dura Snap Socket

B

PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (20)

4004

PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (20)

DURA SNAP POSTS C D

3995 4007

Dura Snap Stud

DURA SNAP CAPS

Dura Snap Post—Long Dura Snap Post—Standard

Use with socket #4003. Diameter of cap is ⁹⁄₁₆”.

PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (20)

E

4001

Dura Snap Standard Cap PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (20)

BABY DURA SNAP: NICKEL-PLATED BRASS F

G

BABY DURA SNAP CAPS & POST Use with socket #3997. Diameter of cap is ½”. F G

3992 3996

Baby Dura Snap Cap—Black Brass Baby Dura Snap Cap—Nickel

H

3999

Baby Dura Snap Post—Nickel Brass PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (20)

286 /

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: FASTENERS

H

I

J

BABY DURA SNAP SOCKET I

3997

Baby Dura Snap Socket PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (20)

BABY DURA SNAP STUD J

3998

Baby Dura Snap Stud—Nickel Brass PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (20)

Please see p.127 and p.259 for Fastener Tools.


Solve all of your faStener needS with Scovill. we offer the widest selection of high quality, made-in-america fasteners for your every need. from snap fasteners in multiple styles and sizes to turn buttons to a host of other options, Scovill delivers quality at every turn. weâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;ve been setting the standards for excellence in engineering and service for 200 years. and we keep creating new partnerships every day.

R

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: HARDWARE

/ 287


UPHOLSTERY HARDWARE

GROMMETS VENTS AND WASHERS Brass ¾” vents and washers for use in mattresses, upholstery and any other application where airflow is a concern. Requires #9022 Vent Die to set the ventilators. A

9021

A

#1 Vents and Washers PRICE BREAKS: Bag (144) | Package (5)

VENT DIE This die quickly sets the #9021 ventilators. Merely punch your hole, set the ventilator with the neck up on the base, slip the fabric in place then put the washer on top. A few even taps with a mallet will set the vent. B

9022

B

#621 Vent Die PRICE BREAK: Each

HINGES ALUMINUM BOAT SEAT HINGES C

C

2776

W3” x L6’ Flat Continuous Boat Seat Hinge A flat-style continuous boat seat hinge in a mill finish aluminum with ³⁄₁₆” holes drilled on 4” centers. PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12)

D D

2772

W4½” x L6’ “W” Continuous Boat Seat Hinge A W-shaped hinge in a mill finish aluminum, drilled on 2” centers, staggered at ½”. Hinge lies open to a width of 4½”; aluminum is 0.060” thick. PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12)

288 /

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: VENT GROMMET & HINGES


CUSHION HARDWARE

E

D-RING These rings are unwelded nickel plated steel and have a thickness of 2mm. Used in conjunction with hooks #6790 or #6788 to attach cushions onto upholstered furniture. E

3890

¾” Nickel Plated Steel D-Ring PRICE BREAKS: Bag (100) | Package (10) | Case 50)

SNAP HOOKS

F

Quick release snap hooks. Used to attach cushions. F

6790

¾” Nickel Plated Steel Snap Hook PRICE BREAKS: Bag (25) | Package (4) | Case (20)

SPRING HOOKS These hooks are light weight nickel plated steel. Used to attach cushions onto upholstered furniture. G

6788

¾” Spring Hook with Strap Eye

G

PRICE BREAKS: Package (4) | Case (20)

FRAMES SECTIONAL CONNECTOR

H

There are two parts included in each connector; one mounts on each section and then they are joined by pushing the pieces together. Just lift the catch fork to separate. When not in us the forks can be swiveled underneath to be completely hidden. H

3035

Sectional Connector PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

DOWEL PINS Used to strengthen frames. Spiral grooves help distribute glue along the dowels. I 4031 ³/₈”x 2” Birch Dowel Pins J 4033 ½”x 2” Birch Dowel Pins

J

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (50) | Package (10) | Case (50) I

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: CUSHION HARDWARE & FRAMES

/ 289


UPHOLSTERY HARDWARE A

B

C

K

L

M

JEF ZIPPERS: COIL Unlike the metal zipper, the coil chain will not scratch the operators hands when filling cushions and will not break needles when being sewn. Also allows for smooth operation when a curve is needed in particular cushion styles. #4 COIL CHAIN ZIPPER

#5 COIL ZIPPER CHAIN K L M

#4 regular duty coil chain tape is an ideal zipper for cushions, inside pockets, bags or any light duty application. It has a low profile when installed and a very clean appearance either open or closed. An economical solution to any fastening needs. A B C

9912 #4 Coil Chain Zipper—Black 9909 #4 Coil Chain Zipper—White 9970 #4 Coil Chain Zipper—Beige

PRICE BREAKS: Roll (200yd) | Case (5) #5 ZIPPER SLIDERS N O P

PRICE BREAKS: Roll (300yd) | Package (1200yd) Case (3600yd)

D E F

Q R

11682 #5 Locking Coil Zipper Slider—Off-White 11670 #5 Locking Coil Zipper Slider—Black PRICE BREAKS: Bag (100) | Package (10)

#5 FINISHED COIL—OPEN END AUTOLOCK S S S

9929 #4 Coil Slide Pin Lock—Black 9906 #4 Coil Slide Pin Lock—White 9971 #4 Coil Slide Pin Lock—Beige

11500 #5 Coil 16” Open End Autolock—Black 11501 #5 Coil 18” Open End Autolock—Black 11502 #5 Coil 20” Open End Autolock—Black PRICE BREAKS: Bag (25) | Package (3) | Case (10)

PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (10) #4 COIL SLIDE NON-LOCK

9891 #5 Non-Locking Coil Zipper Slider—White 9879 #5 Non-Locking Coil Zipper Slider—Black 10001 #5 Non-Locking 2-Tab Coil Zipper Slider—Black PRICE BREAKS: Bag (100) | Package (10)

#4 COIL SLIDE PIN LOCK Pin locking single tab sliders for #4 coil zippers. These sliders will stay and do not have a tendency to drift open. Two pins on the slider lock into the teeth of the chain when the tab is pressed down and stays in place until the tab is lifted again.

9880 #5 Coil Chain ⁵⁄₈”—Black 9890 #5 Coil Chain ⁵⁄₈”—White 11660 #5 Coil Chain ⁵⁄₈”—Off-White

D

F

E

S

Non-locking sliders are great for seat cushions and other applications where the zipper may recess into the product. G H

9914 9917

#4 Coil Slide Non-Lock—Black #4 Coil Slide Non-Lock—White

H

G

PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (10)

J

I

#4 COIL SLIDE NON-LOCK—LONG TAB Non-locking sliders with extra long tabs are easier to grip and move. Great for seat cushions and other applications where the zipper may recess into the product. I J

9887 9910

#4 Coil Slide Non-Lock—Black #4 Coil Slide Non-Lock—White PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (10)

290 /

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: JEF COIL ZIPPERS

P

N O

R

Q


T

ZIPPERS: YKK METAL See Zipper Notes on p.75. YKK #4 ALUMINUM ZIPPER TAPE This size has been the industry standard for cushion zipper for decades. Sliders mount very easily to zipper tape. T

9913

U

YKK #4 Aluminum Zipper Tape— Natural PRICE BREAKS: Roll (273yd) | Case (4)

YKK #4 ALUMINUM ZIPPER SLIDER U

9916

YKK #4 Aluminum Zipper Slider PRICE BREAKS: Bag (100) | Case (10)

V

YKK #5 ALUMINUM ZIPPER TAPE #5 is slightly larger and stronger. It is intended for more strenuous applications such as bags and thicker cushions on upholstered furniture, where a slightly heavier load is expected. V

9918

YKK #5 Aluminum Zipper Tape— Lt. Beige PRICE BREAKS: Roll (109yd) | Case (4)

W

YKK #5 ALUMINUM ZIPPER SLIDER W

9919

YKK #5 Aluminum Zipper Slider PRICE BREAKS: Bag (100) | Case (10)

YKK #4 BRASS ZIPPER TAPE The brass finish is a more decorative alternative to aluminum for those applications where you want to stay with the traditional look and feel of metal zippers. The brass is strong, attractive, weatherproof and easy to use. X

9911

X

YKK #4 Brass Zipper Tape— Beige PRICE BREAKS: Yard | Roll (164yd)

YKK #4 BRASS ZIPPER SLIDER Y

9915

Y

YKK #4 Brass Zipper Slider PRICE BREAKS: Bag (100) | Case (10)

Please see p.256 for Zipper Stop Pliers.

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: YKK ZIPPERS

/ 291


INTRO

SEWING & THREADS 292 /

INTRODUCTION


G H

I

PATTERN MAKING

J

CARDBOARD

HEAD PINS

Sturdy cardboard sheeting in three thicknesses. This material can be used for making patterns or laminated together to make panels, stiffeners, etc. #3249 is often used as door panels in automotive and van customizing.

2½” long pins for holding covers in place for fitting. The bright heads make them easy to see and remove.

-

G H I

28”x 40” 0.04gge—Standard Brown 40”x 60” 0.057gge—Standard Brown

3219 3229

SKEWERS

37”x 60” 0.1gge (2 ply)—Matte Black

3249

3” 16gge steel skewers with a large eye end for gripping, threading and pinning covers while fitting.

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (15)

J

WASH-OUT MARKER

6255

TWIST PIN This curling pin with plastic “crystal” head is ideal for holding doilies and arm covers in place

3004 Wash-Out Marker—White PRICE BREAKS: Box (12) | Case (12)

K

6251

SANIGENE® CHALK RULERS

Sanigene® Chalk—White Sanigene® Chalk—Yellow

3001 3003

These aluminum rulers are light and versatile, they double as a measuring stick and a straight edge. The numbers are printed on, not stamped into the ruler, giving a smooth non-snagging surface when used as a straightedge. Comes in two widths and are both 60” in length.

PRICE BREAKS: Box (144 pieces) | Case (6) TAILORS CHALK Tailors style crayon chalk can be easily resharpened and is non-permanent on most surfaces. Unlike some inks, the wax base will not bleed through surfaces. The white chalk can be removed from dark surfaces with the quick touch of an iron or steamer. D E F

Crystal Knobby Twist Pin PRICE BREAK: Box (500 pieces)

Dustless Sanigene® blackboard chalk. B C

3” Steel Skewers PRICE BREAKS: Box (36 pieces) | Case (4)

Easily sharpened markers for intricate design. Leaves a clean white mark. Designed to washout from most fabrics with water. A

Plastic Head Pin—Red Plastic Head Pin—Blue Plastic Head Pin—Yellow PRICE BREAKS: Box (100 pieces) | Package (5)

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (15) | Case (100) -

6257 6258 6259

3005 Tailors Chalk—White 3007 Tailors Chalk—Yellow 3008 Tailors Chalk—Black

L M

6608 6609

1½”x 60” Aluminum Ruler 2”x 60” Aluminum Ruler PRICE BREAK: Each

K L

PRICE BREAKS: Box (48 pieces) | Case (5) M

A

C

B

D

E

F

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: PAT TERN MAKING

/ 293


Please see p.304 for Tufting Twine.

UPHOLSTERY SEWING

NEEDLES: TUFTING There are two basic classes of needles; the round point and the bayonet point. The bayonet (or cutting) point is recommended for heavier materials that are not prone to splitting, such as leathers and other heavy fabrics. A

DOUBLE STRAIGHT ROUND

B

DOUBLE STRAIGHT BAYONET

SINGLE

BAYONET

ROUND

DOUBLE STRAIGHT ROUND POINT NEEDLES C

A B C D

D E

6236 6235 6234 6233

18” Double Straight Round Point Needle 16” Double Straight Round Point Needle 12” Double Straight Round Point Needle 10” Double Straight Round Point Needle PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12)

F

DOUBLE STRAIGHT BAYONET POINT NEEDLES E F G

6247 6246 6245

G

18” Double Straight Bayonet Point Needle 16” Double Straight Bayonet Point Needle 12” Double Straight Bayonet Point Needle PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12)

H

SINGLE STRAIGHT ROUND POINT NEEDLES H I J K L

I

J

K

6228 6227 6226 6225 6223

18” Single Straight Round Point Needle 16” Single Straight Round Point Needle 12” Single Straight Round Point Needle 10” Single Straight Round Point Needle 8” Single Straight Round Point Needle PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12)

M

TUFTING Specially made clips are used with the Tufting Needle. They set into the needle near the point, and after inserting, the clip is ejected by the spring loaded handle and the button is set firmly in place. Needles and clips are sold separately.

L

M

6261

Tufting Needle PRICE BREAK: Each

N

N

6262

Tufting Clips PRICE BREAKS: Bag (100) | Case (5)

294 /

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: TUFTING


Please see p.196–301 for Threads.

X

Y

NEEDLES: HAND SEWING O

P

T Q

U R

V

S

NEEDLE KIT O

6201

F1 Assorted Needle Kit The F1 needle kit consists of 4 common sizes of curved round needle points. One each of the following: 6  ” 15gge 5” 16gge 4” 17gge 3” 18gge

W

CURVED ROUND POINT NEEDLE Curved needle for blind stitching in common sizes. These needles have sharpened round points and will not cut vinyls like bayonet (3-square) points sometimes do. P Q R S

6208 6207 6205 6204

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

5” Curved Round Point Needle 4” Curved Round Point Needle 3” Curved Round Point Needle 2½” Curved Round Point Needle PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12)

TUFTING TIPS

CURVED BAYONET POINT NEEDLE

Tufting is a popular style. With the tool shown on the previous page (#6261), tufting becomes an easier, faster job requiring less training of staff. No more turning of the material to be tufted. It can all be done from above. You will have a straight seam with less stitching and tearing. Repairs and the replacement of buttons in upholstered furniture no longer require the removal of the cover. Specially made clips are set into the needle near the point and after inserting, the clip is then ejected by the spring loaded handle and the button is set firmly in place.

Three square point needles for use in heavier cloths. Pierce leather and other heavy goods more readily than round points, resulting in less hand fatigue. TIP: I f material being sewn is hard to work with, wax the needle with a bit of beeswax. T U V W

6218 6217 6215 6214

5” Curved Bayonet Point Needle 4” Curved Bayonet Point Needle 3” Curved Bayonet Point Needle 2½” Curved Bayonet Point Needle PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12)

REGULATORS Regulators are used for adjusting stuffing behind covers. X Y

6601 6606

9” Plastic Handle Regulator 10” Steel Regulator PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12)

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: CURVED NEEDLES

/ 295


UPHOLSTERY THREADS

THREADS: MONOFILAMENT

B

This transparent thread is made from a single extruded filament of nylon (fishing line) to a specific diameter. Being transparent, there is no need to color match as the job changes.

A

At J. Ennis Fabrics, we carry this thread in two sizes. It is intended for high production use. It will not absorb lubrication, although, being nylon, it has a degree of self-lubrication. It is often run through a foam pad with silicone or some similar lubricant. MONOFILAMENT THREAD A

8106

Monofilament Size 9 (#40) BREAK STRENGTH: 5.7lb  DIAMETER: 0.0009” PRICE BREAKS: Spool (12,635yd) | Case (17)

B

8107

Monofilament Size 10 (#52) BREAK STRENGTH: 5.8lb  DIAMETER: 0.001” PRICE BREAKS: Spool (10,252yd) | Case (17)

HAND-SEWING

E

This is a 100% nylon hand-sewing thread. Hand stitching is often used to finish seams of blind stitch and places heavy demands on a thread. This thread has both the strength and abrasion resistance required for hand sewing. It is very heavy to allow strong pulls and can be used with confidence. This thread will not break under the strain of hand stitching.

D C

CSB207 HAND SEWING THREADS C D E

8503 8501 8533

CSB207 Hand Sewing Thread—Black CSB207 Hand Sewing Thread—White CSB207 Hand Sewing Thread—Chestnut BREAK STRENGTH: 35lb. PRICE BREAKS: Spool (546yd) | Case (10)

296 /

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: THREADS

Please see p.253 for Thread Tools, and p.294–295 for Sewing Needles.


®

American & Efird Canada, Inc.

As one of the world’s foremost manufacturers of sewing threads and industrial yarns, A&E’s global presence extends from Asia to Europe to the Americas. It is not simply the scope of our international operations that makes A&E a world-class company. That distinction comes from our dedication to providing our customers with the finest products and services, at the highest quality, delivered anywhere. A&E asserts its century-old commitment to its customers, producing high quality goods by embracing contemporary quality principles and practices. These principles have produced an environment that stimulates individual empowerment and initiative. Such a culture enables us to be a product innovator, a creator of consistent and reliable high quality products, and a company that delivers our comprehensive product line to customers right on time.

WE’RE IN ALL THE PLACES YOU NEED US TO BE. UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: THREADS

/ 297


UPHOLSTERY THREADS

298 /

A

T

M1

F2

Y2

R3

B

U

N1

G2

Z2

S3

C

V

O1

H2

A3

T3

D

W

P1

I2

B3

U3

E

X

Q1

J2

C3

V3

F

Y

R1

K2

D3

W3

G

Z

S1

L2

E3

X3

H

A1

T1

M2

F3

Y3

I

B1

U1

N2

G3

Z3

J

C1

V1

O2

H3

A4

K

D1

W1

P2

I3

B4

L

E1

X1

Q2

J3

C4

M

F1

Y1

R2

K3

D4

N

G1

Z1

S2

L3

E4

O

H1

A2

T2

M3

F4

P

I1

B2

U2

N3

G4

Q

J1

C2

V2

O3

H4

R

K1

D2

W2

P3

I4

S

L1

E2

X2

Q3

J4

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: THREADS


Please see p.253 for Thread Tools, and p.294–295 for Sewing Needles.

THREADS: NYLON

N

1LB 69 NYLON Known for its excellent sewability, high strength, resistance to abrasion and wear, with controlled stretch and recovery properties. It is unaffected by mildew or rot. Finished with a combination of waxes, silicones and oils specially designed to provide consistent machine tensions and loop formation. Protects from needle heat to ensure good sewability and prevents fusing of thread and fabric yarns. Our 1lb 69 Nylon thread is UV-treated and has a good resistance to strength loss, although prolonged exposure to sunlight could cause some deterioration.

®

American & Efird Canada, Inc.

BREAK STRENGTH: 11.5lb (5.2kg)  PRICE BREAKS: Spool (1lb) A

34129

D1

35497 Gold

G2

67048 Nickel

J3

35538 Marron Glace

B

30001 Natural

E1

35385 Beach Tan

H2

35670 Steel

K3

34297 Sable

C

35553

F1

34370 Orange

I2

35631

L3

67067 Toast Brown

D

34099 Beige

G1

34081 Orange

J2

67050 Cub

M3

35551

Chestnut

E

34215

H1

67034 Toboggan

K2

63120

N3

35557

Brown

Sta White Cream Natural

Steel Foliage GN 504

F

35070 Ashes

I1

67037 Pink #3

L2

36195

New GRY90782

O3

34136

Wood

G

67054 Ficelle

J1

34794 Bright Red

M2

36139

Dark Silver

P3

35561

Brown

H

67057 Beige

K1

34050 Scarlet

N2

67053 Graphite

Q3

35472 Dk Mahogany

I

67059 Deer

L1

34212

O2

56033 Black

R3

67073 Dk Mahogany

J

35417

M1

36081 Fire Rd 2580

P2

34974 DB Teal

S3

35100 Seal

K

67058 Pebble Beige

N1

35000 Scarlet

Q2

36911

T3

67075

L

36030 Beige

O1

35048 Red

R2

34252 Copen

U3

36048 Chocolate

M

36220 String 5005

P1

36241 Scarlet

S2

35210

V3

67071 Gold Brown

Platinum

Old Glory Red

Teal Pro Blue

Walnut

N

67063 Marron Glace

Q1

56037 OO Lala Pink

T2

34466 Blue

W3

36135

Tonka Toast

O

67060 French Beige

R1

36255 Dk Cardinal 70082 U2

34072 Blue

X3

63114

Coyote

P

34086 Sand

S1

36343 Wine

V2

34785 Mediter. Blue

Y3

67074

Chestnut

Q

35103

T1

36184 Burgundy

W2

36099 Royal Blue

Z3

67015

Coyote Tan

R

34664 Lt Beaver

U1

67046 Rubytone

X2

67007 Yale Blue

A4

35020 Chestnut

S

34609 Sand #2

V1

36279 Purple 7007

Y2

35434 College Blue

B4

36111

T

36188 Sand

W1

35312

Z2

34177

Navy

C4

35495 ODS-1

U

34140 Shade 1600

X1

34444 Seafoam

A3

35516

Navy #1

D4

35500 Smoke

Mastic Beige

Purple

Taupe

V

35477 Saba Sand

Y1

36179

B3

35524 Washington Blue E4

35486 Rocky Brown

W

63233 Tan 499

Z1

34067 Green Olive

C3

35520 Navy #3

F4

36341 Neon Pink 102

X

34257 Silver

A2

67021

Green Pepper

D3

67011

G4

36999 FL Cerise

Y

35634 Beaver

B2

34811

Class Green

E3

34230 Salmon

H4

36245 Neon ORG 105

Z

67065 Beaver

C2

67025 Evergreen

F3

67069 Chinese Rust

I4

36731

A1

67029 Forsythia

D2

67026 Carafe Green

G3

34117

J4

36289 Neon GRN 101

B1

67028 Lemon

E2

67047 Mist

H3

67061 Sienna

C1

34913 Gold

F2

34144 Silver

I3

34170

Dk Green

Midnight

Rust

Neon Yellow

Maple

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: THREADS

/ 299


UPHOLSTERY THREADS

THREADS: NYLON (CONT.) Q

A

B

R

C

S

D

T

E

U

F

V

G

W

H

X

69 NYLON 69 Nylon thread is a 3-ply continuous multifilament synthetic bonded sewing thread made from 100% Type 6.6 DuPont bright nylon. It is known for its excellent sewability, high strength, resistance to abrasion and wear, with controlled stretch and recovery properties. 69 Nylon is unaffected by mildew or rot. This thread is finished with a combination of waxes, silicones and oils that are specially designed to facilitate the sewing operation. They provide consistent machine tensions and loop formation. Also provides protection from needle heat to ensure good sewability, and to prevent the fusing of thread and fabric yarns. This treatment bonds the individual filaments and plies together and guards against abrasion and unraveling of threads during sewing. Melts at 252–260°C (480–500°F); Sticks at 229°C (445°F).

I

Y

J

Z

K

A1

L

B1

M

C1

N

D1

O

E1

P

300 /

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: THREADS

PRICE BREAKS: Each (3,000yd) | Case (10) A

8158

Black

Q

8161

Orange

B

8114

White

R

8163

Willow Green

C

8162

Bronze

S

8167

Dark Blue

D

8166

Royal

T

8170

Red

E

8169

Burgundy

U

8172

Deer

F

8171

Natural

V

8174

Light Brown

G

8173

Dark Beige

W

8176

Walnut Brown

H

8175

Sand

X

8178

Dark Brown

I

8177

Brown

Y

8180

Light Grey

J

8179

Mahogany

Z

8182

Off White

K

8181

Dark Grey

A1

8185

Emerald Green

L

8184

Medium Brown

B1

8359

Hunter Green

M

8357

Sea Green

C1

8366

Blue/Grey

N

8363

Light Blue

D1

8377

Charcoal

E1

8375

Brown

O

8371

Purple

P

8360

Olive Drab


69 NYLON G-TYPE BOBBINS Prewound bobbins of 69 Nylon thread available in three colors. Fits a G-Type bobbin holder as found on most heavyduty and industrial sewing machines. F1 G1 H1

8109 8110 8111

69 Nylon G-Type Bobbin—White 69 Nylon G-Type Bobbin—Black 69 Nylon G-Type Bobbin—Olive

G1

F1

H1

BREAK STRENGTH: 11.5lb (5.2kg) SIZE: 30yd/bobbin PRICE BREAK: Box (72)

THREADS: POLY-COTTON KOBAN #25 DUAL DUTY An excellent multi-purpose sewing thread for general upholstery, leathers, vinyls, canvases, and knit goods. It consists of a filament core of polyester with a cover of cotton. The cotton protects the poly core from the weakening effects of needle heat while supplying the high level strength characteristic of a synthetic thread. There is no fusing, even at high machine speeds. It has excellent durability to repeated laundering, low shrinkage, and excellent abrasion resistance. The cotton retains the lubricant better than a polyester would without it, and the continuous filament core provides excellent loop forming characteristics through the needle. This is important when sewing heavy fabrics, as it helps prevent skip stitching. BREAK STRENGTH: 11.5lb (5.2kg). PRICE BREAKS: Spool (3,000yd) | Case (10) I1

8117

White

P1

8198

Navy Blue

J1

8189

Black

Q1

8199

Red

K1

8190

Natural

R1

8200

Brown

L1

8194

Olive Green

S1

8381

Yellow

M1 8195

Dark Green

T1

8389

Chestnut

N1 8196

Grey

U1 8393

Light Brown

O1

Royal Blue

V1

Light Grey

8197

8401

Please see p.253 for Thread Tools, and p.294–295 for Sewing Needles.

I1

P1

J1

Q1

K1

R1

L1

S1

M1

T1

N1

U1

O1

V1

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: SEWING

/ 301


INTRO

BINDING, CORDAGE, HOOK & LOOP & WEBBING 302 /

INTRODUCTION


ELASTIC KNIT ELASTIC Lighter than woven elastic but still strong enough to be used for waistbands, slipcovers, drapery, tire covers, boat covers or to hold cushions on furniture and for a variety of apparel applications. A

4249

A

¾” Knit Elastic—White SHRINKAGE: 10% STRETCH: 125% CONTENT: 62% polyester, 38% rubber PRICE BREAKS: Roll (114yd) | Case (5)

BINDING POLY TWILL TAPE Polyester twill tape is used for binding and edging. B C -

9840 9845 9842 9841

¾” Poly Twill Tape—Black ¾” Poly Twill Tape—White 1” Poly Twill Tape—Black 1” Poly Twill Tape—White PRICE BREAKS: Each (109yd) | Case (10)

B

C

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: BINDING

/ 303


Please see p.294 for Tufting Needles.

UPHOLSTERY CORDAGE

CORDAGE: TWINE BARBOURS TWINE—LINEN Recommended for stitching edges, button tufting and general upholstering. Comes in a natural linen color. A

8121

#2 Barbour Twine—Linen WEIGHT: 9oz. (250g)/Spool PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (6)

LUDLOW POLYESTER TWINE 100% polyester twine for tying springs. Tuff twine is twice as strong and will not rot like hemp. With reliable, known retention, tuff twine holds springs firmer. B

8122

#6 Ludlow Polyester Twine—White WEIGHT: 5lb. (2.3kg)/Spool  PRICE BREAK: Each

NYLON TUFTING TWINE Very strong and suitable for tying and tufting buttons. Great strength and resistance characteristics in a finer twine. C

8125

#9 Nylon Tufting Twine— White WEIGHT: 0.5lb (227g)/Spool PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

B

C

A

304 /

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: TWINE


Please see p.258 for Webbing Tools.

H D

WEBBING FURNITURE WEBBING Over 90% of all furniture sold in Europe uses a webbing suspension system. Webbing is more economical than springs, easy to install (can be applied to wooden frames with standard staples), comfortable and gives a greater freedom of frame design than with traditional sinuous springs. #5 is firmer webbing than #3; however, both can be used on seating. #1 Soft is recommended for backs. Approximately 15% stretch is recommended as a cutting length guide. D E F G

9712 9710 9714 9715

2” Furniture Webbing—#1 Soft 2” Furniture Webbing—#3 Medium 2¾” Furniture Webbing—#3 Medium 2” Furniture Webbing—#5 Firm

E

G

I

F

PRICE BREAKS: Roll (54yd) | Case (10) POLYPEX WEBBING 100% polyolefin webbing. A tightly woven webbing in a 3½” width that resists rot and mildew. All synthetic fibers are strong and sanitary. Roll sizes vary from 100m–140m. H

J

9699 3½” Polypex Webbing PRICE BREAKS: Roll (~229m) | Case (500)

JUTE WEBBING Traditional upholstery jute webbing weighs 9lb (4 kg). Used for decades as the base for coil spring units, seat strapping, etc. I

9709

3¼” Jute Webbing PRICE BREAKS: Roll (72yd) | Package (12) | Case (24)

K

SEAT BELTS NON-RETRACTABLE LAP BELT

RETRACTABLE LAP BELT

Can be used for wheel chairs, recreational vehicles, vans or trucks. Comes in 74” or 90” length positive-locking seat belts with sturdy mounting. Available in black to coordinate with interiors.

Self-winding retractable belt pulls back out of the way when not in use. Features a positive locking mechanism and is self-adjusting. Available in black only.

J J

9696 9686

74” Non Retractable Lap Belt 90” Non Retractable Lap Belt

K

9685

74” Retractable Lap Belt PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (5)

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (5) UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: WEBBING

/ 305


UPHOLSTERY HOOK & LOOP

C

JEF HOOK & LOOP: SEW-ON This nylon fastener is a two-part system—one part consisting of rows of hooks and the other part a mass of loops. When pressed together, they form a highly secure closure, yet can be easily peeled apart. This is a widely popular product for garments, bags, footwear, tents and furniture. Completely washable and dry cleanable, these jamproof elements are adjustable and increase strength with pressure. They are available in sew-on or pressure sensitive adhesive back forms. ¾” SEW ON HOOK A B

9012 9002

¾” Hook—White ¾” Hook—Black

C D

B

9013 9003

¾” Loop—White ¾” Loop—Black PRICE BREAKS: Roll (27.3yd) | Case (5)

1” SEW ON HOOK—23.7yd ROLL 9014 9004

A

¾” SEW ON LOOP

PRICE BREAKS: Roll (27.3yd) | Case (5)

A B

D

1” SEW ON LOOP—23.7yd ROLL

1” Hook—White 1” Hook—Black

C D

PRICE BREAKS: Roll (27.3yd) | Case (5)

9015 9005

1” Loop—White 1” Loop—Black PRICE BREAKS: Roll (27.3yd) | Case (5)

HOOK & LOOP: VELCRO® SEW-ON This nylon fastener is a two-part system; one part consisting of rows of hooks and the other part a mass of loops. When pressed together, they form a highly secure closure, yet can be easily re-opened with a simple peeling action. Velcro® Hook and Loop fastening system retains 50% fastening strength in water, then returns back to 100% when dried. Completely washable and dry cleanable, these jam-proof fasteners are adjustable and increase strength with pressure. They are available in sew-on or pressure-sensitive adhesive back forms. All Velcro® Hook and Loop can be sterilized or autoclaved. VELCRO® HOOK SEW-ON—BLACK

VELCRO® HOOK SEW-ON—WHITE

MAX. IRONING TEMPERATURE: 163°C (325°F) MELTING TEMPERATURE: 204°C (399°F)

MAX. IRONING TEMPERATURE: 163°C (325°F) MELTING TEMPERATURE: 204°C (399°F)

E

9058

1” Velcro® Black Hook

G

9052

PRICE BREAKS: Roll (50yd) | Case (10)

1” Velcro® White Hook

VELCRO® LOOP SEW-ON—WHITE

MAX. IRONING TEMPERATURE: 163°C (325°F) MELTING TEMPERATURE: 204°C (399°F)

MAX. IRONING TEMPERATURE: 163°C (325°F) MELTING TEMPERATURE: 204°C (399°F)

9059

1” Velcro® Black Loop PRICE BREAKS: Roll (50yd) | Case (10)

306 /

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: HOOK & LOOP

F

G

PRICE BREAKS: Roll (50yd) | Case (10)

VELCRO® LOOP SEW-ON—BLACK

F

E

H

9053

1” Velcro® White Loop PRICE BREAKS: Roll (50yd) | Case (10)

H


VELCRO® TEXACRO®

N

Velcro®’s Texacro® Hook & Loop is a mid-level product made for indoor and outdoor use, such as boat covers, mats and outerwear. In essence, this new Hook & Loop can be used for any number of applications where two pieces of fabric, or like material, require adhesion to each other. Available in Sew On and Pressure-Sensitive formats. A North American-made product, the Texacro® Hook & Loop is part of the Velcro® Family of quality products. VELCRO® TEXACRO® SEW ON LOOP I J I J I J

13052 13050 13056 13054 13060 13058

1” Texacro Sew On Loop—White 1” Texacro Sew On Loop—Black 1½” Texacro Sew On Loop—White 1½” Texacro Sew On Loop—Black 2” Texacro Sew On Loop—White 2” Texacro Sew On Loop—Black PRICE BREAKS: Roll (50yd) | Case (10)

VELCRO® TEXACRO® SEW ON HOOK K L K L K L

13053 13051 13057 13055 13061 13059

1” Texacro Sew On Hook—White 1” Texacro Sew On Hook—Black 1½” Texacro Sew On Hook—White 1½” Texacro Sew On Hook—Black 2” Texacro Sew On Hook—White 2” Texacro Sew On Hook—Black

I

J

K

L

PRICE BREAKS: Roll (50yd) | Case (10) VELCRO® TEXACRO® PRESSURE-SENSITIVE LOOP I J

13048 ¾” Texacro Pressure-Sensitive Loop—White 13046 ¾” Texacro Pressure-Sensitive Loop—Black PRICE BREAKS: Roll (25yd) | Case (10)

VELCRO® TEXACRO® PRESSURE-SENSITIVE HOOK K L

13049 ¾” Texacro Pressure-Sensitive Hook—White 13047 ¾” Texacro Pressure-Sensitive Hook—Black PRICE BREAKS: Roll (25yd) | Case (10)

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: HOOK & LOOP

/ 307


INTRO

TRIMMINGS 308 /

INTRODUCTION


TRIMMINGS SPUNBONDED EDGEROLL

PERFLEX CLIP EDGEROLL

An edge roll padding with an attaching flange, used for padding corners, arms, etc. Firm material avoids packing down. Can be attached by stapling, tacks or tacking strips.

Perflex features an all synthetic filler and tough spunbonded cover. It has built-in positioning stakes spaced at 1½” intervals, or can be sewn, stapled or tacked on for hard edge designs.

A

4200

¾” Spunbonded Edgeroll PRICE BREAKS: Roll (50’) | Case (9)

-

4205

1¼” Spunbonded Edgeroll

B

4208

1¼” Clip-on-Edge PRICE BREAKS: Roll (50’) | Case (5)

PRICE BREAKS: Roll (50’) | Case (10)

B A

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: EDGEROLL

/ 309


UPHOLSTERY TRIMMINGS

A

TRIMMINGS (CONT.) POLY-FLEX High crown protective edging of Styrofoam material. Inert styrofoam will not support mildew or any organic contaminants, gives a soft pliable edge and is easy to cut and work with. Poly-flex was custom designed to meet the needs of the furniture industry. A

4269

B

#8 Poly-Flex—¾” Rise PRICE BREAKS: Each (500’) | Case (5)

B

4279

#10 Poly-Flex—¾” Rise PRICE BREAKS: Each (500’) | Case (4)

C

4289

#12 Poly-Flex—1¼” Rise

C

PRICE BREAKS: Roll (200’) | Case (5) CHAIR EDGE MOLDING A multi-purpose molding for edging office chairs or anywhere a neat, clean edge molding is needed. This smooth and flexible material can be stapled, tacked or screwed into place. It will cover the mounting and retain a black cover by tucking in the free edges. 6340 Office Chair Edge Molding

D

PRICE BREAKS: Roll (150’) | Case (5) D

HYDEM GIMP Self-finishing vinyl gimp. The lips of the gimp can be forced open, then attached by staples or tack. They will close back on themselves to give a finished double welt type of seam. Tack or staples will not be seen. E F

4983 4984

Hydem Gimp—White Hydem Gimp—Black PRICE BREAKS: Each (50yd) | Case (4)

F

310 /

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: TRIMMINGS

E


J

POLY WELT

J WELT

Softer, single filament plastic welting cord in various diameters. They do not support mold or mildew and are more suited for many automotive, marine and outdoor applications. G 9825 ¹/₈” Poly Welt—1000yd G 9830 ⁵/₃₂” Poly Welt—500yd G 9827 ³/₁₆” Poly Welt—500yd

Used to repair truck and tractor seats. The welt is sewn to the bottom of the cover, then snapped over the lower edge of the seat pan frame. Can be used anywhere there is a lip for the welt to hook over. Soft pliable plastic can be sewn by industrial machines. J

PREMIER WELT

FIBERFLEX WELT

100% PVC welting cord with slit flanges for easy tailoring of corners, designed specifically for the sport bag and accessory industry. 9719 ¹/₈” Premier Welt— Black

Cellulose welting cord in various sizes. ⁵/₃₂” is standard in furniture manufacturing. The smaller size is very common in automotive and RV applications. This welt features a wrapping of strong, tight thread that makes it very stable and consistent over time. 9739 9749

PRICE BREAKS: Spool (250yd) | Case (10)

⁴/₃₂” Fiber Flex Welt—1600yd ⁵/₃₂” Fiber Flex Welt—1000yd

EMBOSSED WELT 100% PVC ³/₁₆” welting cord with slit flanges for easy tailoring of corners. Designed specifically for automotive seating, sport bag and accessory industry.

PRICE BREAKS: Roll | Case (8) H

9762

¹²/₃₂” Fiber Flex Welt—225yd

K L M

PRICE BREAKS: Roll | Case (4) H

9750

J Welt PRICE BREAKS: Spool (100’) | Case (5)

PRICE BREAKS: Roll | Case (10)

H H

8435

⁵/₃₂” Fiber Flex Welt—500yd PRICE BREAKS: Roll | Case (10)

9834 9836 9838

Navy White Bright Red

N O

9849 9897

Black Buck Skin

PRICE BREAKS: Roll (100yd) | Case (8)

TWIN FIBER FLEX WELT K

Two T-braid welt cords form decorative twin welt. I 9752 ⁵/₃₂” Twin Fiber Flex Welt PRICE BREAKS: Each (250yd) | Case (8)

L

G M

H

I N

O UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: WELT

/ 311


UPHOLSTERY TRIMMINGS

312 /

A

O

C1

Q1

E2

S2

G3

U3

B

P

D1

R1

F2

T2

H3

V3

C

Q

E1

S1

G2

U2

I3

W3

D

R

F1

T1

H2

V2

J3

X3

E

S

G1

U1

I2

W2

K3

Y3

F

T

H1

V1

J2

X2

L3

Z3

G

U

I1

W1

K2

Y2

M3

H

V

J1

X1

L2

Z2

N3

I

W

K1

Y1

M2

A3

O3

J

X

L1

Z1

N2

B3

P3

K

Y

M1

A2

O2

C3

Q3

L

Z

N1

B2

P2

D3

R3

M

A1

O1

C2

Q2

E3

S3

N

B1

P1

D2

R2

F3

T3

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: SCROLL GIMP


TRIMMINGS (CONT.) SCROLL GIMP Scroll gimp is a durable and attractive ornamental trim used to cover seams on French Provincial and other delicate and intricate furniture styles. It is composed of 58% cotton and 42% rayon. Attach to wood with the #504 Latex (#1110, p.319.), which allows it to remain flexible after glue has dried. It can also be used to decorate and trim accessory items using a hot melt glue gun. Melts at 252–260°C (480–500°F); Sticks at 229°C (445°F). 105 Colors available. SIZE: 36 yd/roll  PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (5) A

TRIGIA01

White

E1

TRIGIE02

Seal Brown

I2

TRIGIL26

Celadon

M3 TRIGIY05

Strawberry

B

TRIGIB01

Natural

F1

TRIGIE03

Brown

J2

9628

Chartreuse

N3

TRIGIY28

Antique

C

TRIGIC01

Kasha

G1

TRIGIE11

Bark Brown

K2

TRIGIL28

Artichoke

O3

TRIGIYG2

Star Night

D

TRIGIC02

Oatmeal

H1

TRIGIE14

Straw

L2

TRIGIL39

Hunter Green

P3

TRIGIPR01

Dreamsicle

E

TRIGIC03

Shell

I1

TRIGIE15

Burnt Toast

M2 TRIGIL41

Surf

Q3

TRIGIPR02

Flambe

F

TRIGIC04

Grain

J1

TRIGIE16

Camel

N2

TRIGIL43

Leaf Green

R3

TRIGIPR03

Hazelnut

G

TRIGIC05

Pink Dawn

K1

TRIGIE18

Mocha

O2

TRIGIL44

Dark Green

S3

TRIGIPR07

Honey Suckle

H

TRIGIC06

Ecru

L1

TRIGIE20

Tabacco

P2

TRIGIL46

Seacrest

T3

TRIGIPR08

Latte

I

TRIGIC07

Dark Sand

M1 TRIGIE24

Light Brown

Q2

TRIGIL47

Green Mist

U3

TRIGIPR10

Aquamarine

J

TRIGIC11

Oyster

N1

TRIGIE26

Auburn

R2

TRIGIL48

Sea Mist

V3

TRIGIPR11

Pearl

K

TRIGIC12

Sandstone

O1

TRIGIE29

Bison

S2

TRIGIL49

Sage

W3 TRIGIPR12

Peridot

L

TRIGIC14

Dawn

P1

TRIGIH07

Eggplant

T2

TRIGIL50

Doric Khaki

X3

TRIGIPR15

Sunset

M

TRIGIC15

Vanilla

Q1

TRIGIH12

Dusty Grape

U2

TRIGIL52

Black Olive

Y3

TRIGIPR21

Desert Sand

N

TRIGIC16

Alabaster

R1

TRIGIH13

Black Rum

V2

TRIGIL58

Branch

Z3

TRIGIPR24

Ultrasuede

O

TRIGIC17

Cream

S1

TRIGIJ01

Cherry

W2 TRIGIL60

Alpine

P

TRIGIC19

Off White

T1

TRIGIJ04

Red

X2

TRIGIL62

Honey Dew

Q

TRIGIC21

Parchment

U1

TRIGIJ11

Maroon

Y2

TRIGIL77

Cedar

R

TRIGIC22

Wheat

V1

TRIGIJ15

Black Cherry

Z2

TRIGIL79

Loden Green

S

TRIGIC23

Pebble

W1 TRIGIJ16

Ruby

A3

TRIGIL80

Bever

T

TRIGIC25

Ivory

X1

TRIGIJ18

Wine

B3

TRIGIM17 Aquatic

U

TRIGIC29

Taupe

Y1

TRIGIJ19

Chinese Red

C3

9620

V

TRIGID01

Champagne

Z1

TRIGIJ20

Dark Claret

D3

TRIGIM42 Dark Navy

W

TRIGID03

Coin Gold

A2

TRIGIJ23

Claret

E3

TRIGIM45 French Blue

X

TRIGID05

Old Gold

B2

TRIGIK19

Rust

F3

TRIGIM51 Danube

Y

TRIGID06

Antique Gold

C2

TRIGIK28

Copper

G3

TRIGIM52 Midnight

Z

TRIGID17

Pale Banana

D2

TRIGIK32

Sandal

H3

TRIGIM53 Medium Blue

A1

TRIGID22

Beachwood

E2

TRIGIK33

Crimson

I3

TRIGIM56 Pitch

B1

TRIGID24

Harvest Gold

F2

TRIGIK35

Dark Rust

J3

TRIGIP05

Medium Grey

C1

TRIGID25

Gold

G2

TRIGIK50

Terra Cotta

K3

TRIGIR01

Black

D1

TRIGID26

Maize

H2

TRIGIL05

Avocado

L3

TRIGIS21

Light Rose

Peacock

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: SCROLL GIMP

/ 313


INTRO

ADHESIVES, AEROSOLS & CLEANERS 314 /

INTRODUCTION


FOAM TO

Aerosol Spray

Part #

Fabric

74 Spray

1021

76 Spray

1031

80 Supertrim

1041

470 Feather-Spray

1011

JEF Bond 88

1118

JEF Bond 99

1119

74 Spray

1021

76 Spray

1031

476 Spray

1132

JEF Bond 88

1118

74 Spray

1021

76 Spray

1031

470 Feather-Spray

1011

476 Spray

1132

JEF Bond 88

1118

JEF Bond 99

1119

FABRIC AND UPH. VINYL TO

Aerosol Spray

Part #

Fabric

76 Spray

1031

470 Feather-Spray

1011

476 Spray

1132

JEF Bond 99

1119

76 Spray

1031

476 Spray

1132

JEF Bond 99

1119

476 Spray

1132

80 Supertrim

1041

INDUSTRIAL PVC TO

Aerosol Spray

Part #

PVC

80 Supertrim

1041

Surfaces (wood, metal and plastic)

80 Supertrim

1041

Aerosol Spray

Part #

80 Supertrim

1041

JEF Bond 99

1119

80 Supertrim

1041

Foam

Surfaces (wood, metal and plastic)

Surfaces (wood, metal and plastic)

Carpet to Surfaces Rubber, leather and self to surfaces

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: ADHESIVES

/ 315


D

UPHOLSTERY ADHESIVES

E

ADHESIVES: AEROSOLS 74 FOAM AND FABRIC ADHESIVE Permanently bonds foam and a wide range of fabrics to wood, rigid plastic or themselves. Ideal for foam backed fabrics such as display fabrics or headliners. Easily controlled spray pattern. Works very well on both urethane and latex foams and delivers a soft glue line. High solids, high coverage rates. Dries tack free and odor free. A

1021

74 Foam Fabric Adhesive CAN SIZE: 17.25oz. (489g) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12)

76 SPRAY ADHESIVE Non-misting adhesive. Features a unique lace-like spray pattern to allow you to vary spray width and rate, giving you the control to spray to the edge without going over. All purpose adhesive for upholstering and trimming/fitting. Not recommended for Styrofoam. B

1031

76 Spray Adhesive CAN SIZE: 16.2oz. (460g) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12)

80 SUPERTRIM ADHESIVE High strength neoprene contact adhesive. Has a heat resistance, up to 93째C (200째F). Ideal for heavy weight headliners, hood silencer pads and vinyl tops. Bonds well to most rubber compounds and vinyls. Not recommended for polyethylene or polypropylene. Contains no ozone depleting ingredients. C

1041

JEF BOND 88 Effective and economical alternative to higher priced products. Designed to bond urethane foams and fabrics to metals, supported vinyls, wood, paper and leather. It has a unique lace spay pattern offering low soak in for a soft pliable bond. It has a fan spray tip for controlled placement of the glue. This product offers a fast tack while being economical for the user. For best results, surfaces must be clean and dry and temperatures above 18째C (65째F). D

1118

JEF Bond Spray Adhesive CAN SIZE: 12oz. (340g) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12)

JEF BOND 99 Designed to work on urethane foam, fabrics and other porous surfaces. It is an excellent adhesive for attaching headliner fabrics to molded headliner substrates. Highly recommended for bonding high pressure plastic laminates to most substrates. Its unique lace spray pattern offers low soak in for a better, soft, pliable bond. It has a fan spray tip for controlled placement of the glue. Also, fast tacking and offers higher temperature resistance than most pressure sensitive adhesives. Not recommended for non-backed vinyl fabric. Do not use on plasticized vinyl or copper. E

1119

JEF Bond 99 Trim Adhesive CAN SIZE: 12oz. (340g) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12)

80 Supertrim Adhesive CAN SIZE: 18oz. (510g) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12)

TIPS 76SPRAY ADHESIVE: Allow up to 10 minutes join time with single surface applications, and up to 60 minutes when applied to both surfaces. 80 SUPERTRIM ADHESIVE: Faster drying than traditional contact cements, with a tack range up to 30 minutes.

316 /

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: SPRAY ADHESIVES

A

B

C

F

G


TIPS ON ALL ADHESIVES Many two surface adhesives like contact cement allow a tack time but once the pieces are touched together, there is no chance of shifting or adjusting them. For larger areas, once the contact cement has been applied, place wax paper in overlapping sheets over the entire surface. Then position the piece to be bonded. It can be moved around a bit on the wax paper sheets. When properly aligned remove one sheet of the wax paper at a time. Whenever possible work from the center out. When all the wax paper has been removed, apply whatever bonding pressure is recommended with the particular adhesive.

Hot melt adhesives can cool prior to bonding large surfaces. If possible, pre-heat the surface itself using a hot air heat gun. This will provide a longer working time for successful adhesion. NOT E: Use proper judgment when using this method. Preheating may damage material being used. Never use a hot air heat gun to speed drying time of adhesive product: many adhesives are flammable.

470 FEATHER-SPRAY

476 SPRAY ADHESIVE

Provides a strong tack and builds strength quickly. It is an all purpose feather spray adhesive, excellent for bonding to multiple surfaces. An efficient and economical solution for your bonding needs.

Quick tacking and fast curing to ensure a strong and permanent bond. The unique product formulation and adjustable 3-way valve work together to provide optimum spray control for any application. Engineered to minimize wasteful soak-in. Adjustable nozzle eliminates overspray and gives smooth, even coverage. This new formula eliminates all ozone depleting substances and chlorinated solvents. It is safer to use and better for the environment.

F

1011

470 Feather-Spray CAN SIZE: 13.12oz. (375g) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12)

G

1132

476 Spray Adhesive CAN SIZE: 13.12oz. (375g)â&#x20AC;&#x192; PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12)

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: ADHESIVES

/ 317


UPHOLSTERY ADHESIVES

FABRIC AND UPH. VINYL TO

Bulk— Liquid

Part #

Fabric

504 Latex

1110

Surfaces (wood, metal and plastic)

504 Latex

1110

FOAM TO

Bulk— Spray

Part #

Fabric

478

1123

Fastbond

1122

Helmiprene

1140

JEF Bond 2000

1145

478

1123

Fastbond

1122

Helmiprene

1140

JEF Bond 2000

1145

478

1123

Fastbond

1122

Helmiprene

1140

JEF Bond 2000

1145

Foam

Bulk— Liquid

Part #

Gimps to wood or fabric

504 Latex

1110

Glue Sticks

1153

Needle Holes

Plastiseam

1137

Surfaces (wood, metal and plastic)

TRANSPORTATION OF DANGEROUS GOODS ACT Some of the bulk adhesives fall under the Transportation of Dangerous Goods Act. While this does not prohibit the shipping of these items, there are charges incurred by various carriers in order to cover the expense of the administrative and special handling requirements of the act. These items will have a Dangerous Goods Handling Fee attached to them. This fee will vary from carrier to carrier; the Customer Service Center can inform you at the time you place your order of the amount of surcharge, if it is applicable.

318 /

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: ADHESIVES


ADHESIVES: BULK LATEX ADHESIVE*

HELMIPRENE 1535 PINK ADHESIVE

A primary application of cementing fabrics to almost any other material, wood or metal. Firmly retains decorative scroll gimps in complex patterns and shapes. The squeeze tube container design allows careful placement of adhesive only where required. Water resistant.

Helmiprene 1535 is used in the foam fabricating and conversion industries for bonding foam to itself and to many other materials including polyester fiberfill, wood, plywood, particleboard and many plastic and metal surfaces. The adhesive exhibits aggressive tack, high green strength and rapid development of bonds stronger than substrate foam materials. Helmiprene 1535 dries to a soft, flexible, non-staining and non-dimpling film.

A

1110

504 Latex Adhesive BOTTLE SIZE: 17oz. (500mL) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12)

E

* Available in 1 gallon (4.5L) jug on special order.

Fast tacking, non-flammable adhesive for polyurethane or latex foam. Specifically designed for use with low pressure spray equipment. Gives soft, non-dimpling bonds and is suitable for boxing, taping, slicing and laminating foams to themselves, wood, metal and cloth. Excellent green strength (initial bond strength), high solids and long open time. Give a strong permanent bond and sprays without dripping, giving higher yields with a light application. 1123 1124

Helmiprene 1535—5 Gal. (18.9L) PRICE BREAK: Each

FOAM ADHESIVE

B C

1140

SURFACE PREPARATION FOR #1140 Use only clean, dry surfaces. Surfaces contaminated with oil, grease or release agents should be cleaned with Helmitin Solvent Cleaner 699 (#1141).

478 Foam Adhesive—1.1 Gal. (4L) 478 Foam Adhesive—5.3 Gal. (20L)

A

D

PRICE BREAK: Each

IMPORTANT NOTE FOR FOAM ADHESIVE Use in well ventilated areas. Contains methylene chloride which degrades aluminum equipment. Use stainless steel components (see 118 Spray Gun #1158, p.260). Contains 1,1,1-Trichloroethane. Six-month shelf life. Recommended solvent is Helmitin Solvent Cleaner C699 (#1141). C

HELMITIN SOLVENT/CLEANER C699 Solvent/Cleaner is a dichloromethane-based solvent that can be used to thin out 478 foam adhesive and Helmiprene products, as well as to clean equipment used with these and similarly based adhesives. D

1141

E

B

C699 Solvent/Cleaner—1 Gal. (3.78L) PRICE BREAK: Each

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: BULK ADHESIVES

/ 319


UPHOLSTERY ADHESIVES

ADHESIVES: BULK (CONT.)

A

FASTBOND™ FOAM ADHESIVE 100 3M Fastbond Foam Adhesive 100 is a one-part, water-dispersed, fast setting adhesive. This neoprene-based product bonds many porous substrates to porous or non-porous substrates with minimal drying time. Adheres to many types of flexible polyurethane foam, latex foam fabric, polyester fiberfill, wood, plywood, particleboard and many plastic and metal surfaces. A

1122

Fastbond™ Foam Adhesive 100—5 Gal. (18.9L) PRICE BREAK: Each

PRODUCT KNOWLEDGE ON 3M™ FASTBOND™ FOAM ADHESIVE 100 Fast tacking to help speed component assembly. Holds seams and curves within 15 seconds. 20 minute open time for repositioning after initial tack and to meet various assembly process requirements. Spray multiple components at one time for efficient assembly. Better value due to exceptionally high coverage. Long lasting 3M™ Fastbond™ gives yields up to 1000 ft2/gallon. One gallon (3.8L) provides the same coverages

as 3–4 gallons (11.4–15.1L) of solvent adhesive. Only 10 psi of pressure is needed for spraying, allowing for a thinner coat of adhesive. NOT E: This product is not freeze-thaw stable. Winter shipping presents a freezing hazard. Best storage temperature is between 15–27°C (60– 80°F). Only stainless steel equipment is recommended, anything else will be prone to rusting.

C

JEF BOND 2000 FOAM ADHESIVE JEF Bond 2000 is our in-house brand. It is suitable for laminating most substrates including closed and open cell urethane foams, fabrics, metal, wood and plastics. Single sided application is sufficient in many cases; however, as with most adhesives a uniform coat applied to both surfaces will yield the strongest bonds. This product has a shelf life of one year. Do not mix with other adhesives. B

1145

JEF Bond 2000 Foam Adhesive—1.1 Gal. (4L) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (4)

C

1146

JEF Bond 2000 Foam Adhesive— 5 Gal. (18.9L) PRICE BREAK: Each

320 /

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: BULK ADHESIVES

B


JEFBond Adhesives ination ONLY LIMITED BY YOUR imag

DEPENDABLE ACCESSIBLE

DURABLE exclusive to J. Ennis Fabrics

JEFBond, our Ennisexclusive adhesive brand, provides economical options for exceptional quality, strength and versatility. JEFBond products are available for a variety of uses. For more info, see p.193 and p.320.

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: ADHESIVES

/ 321


UPHOLSTERY AEROSOLS

AEROSOL FINISHES: BEHLEN A

I

B

J

C

K

E

D

L

M

N

R

H

G

F

O

P

Q

S

SPRAY STAINS Specially formulated for a professional finish. Unfinished and finished wooden arms, legs, scuffed and rubbed through areas can be finished or refinished with ease. This product is economical, easily applied and dries quickly. SIZE: 13 oz. (365g) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12)

A

7194

Satin Black

K

7221

Red Mahogany

C

7183

Medium Mahogany

L

7193

Burnt Umber

D

7179

Extra Dark Walnut

M

7180

Dark Mahogany

F

7178

Dark American Walnut

N

7195

Gloss White

G

7188

Cherry

O

7181

Med. Brown Walnut

H

7185

Brown Mahogany

P

7197

Raw Umber

I

7189

Flat Black

Q

7191

Gloss Black

E

7184

Clear Flat

FINISHING SPRAY For sealing and finishing wood stains.

B

7161

Clear Satin

CAN SIZE: 13 oz. (365g) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12)

J

7160

Clear Gloss

BLUSH ERASER

SAND SEALER

Humid or cold weather can cause a finish to turn white or “blush.” This aerosol spray will eliminate the “blushing” without changing the existing sheen of the lacquer top coat. Spray over the blushing finish and watch the white fade away.

Fills in and levels surface scratches, burn-in repairs and smooths fresh-padded repairs. Fast drying, easy sanding, high solids for rapid build up. Seals in stains prior to final top coat of finish for faster build up.

S

7174

Blush Eraser CAN SIZE: 13 oz. (365g) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12)

322 /

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: AEROSOLS

R

7162

Sanding Sealer CAN SIZE: 13 oz. (365g) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12)


UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: AEROSOLS

/ 323


UPHOLSTERY AEROSOLS

VINYL COAT SEM COLOR COAT SEM Color Coat is a solvent-based, elastomeric product formulated for aerosol application to renew or change the color of any vinyl, since it is a coating, not a dye. Meant to be used with SEM’s Sand Free plastic preparation product (#9648, p.325). Finish with SEM’s Vinyl Clear Coat Finishes for longlasting durability. PRICE BREAKS: Each (12oz. or 340g) | Case (12) A

9658

25 Titan Metallic

B

9636

Silver Metallic

C

9597

Gloss Black

D

9689

45 Gloss White

E

9599

Satin Black

F

9673

60 Sailcloth White

G

9600

01 Landau Black

H

9663

31 White

I

9640

16 Presidio

J

9614

17 Camel

K

9668

30 Graphite

L

9680

12 Santa Fe

M

9604

06 Burgundy

N

9611

11 Firethorn Red

O

9622

00 Phantom White

P

9662

27 Napa Red

Q

9616

18 Warm Grey

R

9606

09 Light Buckskin

S

9682

39 Medium Gray

T

9678

64 Pacific Blue

U

9601

36 Portola Red

V

9610

10 Super White

SEM VINYL FINISHES

324 /

-

9654

Low Luster Clear

-

9656

High Gloss Clear

-

9679

01 Satin Gloss Clear

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: AEROSOLS

A

L

B

M

C

N

D

O

E

P

F

Q

G

R

H

S

I

T

J

U

K

V


X

W

SEM PRE-COLOR TREATMENTS W

9646

Ensures full adhesion of the SEM Color Coat line. Cleans the vinyl surface of all traces of wax and grease. Also creates a slight softening of the vinyl film to ensure that the Color Coat gets a good “tooth.” Rinse with water and allow to dry.

TIPS FOR USING SEM SAND FREE Apply a light “dry” coat of Sand Free before painting. Avoid heavy applications as they will cause runs or sags. Do not allow Sand Free to dry completely before application of color coats. If Sand Free has completely evaporated, the pores of the substrate will be closed, which will result in a loss of adhesion. Follow the Sand Free layer with a coat of Color Coat or paint while Sand Free is still wet. After the first color or paint coat is dry, continue with normal painting procedures.

SEM Vinyl Prep—15.5oz. (439g)

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12) X

9648

SEM Sand Free—13oz. (369g) Sand Free is a blend of rich solvents that promote adhesion on plastic parts. It also eliminates sanding on hard-to-reach areas (e.g. door jams, under hoods, trunk, etc.). For best results, wash area first with soap and water. Then apply Sand Free directly to the surface to be painted. PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12)

SEMPRODUCTS.COM

OEM MATCHED INTERIOR REFINISHING FOR VINYL, PLASTIC, CARPET & VELOUR Learn more at semproducts.com/colorcoat Restore or change the color of vinyl, flexible and rigid plastics, carpet and velour. Color Coat is not a dye, but a fade resistant, flexible and permanent coating.

• 50 popular aerosol colors • Superior adhesion, flexibility and hiding • Will not crack • Fade resistant • Quick drying

FOR LEATHER & VINYL Learn more at semproducts.com/classiccoat

*Special order only—6 cans/color

A line of OEM matched aerosols for renewing or restoring the color of leather and vinyl.

• 35 popular aerosol colors • Exceptional adhesion and flexibility • Won’t chip or peel • Fade resistant • Multi-directional fan spray

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: AEROSOLS

/ 325


UPHOLSTERY AEROSOLS

PROTECTANTS D A

B

E

C

F

LUBRICANTS & SILICONES

SILICONES—SLUYTER SUPER SLIP

An economical, all-purpose lubricant that stops squeaking, sticking, binding and slows corrosion. Use on any surface, such as metal, glass, rubber, plastic, painted finishes and fabrics. Non-staining and non-toxic. Can be used on food product equipment, sewing and cutting equipment to reduce drag. Helps fight rust on dies, rubber molds and precision equipment. Can be used to ease cover placement on foam cushions.

A widely-used lubricant for sewing, cushion stuffing and cutting tables. Use on foams and paddings, inside covers for ease of placing cushions, on needles, feed plates and table surfaces. Use on blades, tables and dies for cutting. Invisible product leaves no trace on fabrics.

A

7175

JEF Spray Silicone—14oz. (400g) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12) | Volume (60)

SILICONE—SLUYTER GRIP SLIP A multipurpose lubricant and foam release that will not interfere with post-finishing operations. Maintain adequate ventilation in work area. Store in a cool dry place away from excess heat. B

7182

C

7171

SCOTCHGARD™ TIPS This special formula for furniture fabrics covers 16–28ft2 of heavy weight fabrics and 30–40 ft2 of light weight fabrics per can. Some shiny surface fabrics, such as nylon may require lighter applications. Use on natural and synthetic fibres. Not recommended for silk, wool, velvet, leather, vinyl, suede or carpets.

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: AEROSOLS

Super Slip Silicone—14oz. (397g) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12)

D

7172

Super Slip Silicone— 1 Gal (4L) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (4)

E

7173

Super Slip Silicone— 5.3 Gal (20L) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12)

Grip Slip Paintable Silicone—14oz. (400g) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12)

326 /

Also invaluable as a general lubricant for joints, hinges, sliders, blades, etc. Can be used to waterproof electronics and ignition systems on automobiles. Anywhere friction is causing problems, silicone can be used to reduce it.

SCOTCHGARD™ Scotchguard™ is a world famous protectant from 3M. It is the easy-to-use odor free protectant that causes spills and liquids to blot up before they can turn into stains. 100% free of CFC’s and ozone depleting chemicals, will not change the look, feel or breatheability of fabric. Versatile, invisible protection for new or freshly cleaned upholstery. F

7177

Scotchgard™—10oz. (283g) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12)


I L H K J

G

FABRIGARD™—SLUYTER

303® FABRIC GUARD

Water and stain repellent, specifically developed for protecting fabric fibers from stains, water, smoke, dirt and clinging odors. Used on all types of carpets, upholstery and linens.

Professional grade water repellency technology. Manufacturer-approved and tested. Resists soiling and helps to impede mildew formation. Protects all indoor and outdoor fabrics, carpet and upholstery. Can be used on all natural/synthetic fiber, solution-dyed acrylic, carpeting, upholstery, patio furniture and auto interiors.

G

7167

FabriGuard®—11oz. (300g) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12)

H I

7170 7176

FabriGuard™—1 Gal (4L) FabriGuard™—5.3 Gal (20L) PRICE BREAKS: Each

J

7157

303® Fabric Guard™—16oz. (473mL) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12)

K

7158

303® Fabric Guard™—1 Gal. (3.79L) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (4)

FABRIGUARD KNOWLEDGE & TIPS

NO FRAY SPRAY

FabriGuard can be used on rain wear, clothing, canvas, shoes, cushions, tablecloths, upholstered furniture, automobile seat and trim, carpeting, suede, velvet and leather. It penetrates the material, surrounds the fibres, protecting it from stains and clinging odors. Spray overlapping sweeps 6–8” from fabric, let dry overnight. Test for water beading with a few drops. If water soaks in, reapply FabriGard. Coverage depends on the weight and absorbency of material being treated.

This unique product prevents unraveling of fabrics, thread slippage, reduces seam failure and eliminates over-edge stitching. Just spray the edges of the material prior to fraying. The top and bottom layer in bundles should be covered with paper to protect against overspray or mask edge with a piece of cardboard as you go along, spraying evenly 6–8” from the edge. Testing is recommended before large scale operation. L

7190

No Fray Spray—10.5oz. (298g) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12)

303 FABRIC GUARD—THE SUNBRELLA® SPECIALIST

Exceeding Expectations Since 1980

World’s most powerful and longest lasting fabric protector in a ready-to-use formula. Lasts up to 3 years. Protects new and cleaned fabric from water, dirt and grease to keep indoor and outdoor fabrics looking new. Sunbrella® recommends this fluorocarbon treatment for reproofing over silicone base products.

Will not change feel, color or breathability. Nontoxic and odorless when dry. One bottle will protect up to 40ft2 of lightweight fabric. Not recommended for plastic, vinyl, fiberglass or imitation suede. See p.333 for instructions. UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: AEROSOLS

/ 327


home e.

UPHOLSTERY CLEANERSsmart,

stylish, right at

Sunbrella® is a registered trademark of Glen Raven, Inc.

328 /

Surround your customers with the world’s most beautiful, worry-free fabrics for shade and seating. sunbrella.com/shelter

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: CLEANERS


CLEANERS GERMICIDAL CLEANER

303® SPOT CLEANER

This institutional strength aerosol cleaner provides an easy way to clean, disinfect and deodorize. No scouring or scratching necessary. Use in nursery and sickrooms, for garbage and diaper pails, and any washable surface that requires disinfecting. Does not require rinsing.

303® Spot Cleaner is a premium cleaner formulated to remove the most difficult carpet and upholstery stains. It features advanced enzyme action to remove the toughest stains, such as oils, grease, ink and liquids. This product is safe to use on all water-safe materials.

A

7200

Germicidal Cleaner—19oz. (539g)

C

11047 303® Spot Cleaner—32oz. (950ml)

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12)

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (8)

303® MULTI-SURFACE CLEANER

LEATHER CARE—VINYL & LEATHER CONDITIONER

Ultimate cleaning power with no residue. Safely brightens and rejuvenates surfaces. Removes oils, grease, ink, liquids and much more! Safe for all water-safe materials.

Sluyter’s Leather Care safely cleans and restores lustre to vinyl and leather finishes. The foaming action of this nonsolvent based formulation penetrates and eliminates dirt and grime effectively, and leaves a lustrous protective film on applied surfaces.

B

7202

303® Multi-Surface Cleaner—32oz. (950ml) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (8)

D

7081

Leather-Care Vinyl and Leather Conditioner—14oz. (396ml) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12)

A

B

C

D

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: CLEANERS

/ 329


UPHOLSTERY CLEANERS

CLEANERS: CRYPTON® CARE FABRIC REFRESHER

CRYPTON® INK REMOVER

The Fabric Freshener is a professional strength, ready-touse product that removes odors on fabrics. It is a neutral quaternary disinfectant on non-porous surfaces and is engineered to safely clean and leave upholstery and any room smelling fresh and clean.

This professional strength, ready-to-use cleaner is engineered to remove the toughest stains like ink, iodine, grease, markers and red stains. Effective for use on both leather and vinyls. This is a smaller size for trial or portable use. Great for stains that previously required solvent cleaners.

A

7069

Crypton® Care Deodorizing Mildew Resistant Fabric Refresher—32oz. (946ml)

E

7084

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (6) | Case (12)

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (24)

CRYPTON® CARE STAIN REMOVERS A professional strength, ready-to-use spot cleaner that is built to remove tough stains like blood, grass, food and beverage stains. Apply this Crypton® Care upholstery cleaner to the spot and lightly agitate. Blot up the solution with a clean, dry towel. Finally, rinse free with water. B

7070

Crypton® Care Ink/Grease/Oil Stain Remover—24oz. (710ml) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (6) | Case (12)

C

7073

Crypton® Care Food/Beverage/Protein Stain Remover—24oz. (710ml) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (6) | Case (12)

LEATHER & VINYL—CLEANER & RESTORER These products are specially formulated to safely clean treated leather and vinyl with natural degreasers. After cleaning, restorer is designed to replenish natural oils. Wipe on the restorer with a clean, dry cloth to instantly provide beauty and luster. 2 Bottles sold together. D

7082

Crypton® Care Leather & Vinyl Cleaner and Restorer—32oz. (946ml) PRICE BREAKS: Each

330 /

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: CRYPTON CLEANERS

Crypton® Ink Remover For Leather/Vinyl—0.5oz. (15ml)

CRYPTON® UPHOLSTERY BRUSH This compact upholstery brush was developed specifically for use on soft textiles through combined efforts with the Fuller Brush Company: Commercial Division to work on all upholstery without damaging fabric. Soft, black bassine fibers in a rigid polyethylene block provide the proper agitation. Use this brush to safely clean all soft textiles. F

7071

Crypton® Care Upholstery Brush PRICE BREAKS: Each

CRYPTON® CARE TRIGGER Easy, spray trigger. Made of durable polyethylene plastic and compatible with all the Crypton® products. G

7072

Crypton® Care Trigger PRICE BREAKS: Each


A

C B

D

E

© 2015 Crypton, Inc. Crypton and the red planet logo are registered trademarks of Crypton, Inc. U.S. patent 5,565,265 and other U.S. and global patents issued and pending.

F

G

DESIGN WITHOUT COMPROMISE The highest level of performance fabric is now softer and more beautiful. Crypton’s superior patented moisture, stain and odor protection ensures lasting elegance in even the most demanding environments.

Also available through J. Ennis – Crypton’s exceptional line of cleaners that will remove almost any stain imaginable. Crypton Upholstery Stain Remover and Crypton Leather/Vinyl Cleaner carry the EPA’s Designed for the Environment logo, recognizing the use of safer chemistry. Crypton designs and manufactures environmentally responsible, third-party-certified performance fabrics and furnishings.

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: CLEANERS

/ 331


UPHOLSTERY CLEANERS

SUNBRELLA® PRODUCTS: Fabrication, Care & Cleaning Sunbrella® is made from 100% Sunbrella acrylic fibre which gives it a color brightness that is unsurpassed. Sunbrella fabrics have a 10 year limited warranty for shade and marine fabric and 5 year limited warranty for furniture fabrics, guaranteed for a period of five years against loss of color or strength from normal exposure conditions including sunlight, mildew, rot and atmospheric chemicals. CARE & CLEANING

One of the best ways to keep Sunbrella fabrics looking good and to delay deep or vigorous cleaning is to properly maintain the fabrics. This can be accomplished by simply brushing off dirt before it becomes embedded in the fabrics, wiping up spills as soon as they occur or spot cleaning soon after stains occur. When cleaning Sunbrella fabrics, it is important to observe the following: •  Always use a mild soap such as Ivory Snow, Dreft or Woolite. •  Water should be cold to lukewarm. •  Rinse thoroughly to remove all soap residue. •  Air dry only. Never apply heat to Sunbrella fabrics.

GENERAL OR LIGHT CLEANING

Toclean Sunbrella while still on an awning frame, follow these simple steps: 1.  Brush off loose dirt. 2.  Hose down. 3.  Prepare a cleaning solution of water and mild soap such as Ivory Snow, Dreft or Woolite (no detergents). 4.  Use a soft bristle brush to clean. 5.  Allow cleaning solution to soak into the fabric. 6.  Rinse thoroughly until all soap residue is removed. 7.  Air dry. May not require re-treatment depending on the age of the fabric. If stubborn stains persist, you can use a diluted chlorine bleach/soap mixture for spot cleaning of mildew, roof run-off or other similar stains (see our Stain Chart for specific recommendations: http://cdn.glenraven.net/sunbrella/_pdf/en_us/stainchart.pdf).

HEAVY CLEANING FOR STUBBORN STAINS AND MILDEW

Sunbrella fabric does not promote mildew growth, however, mildew may grow on dirt and other foreign substances that are not removed from the fabric. Toclean mildew, or other stubborn stains: 1.  Make a solution of 8 oz. (1 cup) of chlorine bleach, 2 oz. (¼ cup) of mild soap and/or detergent, 1 gallon of water. 2.  Clean with soft bristle brush. 3.  Allow mixture to soak into fabric for up to 15 minutes. 4.  Rinse thoroughly until all soap residue is removed. 5.  Air dry. Repeat if necessary. Re-treatment of fabric for water and stain resistance will be necessary. Remember to protect the area around your Sunbrella if using a bleach solution. Carpet or other fabrics that are not Sunbrella may have an adverse reaction to the bleach.

332 /

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: CLEANERS


WASHING MACHINE

If an awning is suitable in size for a washing machine, these steps should be followed: 1.  Use mild soap and/or detergent. For heavier stains add 1 cup of bleach to wash. 2.  Wash and rinse in cold water. 3.  Air dry. Never apply heat to Sunbrella.

RE-TREATING THE FABRIC

APPLYING 303® FABRIC GUARD

Re-treatment for water and stain resistance will be necessary after machine washing. As part of the finishing process, Sunbrella fabrics are treated with a fluorocarbon finish, which enhances water repellency. This finish is designed to last for several years, but must be replenished after a thorough cleaning. Based on test results, Glen Raven recommends 303 Fabric Guard™ as the preferred re-treatment product for Sunbrella fabrics. Fabrics should be retreated after thorough cleaning or after five years of use. 303 should be applied to Sunbrella fabrics after each thorough cleaning, which typically removes the original finish and reduces the fabric’s water repellency. 1.  Clean Sunbrella fabric, using one of the cleaning methods. 2.  Allow Sunbrella to completely air dry. 3.  Apply a thin, even coat of 303 in a well ventilated area and allow fabric to dry completely. 4.  Apply a second thin, even coating of 303. (Two light coatings are more effective in restoring fabric water resistance than a single heavy coating. A 15oz. bottle provides coverage of up to 50 ft2 of fabric.)

PROFESSIONAL AWNING CLEANERS HELPFUL HINTS

You may have access to professional awning cleaning firms. In evaluating the services of a professional firm, you should inquire about a firm’s experience in working with Sunbrella fabrics and knowledge of cleaning and re-treatment requirements. DO NOT dry clean Sunbrella fabrics. Protect the area around the Sunbrella fabric when using a bleach solution— bleach may discolor non-Sunbrella fabrics. Always rinse Sunbrella thoroughly to completely remove bleach. Sunbrella air dries very quickly. Machine drying is not necessary. If fabric has some wrinkling, use an iron, if necessary, but only on the synthetic setting. As some irons exceed the recommended temperature on the synthetic setting, test a small inconspicuous area before ironing entire piece. DO NOT use a steamer or iron set to steam setting. Use of bleach and/or advanced age of the fabric application may impact the deterioration of the sewing thread and other non-Sunbrella components.

Sunbrella® is registered trademark of Glen Raven, Inc.

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: CLEANERS

/ 333


UPHOLSTERY CLEANERS

SUNBRELLA® PRODUCTS: Fabrication, Care & Cleaning CUTTING

Do not tear fabric. Cut with scissors or a knife. If a fused edge is desired, hot wire or hot blade cutting instruments may be used. Proper ventilation should be used when cutting with a hot blade instrument. Under ordinary conditions, Sunbrella will not shrink. (It is recommended that an awning/canopy be undercut approximately 0.5–1.0% both in length and width of the awning)

HEAT SEALING

SEWING

Sunbrella can be heat sealed, A radio-frequency heat sealing machine equipped with a thermoheated bar is recommended for best results. A layer of Teflon should be attached to the bar to prevent scorching of the fabric. Due to variations in equipment and physical properties of Sunbrella (color) it may be necessary to experiment with specific temperature settings and dwell times. It is recommended that the manufacturer of the heat sealing equipment used be consulted in order to determine the best procedure to follow with a particular machine. •  A double needle machine equipped with a puller is recommended. Needle gauge should be wide, if possible ¾”. Use of chain stitch is preferable in seaming the widths of cloth. •  A lock stitch with a walking foot is recommended for hemming. •  For both seaming and hemming the top thread should be polyester size F(16) or FF(12). Light to medium tension is recommended on both top and bottom thread. •  Use size F(16) thread for the looper thread on chain stitch machines. •  Lock stitch machines should use the same size bobbin thread as on top. •  Use size 22 needle with size FF thread on lock stitch machines. •  For chain stitch machines, when using size FF thread, the needle size should be 060. For thread size F, the needle size should be 054. Note: It is always advisable to use the smallest size needle with which the machine will stitch properly. For best results, needles should be inspected and changed frequently. •  Use of acrylic braid fringe is recommended. Centerfold or flat woven can also be used •  To minimize puckering when seaming, tension should be maintained both in front of and behind the needle. •  If needle hole leakage is a problem, an acrylic seam sealer is recommended.

INSTALLATION OF FABRICATION TIPS

•  It is recommended no rope pull-ups be used, but if necessary the pulleys should be offset two of three inches so the ropes wipe the fabric rather than concentrate their wear in one line. •  Installations should be made in such a manner as to avoid flapping or rubbing the fabric against walls, posts, shrubbery, etc. •  There should be no sharp or rough spots in the framework. Reinforcements should be used on parts of the fabric that will come in direct contact with the framework. This will reduce the amount of wear to the fabric and minimize the possibility of leakage. •  Rafters should be no more than 36” (92cm) apart and lacing bands should be used. •  A double front bard should be used on canopy type installations. •  Avoid flat or nearly flat installations. A minimal pitch of 1’ of drop per 3’ of projection is recommended. If less than optimal pitch exists: increase the number of rafters, install drain grommets (weepers) and use a double front bar to insure maximum tension. •  Installations that have underliners should have drain grommets. •  Use large enough pipe in framework to ensure a stable installation. •  In marine applications, the same general rules apply. A reinforcement should be used in areas where abrasion is likely to occur. Do not piece covers on top of installations. This can result in abrasion and deterioration. For boat covers that span large areas, a mooring pole is recommended to maintain adequate tension and drainage.

334 /

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: CLEANERS


NAUGAHYDE® CARE AND CLEANING Naugahyde® brand fabric with advanced BeautyGard™ is an exceptional choice as an upholstery fabric. Crafted in America and containing the finest materials available, Naugahyde® is a practical and popular choice among designers, specifiers and consumers. Antimicrobial: Naugahyde with Advanced BeautyGard provides outstanding protection in difficult medical and health care environments. Contains agents effective against bacterial and fungal micro-organisms. Disinfectability: High-Level Disinfectability: Naugahyde® BeautyGard™ has been formulated to achieve the high level disinfectability required in medical applications. It may be safely subjected to cleaning with disinfectant products containing bleach at full strength or glutaraldehydes. Intermediate-Level Disinfectability may be achieved by using bleach diluted 1:10 or rubbing alcohol. For rubbing alcohol to achieve intermediate level disinfectability, puddling must remain on surfaces until evaporation occurs. Due to its ease of application, bleach is the preferred disinfectant.

CARE & CLEANING LIGHT SOILING

Cleaning is a breeze with Naugahyde brand fabric and its Advanced BeautyGard protective finish. While staining and soiling exposures are common to upholstery fabrics, most stain and soiling may be removed. 1.  A solution of 10% household liquid dish soap with warm water applied with a soft damp cloth. 2.  If necessary, a solution of liquid cleanser and water applied with a soft bristle brush. Wipe away the residue with a water dampened cloth.

HEAVY SOILING

Dampen a soft cloth with lighter fluid (naphtha) and rub gently. Rinse with a water dampened cloth. Note: Use extreme caution with this method. Complete only in a well-ventilated area and away from any open flame. You should try this method on an inconspicuous spot before using it on the original stain/soiling.

DIFFICULT STAINS

1.  Dampen a soft, white cloth with a solution of household bleach (sodium hypochlorite): 10% bleach, 90% water. 2.  Rub gently. 3.  Rinse with a water dampened cloth to remove bleach concentration. 4.  If necessary, allow a 1:10 diluted bleach solution to puddle on the affected area or apply with a soaked cloth for approximately 30 minutes. Rinse with a water dampened cloth to remove any remaining bleach concentration. Note: You should try this method on an inconspicuous spot before using it on the original stain/soiling. To restore luster, a light coat of spray furniture wax can be used. Apply for 30 seconds and follow with a light buffing using a clean white cloth.

CAUTIONS

Should you desire to use other cleaning methods, carefully try them in an inconspicuous area to determine potential damage to the material. Never use harsh solvents or cleaners which are intended for industrial applications. To clean stained or soiled areas, a soft white cloth is recommended. Avoid use of paper towels. Cleaning products may be harmful/irritating to your skin, eyes, etc. Use protective gloves and eye protection. Do not inhale or swallow any cleaning product. Protect surrounding area/clothing from exposure. Use in a well ventilated area. Follow all product manufacturer’s warnings. Naugahyde cannot be held responsible for damage or injuries resulting from the use or misuse of cleaning products.

OUR NAUGAHYDE COLLECTIONS

Burkshire, Chameã II, English Pub, Neochrome, NaugaSoft, Rogue II, Spirit Millennium, Surfside and Zodiac.

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: CLEANERS

/ 335


We have a complete drapery fabric line that will satisfy your every need, from sheers and silks, to elegant floral and contemporary patterns. If you would like to control the light and temperature of your space we have numerous dimout fabrics and linings that will control the sunlight while keeping the heat out.


DRAPERY FABRIC


DRAPERY FABRIC 61 Snow

600 Ivory

602 Seashell

82 Champagne

6006 Mineral

905 Sterling

8338 Gold

8009 Taupe

807 Mink

805 Copper

8003 Cafe Au Lait

24 Earth Green

108 Burgundy

15 Deep Pink

102 Cameo

14 Flame Red

47 Paprika

17 Bordeaux

4006 Spice

44 Cadmium Orange

105 Lavender

93 Gainsboro

11 Brilliant Lavender

32 Glaucous

37 Slate

91 Ash Grey

97 Fog

21 Mint

302 Storm

208 Leaf

27 Meadow

202 Celery

6009 Otter

109 Raisin

3006 Cerulean Blue

34 Peacock

87 Sable

106 Bazaar

1009 Dark Violet

38 Dark Slate Blue

3009 Naval

9009 Midnight

INSPIRED Inspired is our 100% polyester faux silk solid. Natural slubs with a subtle sheen provide the real look of silk, while the content allows this to be a washable item. ACT PERFORMANCE INFO:

CONTENT: 100% Polyester CLEANING CODE: Water Based Cleaner FIRE RETARDANCY*: NFPA701; CAN/ULC S109 WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 59â&#x20AC;? (150cm) | 55 yards (50.2m)

* T his information is offered for general guidance only. It is accurate to the best of our knowledge and is not intended to relieve the user from its responsibility to investigate and understand other pertinent sources of information and to comply with all laws and procedures applicable to the safe handling and use of this material. Please note: T he fabric and supply images displayed may not represent the actual product in its entirety.

338 /

DRAPERY FABRIC


LININGS 2

nd

edition deception* | nightfall* | champion Finally, the ultimate light and noise control are at your fingertips! Create an intimate atmosphere in your room using our selection of essential drapery linings. Now, no matter the season, each home can feature enhanced UV protection and heat retention. Itâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s not just about the look, but also the ambianceâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;take customization of your room to the next level! * Avaliable in an F.R version. Deception is avaliable in 3 colors.

Contact your Sales Representative for more information. DRAPERY FABRIC

/ 339


DRAPERY FABRIC

DEVOTED

CITADEL A line of drapery fabrics with built-in dimout lining for use in home decor and contract. Features 23 fire retardant skus in 4 patterns.

6001 Winter White

303 Sky

203 Celery

907 Dove

87 Pudding

105 Scarlet

902 Sterling

8003 Pearl

14 Crimson (Black-Out)

88 Bonbon

308 Navy

9009 Ink

8003 Pearl

902 Sterling

2002 Sea Green

9008 Java

106 Brick

308 Navy

66 Flax

9006 Java

27 Moss

207 Blue Grass

88 Bonbon

ACT PERFORMANCE INFO:

CONTENT: 100 % Polyester CLEANING CODE: Machine Wash with Care FIRE RETARDANCY*: BS5438: 1976; CALIF117—Section E; MVSS302; NFPA701

HANDSOME

LIGHT CONTROL: 93%–99.87% dimout UV RESISTANCE: AATCC16 Class 5 WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 59” (150cm) | 55yd (50.2m)

LAVISH

NOTABLE

* T his information is offered for general guidance only. It is accurate to the best of our knowledge and is not intended to relieve the user from its responsibility to investigate and understand other pertinent sources of information and to comply with all laws and procedures applicable to the safe handling and use of this material. Please note: T he fabric and supply images displayed may not represent the actual product in its entirety.

340 /

DRAPERY FABRIC


TROPIC Tropic is a 100% woven polyester faux linen. This collection embodies the popular linen trend, and is easily incorporated into your home or contract project.

61 White

6003 Cream

64 Buff

602 Marble

604 Natural

608 Almond

605 Sahara

67 Champagne

606 Grain

805 Tuscan Sand

408 Sunset

508 Gold

8009 Mocha

8003 Coconut

609 Cafe au lait

802 Mink

6006 Putty

6009 Taupe

9003 Pebble

5009 Antique

81 Oregano

208 Olive Tree

202 Pear

205 Chartreuse

31 Sky Blue

302 Pacific

94 Steel

3003 Blue

308 Naval

1009 Plum

1003 Paprika

14 Moroccan Red

1006 Burgundy

4006 Bronze

808 Coffee Bean

87 Java

ACT PERFORMANCE INFO:

CONTENT: 100% Polyester FIRE RETARDANCY*: NFPA701 UV RESISTANCE: AATCC16 Class 4 WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 55â&#x20AC;? (140cm) | 55yd (502m)

9009 Sable

DRAPERY FABRIC

/ 341


Our line includes over 3,000 supplies for Home DĂŠcor, Contract and Specialty. We carry everything from adhesives to zippers for all your project needs in one location.


DRAPERY WORKROOM SUPPLIES


DRAPERY WORKROOM TAPES

HEADER TAPES PLEATED—TRANSPARENT A

50125

Adagio 70mm Triple Pinch Pleat PRICE BREAK: Roll (54yd)

B C D

E

F G

50130 50140 50240

50255

50030 50031

A

B

Aida 50mm Smock Pleat w/ Traverse Thread Boogie 50mm Quad Pleat Placido 50mm Pencil Pleat

C

PRICE BREAK: Roll (109yd)

D

Tosca 70mm Smock Pleat PRICE BREAKS: Roll (54yd)

E

Capo 180mm Pinch Pleat Calypso 180mm Group Pleat

F

PRICE BREAK: Roll (44yd) H

50032

Stradivari 100mm Pencil Pleat

G

PRICE BREAK: Roll (54yd) PLEATED—WHITE I

50135

Bellini 100mm Pencil Pleat

J

50165

Electra 100mm Goblet Pleat

K

50170

Flamenco 100mm Cluster Pleat

L

50195

Julia 100mm 3-Row Smock Pleat

M

50225

Molto 100mm Triple Pinch Pleat

N

50245

Simone 100mm Smock Pleat PRICE BREAK: Roll (54yd)

H

I

J

K

L

M

N

344 /

DRAPERY WORKROOM SUPPLIES: TAPES


O

P

VELOUR—WHITE O P

50145 50230

Concorde 25mm Velour Shearing Tape Oslo 29mm Mini Pleat PRICE BREAK: Roll (109yd)

Q

R

Q R S T U

50175 50210 50215 50220 50295

S

T

Gloriette Velour Box Pleat Manhattan 50mm Velour Pencil Pleat Metro 70mm Velour Smock Pleat w/ Pocket Row Mirabell 50mm Velour Smock Pleat Tivoli 50mm Velour Group Pleat PRICE BREAK: Roll (54yd)

DRAPERY HEADER TAPE—MEDIUM WEIGHT V

50906

Non-Woven Buckram (4” wide) PRICE BREAK: Case (5)

U

TECHNICAL TAPE V

W

50270

Eyelet Tape 88mm—White PRICE BREAK: Roll (44yd)

W

DRAPERY WORKROOM SUPPLIES: TAPES

/ 345


DRAPERY WORKROOM TAPES

AUSTRIAN & ROMAN BLIND TAPES: Ring Tape, Lift Tape and Accessories RING TAPE—TRANSPARENT A B

50150 50155

Diana 20mm Ring Tape—No Cord Diana 20mm Ring Tape—With Cord PRICE BREAK: Roll (109yd)

LIFT TAPE—TRANSPARENT C D D F

50190 50200 50205 50265

Iris 22mm Austrian Blind Tape w/ Cords Luna 16mm Roman Blind Luna 16mm Roman Blind Tape w/ Cords Urania 26mm Lift Tape PRICE BREAK: Roll (109yd)

E

50235

A

B

C

D

E

Pan 18mm Tape PRICE BREAK: Roll (218yd)

F

LIFT TAPE—TRANSPARENT C D D E

50190 50200 50205 50265

Iris 22mm Austrian Blind Tape w/ Cords Luna 16mm Roman Blind Luna 16mm Roman Blind Tape w/ Cords Urania 26mm Lift Tape PRICE BREAK: Roll (109yd)

F

50235

Pan 18mm Tape PRICE BREAK: Roll (218yd)

ACCESSORIES G

50120

Ohio Lift Cord 1mm PRICE BREAK: Each

346 /

DRAPERY WORKROOM SUPPLIES: TAPES

G


ESSENTIAL WORKROOM SUPPLIES: Clip, Weights, Hooks and Jet Pinner CLIP H

H

Vario Pleat Clip—Transparent

50115

PRICE BREAK: Case (10) WEIGHTS— LEAD FREE I

¼” Curtain Weight 35g Tape

50014

PRICE BREAK: Each (54yd) J

I

Vinyl Weight 1” (25mm)

50015

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (100) | Case (2) HOOKS K L

Single Curtain Hook—White 13/8” Heavy Duty Pin-On Hooks

50280 50505

PRICE BREAK: Case (10) J

L M

1” Bulk Pin-On Hooks 25/8” End Hook Pointed

50504 50506

PRICE BREAK: Case (5) N

Empire Hook Zinc 3”x 1/8”

50508

PRICE BREAK: Case (15) JET PINNER

K

O

Regular J-Pin Hooks Cartridge

50509

PRICE BREAK: Case (2) P

Jet Pinner

50510

PRICE BREAK: Case (5) L

M

N

O

P

DRAPERY WORKROOM SUPPLIES: TAPES

/ 347


HOOK & LOOP

JEF HOOK & LOOP: SEW-ON This nylon fastener is a two-part system—one part consisting of rows of hooks and the other part a mass of loops. When pressed together, they form a highly secure closure, yet can be easily peeled apart. This is a widely popular product for drapery, garments, bags, footwear, tents and furniture. Completely washable and dry cleanable, these jam-proof elements are adjustable and increase strength with pressure. They are available in sew-on or pressure sensitive adhesive back forms. B A

D C

F E

⁵⁄₈” SEW ON HOOK A 8984 ⁵⁄₈” Hook—White C 8986 ⁵⁄₈” Hook—Black

H

J

G

K

I

⁵⁄₈” SEW ON LOOP B 8985 ⁵⁄₈” Loop—White D 8987 ⁵⁄₈” Loop—Black PRICE BREAKS: Roll (27.3yd) | Case (5)

PRICE BREAKS: Roll (27.3yd) | Case (5) ¾” SEW ON HOOK A C E G

9012 9002 9028 8996

¾” Hook—White ¾” Hook—Black ¾” Hook—Beige ¾” Hook—Grey

¾” SEW ON LOOP B D F H

9013 9003 9029 8997

A C E G I K

9014 9004 9038 8998 8992 8980

1” Hook—White 1” Hook—Black 1” Hook—Beige 1” Hook—Grey 1” Hook—Royal 1” Hook—Red PRICE BREAKS: Roll (27.3yd) | Case (5)

348 /

DRAPERY WORKROOM SUPPLIES: HOOK & LOOP

¾” Loop—White ¾” Loop—Black ¾” Loop—Beige ¾” Loop—Grey PRICE BREAKS: Roll (27.3yd) | Case (5)

PRICE BREAKS: Roll (27.3yd) | Case (5) 1” SEW ON HOOK—27.3yd ROLL

L

1” SEW ON LOOP—27.3yd ROLL B D F H J L

9015 9005 9039 8999 8993 8981

1” Loop—White 1” Loop—Black 1” Loop—Beige 1” Loop—Grey 1” Loop—Royal 1” Loop—Red PRICE BREAKS: Roll (27.3yd) | Case (5)


1” SEW ON HOOK—546yd ROLL A C

9030 9026

1” Hook—White 1” Hook—Black

1” SEW ON LOOP—546yd ROLL B D

9031 9027

PRICE BREAK: Roll (546yd) 1½” SEW ON HOOK A C E

9010 9008 9044

1½” Hook—White 1½” Hook—Black 1½” Hook—Beige

PRICE BREAK: Roll (546yd) 1½” SEW ON LOOP B D F

9011 9009 9045

PRICE BREAK: Roll (27.3yd) | Case (5) 2” SEW ON HOOK A C E G I K

9016 9006 9048 9000 8994 8982

2” Hook—White 2” Hook—Black 2” Hook—Beige 2” Hook—Grey 2” Hook—Royal 2” Hook—Red

A C

9018 9024

4” Hook—White 4” Hook—Black PRICE BREAKS: Roll (27.3yd) | Case (5)

1½” Loop—White 1½” Loop—Black 1½” Loop—Beige PRICE BREAK: Roll (27.3yd) | Case (5)

2” SEW ON LOOP B D F H J L

9017 9007 9049 9001 8995 8983

PRICE BREAKS: Roll (27.3yd) | Case (5) 4” SEW ON HOOK

1” Loop—White 1” Loop—Black

2” Loop—White 2” Loop—Black 2” Loop—Beige 2” Loop—Grey 2” Loop—Royal 2” Loop—Red PRICE BREAK: Roll (27.3yd) | Case (5)

4” SEW ON LOOP B D

9019 9025

4” Loop—White 4” Loop—Black PRICE BREAKS: Roll (27.3yd) | Case (5)

SEW ON HOOK/LOOP C,D C,D

9032 9034

1” Hook/Loop—Black 2” Hook/Loop—Black PRICE BREAKS: Roll (27.3yd) | Case (5)

DRAPERY WORKROOM SUPPLIES: HOOK & LOOP

/ 349


HOOK & LOOP

HOOK & LOOP: VELCRO® SEW-ON This nylon fastener is a two-part system; one part consisting of rows of hooks and the other part a mass of loops. When pressed together, they form a highly secure closure, yet can be easily re-opened with a simple peeling action. Velcro® Hook and Loop fastening system retains 50% fastening strength in water, then returns back to 100% when dried. Completely washable and dry cleanable, these jam-proof fasteners are adjustable and increase strength with pressure. They are available in sew-on or pressure-sensitive adhesive back forms. All Velcro® Hook and Loop can be sterilized or autoclaved. A

B

C

D

VELCRO® HOOK SEW-ON—BLACK

VELCRO® HOOK SEW-ON—WHITE

MAX. IRONING TEMPERATURE: 163°C (325°F) MELTING TEMPERATURE: 204°C (399°F)

MAX. IRONING TEMPERATURE: 163°C (325°F) MELTING TEMPERATURE: 204°C (399°F)

A A A

9058 9060 9062

1” Velcro® Black Hook 1½” Velcro® Black Hook 2” Velcro® Black Hook

C C C

9052 9054 9056

1” Velcro® White Hook 1½” Velcro® White Hook 2” Velcro® White Hook PRICE BREAKS: Roll (50yd) | Case (10)

PRICE BREAKS: Roll (50yd) | Case (10) VELCRO® LOOP SEW-ON—BLACK

VELCRO® LOOP SEW-ON—WHITE

MAX. IRONING TEMPERATURE: 163°C (325°F) MELTING TEMPERATURE: 204°C (399°F)

MAX. IRONING TEMPERATURE: 163°C (325°F) MELTING TEMPERATURE: 204°C (399°F)

B B B

9059 9061 9063

1” Velcro® Black Loop 1½” Velcro® Black Loop 2” Velcro® Black Loop PRICE BREAKS: Roll (50yd) | Case (10)

350 /

DRAPERY WORKROOM SUPPLIES: HOOK & LOOP

D D D

9053 9055 9057

1” Velcro® White Loop 1½” Velcro® White Loop 2” Velcro® White Loop PRICE BREAKS: Roll (50yd) | Case (10)


HOOK & LOOP: VELCRO® PRESSURE-SENSITIVE Velcro® Brand Tempo pressure-sensitive hook and loop fastener has a superior grade of adhesive backing that is suitable for most applications—indoor and out. This product has superior bond strength to high energy surfaces. The pressure-sensitive adhesives have a high temperature resistance and a high resistance to plasticizer migration. Designed for use in applications requiring fast turnaround under production conditions such as in packaging, medical, toys and other markets. F

E

VELCRO® PRESSURE-SENSITIVE HOOK—BLACK E E

9108 9110

1” Velcro® Black Pressure-Sensitive Hook 2” Velcro® Black Pressure-Sensitive Hook PRICE BREAKS: Roll (25yd) | Case (5)

VELCRO® PRESSURE-SENSITIVE LOOP—BLACK F F

9109 9111

1” Velcro® Black Pressure-Sensitive Loop 2” Velcro® Black Pressure-Sensitive Loop

H

G

VELCRO® PRESSURE-SENSITIVE HOOK—WHITE G

9113

1” Velcro® White Pressure-Sensitive Hook PRICE BREAKS: Roll (25yd) | Case (5)

VELCRO® PRESSURE-SENSITIVE LOOP—WHITE H

9114

1” Velcro® White Pressure-Sensitive Loop PRICE BREAKS: Roll (25yd) | Case (5)

PRICE BREAKS: Roll (25yd) | Case (5)

HOOK & LOOP: VELCRO® POLYESTER Velcro® Brand polyester hook and loop fastener made for use outdoors. Ideal for use with boat covers and even outerwear. Available in black and white. VELCRO® POLYESTER—BLACK I K

13045 13044

1” Velcro® Polyester Hook—Black 1” Velcro® Polyester Loop—Black

I J

PRICE BREAK: Roll (50yd) VELCRO® POLYESTER—WHITE J L

13043 13042

1” Velcro® Polyester Hook—White 1” Velcro® Polyester Loop—White

K

L

PRICE BREAK: Roll (25yd)

DRAPERY WORKROOM SUPPLIES: HOOK & LOOP

/ 351


HOOK & LOOP

VELCRO® TEXACRO®

N

Velcro®’s Texacro® Hook & Loop is a mid-level product made for indoor and outdoor use, such as boat covers, mats, and outerwear. In essence, this new Hook & Loop can be used for any number of applications where two pieces of fabric, or like material, require adhesion to each other. Available in Sew On and Pressure-Sensitive formats. A North American-made product, the Texacro® Hook & Loop is part of the Velcro® Family of quality products. VELCRO® TEXACRO® SEW ON LOOP A B A B A B

13052 13050 13056 13054 13060 13058

1” Texacro Sew On Loop—White 1” Texacro Sew On Loop—Black 1½” Texacro Sew On Loop—White 1½” Texacro Sew On Loop—Black 2” Texacro Sew On Loop—White 2” Texacro Sew On Loop—Black PRICE BREAKS: Roll (50yd) | Case (10)

VELCRO® TEXACRO® SEW ON HOOK C D C D C D

13053 13051 13057 13055 13061 13059

1” Texacro Sew On Hook—White 1” Texacro Sew On Hook—Black 1½” Texacro Sew On Hook—White 1½” Texacro Sew On Hook—Black 2” Texacro Sew On Hook—White 2” Texacro Sew On Hook—Black PRICE BREAKS: Roll (50yd) | Case (10)

VELCRO® TEXACRO® PRESSURE-SENSITIVE LOOP A B

13048 ¾” Texacro Pressure-Sensitive Loop—White 13046 ¾” Texacro Pressure-Sensitive Loop—Black PRICE BREAKS: Roll (25yd) | Case (10)

VELCRO® TEXACRO® PRESSURE-SENSITIVE HOOK C D

13049 ¾” Texacro Pressure-Sensitive Hook—White 13047 ¾” Texacro Pressure-Sensitive Hook—Black PRICE BREAKS: Roll (25yd) | Case (10)

352 /

DRAPERY WORKROOM SUPPLIES: HOOK & LOOP

A

B

C

D


GROMMETS We stock two different brands of grommets. There is little difference between the Cruiser and Osborne brands. The main factor in choosing a line of grommets relates to the dies that you may already have. One note is that the spur grommets in the Osborne line have a protective rolled rim on the grommet, which the Cruiser line does not have. Either one gives excellent resistance to pulling out. Cruiser brand grommets are a popular brand based on an European Metric sizing system. However, the sizes are very close to the standard system normally used in North America. For comparison of sizes, we list these grommets in standard sizes. E

CRUISER PLAIN GROMMETS—BRASS E F G

6117 6115 6113

G

F

#3 Plain Grommet & Tooth Washer—Brass #2 Plain Grommet & Washer—Brass #1 Plain Grommet & Washer—Brass PRICE BREAKS: Bag (144) | Package (10) | Case (50) H

CRUISER SPUR GROMMETS—BRASS

J I

H I J

6127 6125 6123

#3 Spur Grommet & Washer—Brass #2 Spur Grommet & Washer—Brass #2 Spur Grommet & Washer—Brass PRICE BREAKS: Bag (144) | Package (10) | Case (50)

OSBORNE ROLLED-RIM SPUR GROMMETS—BRASS Rolled rim grommets have an extra lip on the rim of the grommet that accepts the spurs of the washer to give the ultimate pull-out resistance. K L M N O

6064 6066 6065 6061 6062

#0 Rolled Rim Spur Grommet & Washer #1 Rolled Rim Spur Grommet & Washer #2 Rolled Rim Spur Grommet & Washer #3 Rolled Rim Spur Grommet & Washer #4 Rolled Rim Spur Grommet & Washer PRICE BREAKS: Bag (144) | Package (5) | Case (25)

Please see p.356–p.357 for Grommet Tools.

L

K

O

N

M

DRAPERY WORKROOM SUPPLIES: GROMMETS

/ 353


DRAPERY WORKROOM GROMMETS

DECORATIVE GROMMETS: Decorative, Deco-Ring, Square Ring ROUND DECORATIVE METAL—ID* 1.57”, OD† 2½” Use with Grommet Fabric Hole Cutter (#50820, p.356) or the Hand Press Kit & Die (#50826 and #50829, p.357) to set these decorative metal grommets to the fabric. A

50800

Brass

B

50803

Black

C

50806

Silver

D

50810

Antique Pewter

E

50813

Antique Copper

F

50816

Antique Brass

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

N

O

P

Q

R

S

T

PRICE BREAK: Case (100) ROUND DECORATIVE PLASTIC—ID* 1.4”, OD† 2.17” G

50050

Beige

H

50055

Black

I

50060

White

J

50065

Brass

K

50070

Brass-Antique

L

50075

Brass-Matte

M

50080

Copper

N

50085

Granite

O

50090

Steel-Matte

P

50335

Chrome

Q

50315

Nature

R

50320

Caramel

S

50325

Maroon

T

50326

Chrome-Matte PRICE BREAK: Case (10)

* ID—Inside Diameter † OD—Outside Diameter Please note: Images are not actual size. 354 /

DRAPERY WORKROOM SUPPLIES: GROMMETS


Please see p.356–357 for Grommet Tools.

U

V

W

X ROUND DECORATIVE PLASTIC—ID* 0.79”, OD† 1.42”

Y

A1

C1

E1

G1

I1

Z

B1

D1

F1

H1

U

50000

Beige

V

50001

Black

W

50002

White

X

50003

Maroon

Y

50004

Copper

Z

50005

Granite

A1

50006

Steel-Matte

B1

50007

Nature

C1

50008

Brass

D1

50009

Brass-Antique

E1

50010

Caramel

F1

50011

Chrome

G1

50012

Brass-Matte

H1

50013

Chrome-Matte

J1

PRICE BREAK: Case (5) SQUARE DECORATIVE PLASTIC—ID* 1.73”, OD† 2.76”

K1

M1

O1

Q1

L1

N1

P1

R1

* ID—Inside Diameter † OD—Outside Diameter Please note: Images are not actual size.

I1

50020

Orange

J1

50021

Cream

K1

50022

Pistachio

L1

50023

Fuchsia

M1

50024

Linen

N1

50025

Black

O1

50026

Chocolate

P1

50027

White

Q1

50028

Cherry

R1

50029

Turquoise PRICE BREAK: Package (5)

DRAPERY WORKROOM SUPPLIES: GROMMETS

/ 355


DRAPERY WORKROOM TOOLS

GROMMET TOOLS HOLE CUTTING PAD Get the full distance from your cutters by using this pad under the material you are punching. The special surface absorbs the impact and allows the cutter to cut the material, not the bench underneath. Cutters stay sharper and last longer.

C

D

A

For maximum life of your cutters and die-setting equipment, always use a rubber mallet and not a steel hammer to set fasteners, grommets or to hole punch. SIZE: H ⁵⁄₁₆”x W 10"x D 10"

B

A

6120

Hole Cutting Pad PRICE BREAK: Each

G

E

F

VENT DIE This special die quickly sets #9021 Ventilators (p.288). Merely punch your hole, set the ventilator with the neck up on the base, and then slip the fabric in place. A few even taps with a mallet will set the vent. B

9022

#621 Vent Die PRICE BREAK: Each

GROMMET FABRIC HOLE CUTTER

MANUAL GROMMET KIT WITH DIE

Tool is used as any punch. A mallet is recommended for E 50823 Manual Grommet Kit—Die Included striking the punch and a soft surface under the material will PRICE BREAK: Each prevent the hardened steel cutter from damage and premature dulling. #6120 Hole Cutting Pad is strongly recommended and CRUISER SPUR GROMMET HAND-SETTING DIE will maximize the life of the punch. Meant for use with the Decorative Metal Grommets on p.354. Hand-setting tools for the Cruiser brand plain grommets C 50820 Grommet Fabric Hole Cutter (p.353). Each set consists of two parts, the punch and the die. Note that the spur and the plain dies are not interchangeable. HOLE SIZE: 1⁹⁄₁₆" You must have the specified die for each type. PRICE BREAKS: Each DRILL BIT CUTTER 40mm Drill Bit Cutter for cutting clean holes for mounting drapery grommets. By using a drill, the spinning action cuts a clean hole with less effort and is much more versatile. Can be used on site. D

50095

40mm Drill Bit Cutter PRICE BREAKS: Each

356 /

DRAPERY WORKROOM SUPPLIES: TOOLS

F F F

6145 6147 6149

#1 Plain Grommet Hand-Setting Die #2 Plain Grommet Hand-Setting Die #3 Plain Grommet Hand-Setting Die

G G G

6155 6157 6159

#1 Spur Grommet Hand-Setting Die #2 Spur Grommet Hand-Setting Die #3 Spur Grommet Hand-Setting Die PRICE BREAKS: Each


GROMMET TOOLS: OSBORNE & HAND PRESS DIES H

I

HOLE CUTTERS

J

HAND SETTING PLAIN DIES

HAND SETTING SPUR DIES

H

5059

#00 Hole Cutter—³⁄₁₆”

I

5020

#00 Plain Grommet Die

J

5019

#0 Spur Grommet Die

H

5024

#0 Hole Cutter—¼”

I

5034

#0 Plain Grommet Die

J

5055

#1 Spur Grommet Die

H

5031

#1 Hole Cutter—⁹⁄₃₂”

I

5021

#1 Plain Grommet Die

J

5028

#2 Spur Grommet Die

H

5032

#2 Hole Cutter—3/8”

I

5022

#2 Plain Grommet Die

J

5027

#3 Spur Grommet Die

H

5033

#3 Hole Cutter—⁷⁄₁₆”

I

5023

#3 Plain Grommet Die

J

5029

#4 Spur Grommet Die

H

5037

#4 Hole Cutter—½”

I

5025

#4 Plain Grommet Die

H

5038

#5 Hole Cutter—5/8”

I

5026

#5 Plain Grommet Die

PRICE BREAK: Each

PRICE BREAK: Each

PRICE BREAK: Each

HAND PRESS KIT & DIE

K

Meant for use with the Decorative Metal Grommets on p.354. K

50826

Hand Press Kit & Die—Special Order Only PRICE BREAK: Each

L

50829

Hand Press Die Set The part that fits into the hand press is ½" long with a ⁵⁄₈" diameter.

L

PRICE BREAK: Each

DRAPERY WORKROOM SUPPLIES: TOOLS

/ 357


DRAPERY WORKROOM TOOLS

STEAMERS HAND HELD STEAMER

J-4000 JIFFY STEAMER

This portable, versatile steamer is for removing wrinkles and puckers in fabrics, especially velvets. Not an industrial all day use steamer, but perfect for on site adjustments to upholstery or draperies. Easy to fill and has a visible water level indicator. Starts producing steam in 15 seconds and has a large steam vent for a continuous flow of steam. Features a built in thermostat and an on/off indicator light.

The J-4000 professional duty model has dual thermostats for steam in seconds after preheating. Features built in boiler tank made from strong rust proof #304 stainless steel. Contains a sight gauge allowing you to quickly keep a visual check on the water level within the steamer. A 1500W heating element is designed for long life. This unit features heavy duty coded high temperature wiring and a three-position switch with automatic shut off. UL, CSA and CE approved. Shipping weight for this unit is 29lb. The heating element can be replaced.

A

7288

Esteam Hand Held Steamer PRICE BREAK: Each

J-2 JIFFY STEAMER J-2 standard steamer from Jiffy operates with ordinary tap water and is easy and safe to use. Has a 5½’ hose and sectional rod set, removable for storage. Comes with an assembly wrench for easy, convenient setup. Heavy duty wiring. Die cast aluminum housing with 1 gallon (4.5L) check-valve water bottle that prevent spilling. New improved heating element produces steam quickly and is specially designed to control “spitting”. Easily disassembles to remove mineral deposits. Has a shipping weight of 10lb. The heating element can be replaced. B C

7283 7285

J-2 Jiffy Steamer J-2 Heating Element Replacement PRICE BREAK: Each

F

C A

E

358 /

DRAPERY WORKROOM SUPPLIES: TOOLS

D E

7284 7289

J-4000 Jiffy Steamer J-4000 Heating Element Replacement PRICE BREAK: Each

REPLACEMENT HOSE FOR J-2 & J-4000 F

7287

Hose Replacement LENGTH: 5½’  PRICE BREAK: Each

B

D


M N O P

PATTERN MAKING WASH-OUT MARKER

HEAD PINS

Easily sharpened markers for intricate design. Leaves a clean white mark. Designed to washout from most fabrics with water.

2½” long pins for holding covers in place for fitting. The bright heads make them easy to see and remove.

G

M N O

3004 Wash-Out Marker—White PRICE BREAKS: Box (12) | Case (12)

6257 6258 6259

PRICE BREAKS: Box (100 pieces) | Package (5)

SANIGENE® CHALK SKEWERS

Dustless Sanigene® blackboard chalk. H I

3001 3003

3” 16 gge steel skewers with a large eye end for gripping and threading. For pinning covers while fitting.

Sanigene® Chalk—White Sanigene® Chalk—Yellow

P

PRICE BREAKS: Box (144 pieces) | Case (6)

6255

TWIST PIN

Sturdy cardboard sheeting in three thicknesses. This material can be used for making patterns, or laminated together to make panels, stiffeners, etc. #3249 is often used as door panels in automotive and van customizing.

-

3219 3229

3249

This curling pin with plastic “crystal” head is ideal for holding doilies and arm covers in place Q

6251

28”x 40” 0.04gge— Standard Brown 40”x 60” 0.057gge— Standard Brown

Crystal Knobby Twist Pin PRICE BREAK: Box (500 pieces)

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (15) | Case (100)

RULERS

37”x 60” 0.1gge (2 ply)—Matte Black

These aluminum rulers are light and versatile, they double as a measuring stick and a straight edge. The numbers are printed on, not stamped into the ruler, giving a smooth non-snagging surface when used as a straightedge. Comes in two widths and are both 60” in length.

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (15) TAILORS CHALK Tailors style crayon chalk can be easily resharpened and is non-permanent on most surfaces. Unlike some inks, the wax base will not bleed through surfaces. The white chalk can be removed from dark surfaces with the quick touch of an iron or steamer. J K L

3” Steel Skewers PRICE BREAKS: Box (36 pieces) | Case (4)

CARDBOARD

-

Plastic Head Pin—Red Plastic Head Pin—Blue Plastic Head Pin—Yellow

3005 Tailors Chalk—White 3007 Tailors Chalk—Yellow 3008 Tailors Chalk—Black

R S

6608 6609

1½”x 60” Aluminum Ruler 2”x 60” Aluminum Ruler PRICE BREAK: Each

Q R

PRICE BREAKS: Box (48 pieces) | Case (5) G

S

I

H J

K

L

DRAPERY WORKROOM SUPPLIES: TOOLS

/ 359


DRAPERY WORKROOM TOOLS

KNIVES HEAVY DUTY OLFA KNIFE This is a tough, straight edged blade that is sharp enough to cut vinyls, carpet or other materials, and can be re-sharpened to last many years of service. A

8052

Heavy Duty Olfa Knife PRICE BREAK: Each

B

8055

A

Heavy Duty Olfa Blades— 0.5mm PRICE BREAKS: Package (10) | Case (6)

B

8058

Heavy Duty Olfa Blades— 0.5mm PRICE BREAKS: Package (50) | Case (6)

OLFA REPLACEMENT BLADES C

8059

Standard Duty Olfa Blades PRICE BREAKS: Package (50) | Case (6)

D

8038

Ultra Max Heavy Duty Olfa Blades

B

PRICE BREAK: Package (50)

C

D

360 /

DRAPERY WORKROOM SUPPLIES: TOOLS


SHEARS: QUICK CLIP WISS QUICK CLIP CUTTER Heavy duty contour design with positive spring action re-opens blades for fast cutting. PVC plastic handle with stainless steel sharp point blades. Replacement blades are available in a set with 4 blade screws. E F

7021 7022

Wiss Quick Clip Sharp Point Cutter Wiss Quick Clip Replacement Blades

E F

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (6) MUNDIAL QUICK CLIP CUTTER Ideal for snipping threads. This tool is small, easy-to-use in a natural motion in corners of covers and other hard-toreach areas. G

7023

G

Mundial Quick Clip Cutter PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (6)

SHEARS: KAI

N

KAI SHEARS Blades made of high-carbon Molybdenum Vanadium stainless steel for extra-long edge life and high cutting efficiency. Ergonomically styled and padded grip made of “Elastomer” soft plastic for maximum ease of handling. Right hand use only. H I J K

7035 7034 7036 7037

H I

10” KAI Micro-Serrate Edge Shear 8” KAI Regular Edge Shear 10” KAI Regular Edge Shear 12” KAI Regular Edge Shear PRICE BREAK: Each J

K

DRAPERY WORKROOM SUPPLIES: TOOLS

/ 361


DRAPERY WORKROOM TOOLS

SHEARS: MUNDIAL Mundial is a world renowned quality shear, manufactured to the highest standards using only the best materials and processes. Adjust the ride once with a screw driver and you are done. The Stay-Set™ is uniquely engineered to stay true to its name. Once set, it stays set for comfortable cutting power under the most demanding commercial conditions. Hot drop forged and fully nickel plated with black enamel handles. STRAIGHT MUNDIAL SHEARS These high quality shears have a solid feel, a sturdy blade and come in a variety of sizes. The 8” Mundial is a smaller shear for smaller hands and tight quarters. A common size found in general upholstery would be the 10” Mundial. All shears are designed for the right hand except the 9” Cushion Soft. The Cushion Soft shear has enlarged finger bows and a padded soft touch lining, designed for both the right and left hand use. A B C

7002 7001 7004 7007

E

8” Mundial Shears 9” Cushion Soft Shears 10” Mundial Shears 12” Mundial Shears

D

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (6) -

7003

9” Mundial Shears PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (4)

HEAVY DUTY MUNDIAL SHEARS Thicker, heavy duty blades cut through multiple layers and tough materials. Extra weight gives extra control and smoothness when cutting. Right hand use only. D -

7013 7014

A

10” Mundial Heavy Duty Shears 12” Mundial Heavy Duty Shears

B

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (6) PINKING MUNDIAL SHEARS Precision matched teeth that provide a decorative ravel resistant finish. E

7015

8½” Mundial Pinking Shears PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (6)

362 /

DRAPERY WORKROOM SUPPLIES: TOOLS

C


SHEARS: WISS Wiss Shears are made of the finest quality cutlery steel with drop-forged polished blades with a patented Set-Easy pivot. Superior combination of hardened, ground, edged and adjusted combines to provide outstanding cutting ability and durability. WISS APPAREL SHEARS Bent apparel sheers with “inlaid” blades and black handles for professional dress maker and industrial use.

F

F

7020

9” Wiss Apparel shears PRICE BREAK: Each

WISS BENT TRIMMER SHEARS Industrial sheers with “inlaid” blades and black handles. The 10” comes in both a right and left handed design.

G

G H I

7025 7027 7026

10” #20 Wiss Bent Trimmer 10” #20LH Wiss Bent Trimmer 12” #22N Wiss Bent Trimmer PRICE BREAK: Each

WISS HEAVY DUTY BENT TRIMMER SHEARS Heavy duty bent shears with “inlaid” blades and black handles. Thicker, heavy duty blades cut through multiple layers and tough materials. Extra weight gives extra control and smoothness when cutting. Right hand use.

H

J

7030 7031

10” Wiss Heavy Duty Bent Trimmer 12” Wiss Heavy Duty Bent Trimmer PRICE BREAK: Each

WISS X-SHARP KNIFE BENT TRIMMER I

All the quality of Wiss in a shear with a feature Knife Edge ground blade for faster, cleaner easier cutting of synthetic fibers. Fine cutlery grade steel, with hot drop-forged polished blades and the patented Set-Easy pivot. -

7032 7033

10” Wiss X-Sharp Knife Bent Trimmer 12” Wiss X-Sharp Knife Bent Trimmer PRICE BREAK: Each

J

DRAPERY WORKROOM SUPPLIES: TOOLS

/ 363


DRAPERY WORKROOM THREADS

THREADS: POLYESTER

K

J

M

D

B A

L

C

H

F G

E

KOBAN DUAL DUTY TEX 24 Two-ply twisted thread made from 35% cotton cover and 65% polyester core. The cotton protects the poly core from the weakening effects of needle heat while supplying the high-level strength characteristics of a synthetic. There is no fusing, even at high machine speeds. It has excellent durability to repeated launderings, low shrinkage and excellent abrasion resistance. The cotton retains the lubricant better than a polyester would without it, while the continuous filament core provides excellent loop-forming characteristics through the needle, which is important when sewing heavy fabrics, as it helps prevent skip stitching. This is a superb all-around sewing thread. PRICE BREAKS: Spool (6,000yd) | Case (10)

364 /

DRAPERY WORKROOM SUPPLIES: THREADS

A

11318

Navy

B

11326

Steel

C

11316

Red

D

11323

Sky Blue

E

11314

White/Natural

F

11325

Apple Red

G

11327

Dove Grey

H

11315

Black

I

11322

Smoke

J

11321

Light Grey

K

11324

Slate

L

11320

Dark Beige

M

11317

Royal

I


O

#50 EPIC This is a corespun thread—65% polyester filament core and 35% spun polyester wrap. It has a high tenacity, giving consistent performance for all-duty use in drapery and in apparel, such as uniforms, work wear and slacks.

N

N O

11731 #50 Epic Poly Thread—Black 11745 #50 Epic Poly Thread—White THICKNESS: Tex 40 BREAK STRENGTH: 4.5lb (2kg) PRICE BREAKS: Spool (6,000yd) | Case (10)

#100 EPIC Epic 100 is a 100% polyester thread intended to be used in the drapery and apparel industries. This premium quality thread outperforms all other 100% polyester threads. The core is Trevira high tenacity filament polyester. It contains specific new lubricants that allow use in the finest materials with no risk of staining. P

Q

P Q

8575 8578

#100 Epic Poly Thread—White #100 Epic Poly Thread—Antique Cream THICKNESS: Tex 27 BREAK STRENGTH: 2.7lb (1.2kg) PRICE BREAKS: Spool (6,000yd) | Case (10)

Please see p.253 for Thread Tools, and p.294–295 for Needles.

DRAPERY WORKROOM SUPPLIES: THREADS

/ 365


DRAPERY WORKROOM THREADS

THREADS: POLYESTER (CONT.) B

A

C

E

D

G

H

F

I

#70 SPECTRUM 100% high tenacity premium spun polyester thread. It is an advanced low friction lubricated thread with consistent quality, it provides exceptional sewing performance in high speed and critical sewing operations. Primary applications include surging and edging. Excellent apparel thread for light and medium sewing applications. A B C D E F

11750 11751 11752 11762 11763 11764

70 Spectrum—Black 70 Spectrum—Tan 70 Spectrum—Camel 70 Spectrum—Off White 70 Spectrum—Beige 70 Spectrum—White BREAK STRENGTH: 2.5lb (1.1kg) PRICE BREAKS: Spool (6,000yd) | Case (10)

366 /

DRAPERY WORKROOM SUPPLIES: THREADS

#50 SPECTRUM 100% high tenacity premium spun polyester thread. It is an advanced low friction lubricated thread with consistent quality, it provides exceptional sewing performance in high speed and critical sewing operations. Applications include drapery, uniforms, work wear, slacks, etc. G H I

11701 11713 11715

50 Spectrum—Black 50 Spectrum—Off White 50 Spectrum—White BREAK STRENGTH: 3.5lb (1.6kg) PRICE BREAKS: Spool (6,000yd) | Case (10)


STAR ULTRA DEE 138

J

K

L

Polyester thread with excellent resistance to UV rays, micro-organisms, mildew, acids and other chemicals. Excellent sewability with less pucker, providing for optimum operator and sewing machine efficiencies. Resists moisture absorption and is a very good insulator against electrical charges. Colorfast and durable, dry-cleanable. Bonding process applied to this thread provides excellent sewability in tough-to-sew operations, resists abrasion from the needles and other external forces better than nonbonded polyester. J K L

8411 8412 8413

M

N

O

P

Q

R

T

U

DB138 1lb Polyester Thread—White DB138 1lb Polyester Thread—Black DB138 1lb Polyester Thread—Olive Drab PRICE BREAKS: Each (1lb or ~3,000yd) | Case (10)

STAR ULTRA DEE 92 100% Polyester thread with excellent resistance to UV rays, micro-organisms, mildew, acids and other chemicals. BREAK STRENGTH: 14.2lb (6.43kg) PRICE BREAKS: Each (½lb or ~1,035yd) | Case (10) M N O P Q

8093 8095 8085 8086 8087

Black White Pacific Blue Cadet Grey Jockey Red

R S T U

8088 8089 8090 8097

Toast Navy Forest Green Burgundy

STAR ULTRA DEE 92—G-TYPE BOBBINS N

928095 White

M

928093 Black S

PRICE BREAK: Each (25yd) STAR ULTRA DEE B92 PRICE BREAKS: Each (1lb or ~2,000yd) | Case (10) M N O P Q

8092 8094 8096 8099 8098

Black White Pacific Blue Cadet Grey Jockey Red

R S T U

8103 8102 8100 8101

Toast Navy Forest Green Burgundy

Please see p.253 for Thread Tools, and p.294–295 for Needles.

DRAPERY WORKROOM SUPPLIES: THREADS

/ 367


DRAPERY WORKROOM THREADS

THREADS: NYLON A

Q

B

R

C

S

D

T

E

U

F

V

G

W

H

X

69 NYLON 69 Nylon thread is a 3-ply continuous multifilament synthetic bonded sewing thread made from 100% Type 6.6 DuPont bright nylon. It is known for its excellent sewability, high strength, resistance to abrasion and wear, with controlled stretch and recovery properties. 69 Nylon is unaffected by mildew or rot. This thread is finished with a combination of waxes, silicones and oils that are specially designed to facilitate the sewing operation. They provide consistent machine tensions and loop formation. Also provides protection from needle heat to ensure good sewability, and to prevent the fusing of thread and fabric yarns. This treatment bonds the individual filaments and plies together and guards against abrasion and unraveling of threads during sewing. Melts at 252–260°C (480–500°F); Sticks at 229°C (445°F).

I

J

K

L

Y

Z

A1

B1

M

C1

N

D1

O

E1

PRICE BREAKS: Each (3,000yd) | Case (10) A

8158

Black

Q

8161

Orange

B

8114

White

R

8163

Willow Green

C

8162

Bronze

S

8167

Dark Blue

D

8166

Royal

T

8170

Red

E

8169

Burgundy

U

8172

Deer

F

8171

Natural

V

8174

Light Brown

G

8173

Dark Beige

W

8176

Walnut Brown

H

8175

Sand

X

8178

Dark Brown

I

8177

Brown

Y

8180

Light Grey

J

8179

Mahogany

Z

8182

Off White

K

8181

Dark Grey

A1

8185

Emerald Green

L

8184

Medium Brown

B1

8359

Hunter Green

M

8357

Sea Green

C1

8366

Blue/Grey

N

8363

Light Blue

D1

8377

Charcoal

E1

8375

Brown

O

8371

Purple

P

8360

Olive Drab

P

368 /

DRAPERY WORKROOM SUPPLIES: THREADS

Please see p.298–299 for an alternative 1lb 69 Nylon option.


THREADS: POLY-COTTON F1

G1

H1

I1

J1

K1

L1

M1

N1

O1

P1

Q1

R1

RS

KOBAN #25 DUAL DUTY An excellent multi-purpose sewing thread for general upholstery, leathers, vinyls, canvases and knit goods. It consists of a filament core of polyester with a cover of cotton. The cotton protects the poly core from the weakening effects of needle heat while supplying the high level strength characteristic of a synthetic thread. There is no fusing, even at high machine speeds. It has excellent durability to repeated laundering, low shrinkage and excellent abrasion resistance. The cotton retains the lubricant better than a polyester would without it, and the continuous filament core provides excellent loop forming characteristics through the needle. This is important when sewing heavy fabrics, as it helps prevent skip stitching. BREAK STRENGTH: 11.5lb (5.2kg) PRICE BREAKS: Spool (3,000yd) | Case (10) F1

8117

White

G1

8189

Black

H1

8190

Natural

I1

8194

Olive Green

J1

8195

Dark Green

K1

8196

Grey

L1

8197

Royal Blue

M1

8198

Navy Blue

N1

8199

Red

O1

8200

Brown

P1

8381

Yellow

Q1

8389

Chestnut

R1

8393

Light Brown

S1

8401

Light Grey

Please see p.253 for Thread Tools, and p.294â&#x20AC;&#x201C;295 for Needles.

DRAPERY WORKROOM SUPPLIES: THREADS

/ 369


DRAPERY WORKROOM ZIPPERS A

B

K

C

L

M

JEF ZIPPERS: COIL Unlike the metal zipper, the coil chain will not scratch the operators hands when filling cushions and will not break needles when being sewn. Also allows for smooth operation when a curve is needed in particular cushion styles. #4 COIL CHAIN ZIPPER

#5 COIL ZIPPER CHAIN K L M

#4 regular duty coil chain tape is an ideal zipper for cushions, inside pockets, bags or any light duty application. It has a low profile when installed and a very clean appearance either open or closed. An economical solution to a fastening need. A B C

9912 #4 Coil Chain Zipper—Black 9909 #4 Coil Chain Zipper—White 9970 #4 Coil Chain Zipper—Beige

PRICE BREAKS: Roll (200yd) | Case (5) #5 ZIPPER SLIDERS N O P

PRICE BREAKS: Roll (300yd) | Package (1200yd) Case (3600yd)

D E F

Q R

11682 #5 Locking Coil Zipper Slider—Off-White 11670 #5 Locking Coil Zipper Slider—Black PRICE BREAKS: Bag (100) | Package (10)

#5 FINISHED COIL—OPEN END AUTOLOCK S S S

9929 #4 Coil Slide Pin Lock—Black 9906 #4 Coil Slide Pin Lock—White 9971 #4 Coil Slide Pin Lock—Beige

11500 #5 Coil 16” Open End Autolock—Black 11501 #5 Coil 18” Open End Autolock—Black 11502 #5 Coil 20” Open End Autolock—Black PRICE BREAKS: Bag (25) | Package (5) | Case (10)

PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (10) #4 COIL SLIDE NON-LOCK

9891 #5 Non-Locking Coil Zipper Slider—White 9879 #5 Non-Locking Coil Zipper Slider—Black 10001 #5 Non-Locking 2-Tab Coil Zipper Slider—Black PRICE BREAKS: Bag (100) | Package (10)

#4 COIL SLIDE PIN LOCK Pin locking single tab sliders for #4 coil zippers. These sliders will stay where left and not have a tendency to drift open. Two pins on the slider lock into the teeth of the chain when the tab is pressed down and stays until the tab is lifted again.

9880 #5 Coil Chain ⁵⁄₈”—Black 9890 #5 Coil Chain ⁵⁄₈”—White 11660 #5 Coil Chain ⁵⁄₈”—Off-White

D

F

E

S

Non-locking sliders are great for bags, pockets and other applications where the zipper may recess into the product. G H

9914 9917

#4 Coil Slide Non-Lock—Black #4 Coil Slide Non-Lock—White

H

G

PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (10)

J

I

#4 COIL SLIDE NON-LOCK—LONG TAB Non-locking sliders with extra long tabs are easier to grip and move. Great for bags, pockets and other applications where the zipper may recess into the product. I J

9887 9910

#4 Coil Slide Non-Lock—Black #4 Coil Slide Non-Lock—White PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (10)

370 /

DRAPERY WORKROOM SUPPLIES: ZIPPERS

P

N O

R

Q


ZIPPERS: YKK METAL

T

See Zipper Notes on p.75. YKK #4 ALUMINUM ZIPPER TAPE This size has been the industry standard for cushion zipper for decades. Sliders mount very easily to zipper tape. T

9913

U

YKK #4 Aluminum Zipper Tape—Natural PRICE BREAKS: Roll (273yd) | Case (4)

YKK #4 ALUMINUM ZIPPER SLIDER U

9916

YKK #4 Aluminum Zipper Slider PRICE BREAKS: Bag (100) | Case (10)

V

YKK #5 ALUMINUM ZIPPER TAPE #5 is slightly larger and stronger. It is intended for more strenuous applications such as bags and thicker cushions on upholstered furniture where a slightly heavier load is expected. V

9918

YKK #5 Aluminum Zipper Tape—Lt. Beige PRICE BREAKS: Roll (109yd) | Case (4)

W

YKK #5 ALUMINUM ZIPPER SLIDER W

9919

YKK #5 Aluminum Zipper Slider PRICE BREAKS: Bag (100) | Case (10)

YKK #4 BRASS ZIPPER TAPE The brass finish is a more decorative alternative to aluminum for those applications where you want to stay with the traditional look and feel of metal zippers. The brass is strong, attractive and weatherproof. Easy to use. X

9911

X

YKK #4 Brass Zipper Tape—Beige PRICE BREAKS: Yard | Roll (164yd)

YKK #4 BRASS ZIPPER SLIDER Y

9915

Y

YKK #4 Brass Zipper Slider PRICE BREAKS: Bag (100) | Case (10)

Please see p.256 for Zipper Pliers.

DRAPERY WORKROOM SUPPLIES: ZIPPERS

/ 371


DRAPERY WORKROOM PADDING

PILLOWS & BOLSTERS Match decorative treatments or upholstered pieces to comforters and pillows using our extensive line of fabrics and inserts. POLYESTER TOSS CUSHION FORMS A

6924

Polyester Toss Cushion Form—14”x14” PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (24)

B

6925 6926 6927

Polyester Toss Cushion Form—16”x16” Polyester Toss Cushion Form—18”x18” Polyester Toss Cushion Form—20”x20” PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12)

C

6928

FEATHER WRAPPED IN DOWN PILLOWS 90% feather middle, 10% down around. 260 thread count of 100% cotton casing F F F

13004 Wrapped In Down Pillow—Double 20”x26” 13005 Wrapped In Down Pillow—Queen 20”x30” 13006 Wrapped In Down Pillow—King 20”x36” PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

Polyester Toss Cushion Form—24”x24” PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

POLYESTER PILLOW FORMS Excellent feel with a higher degree of firmness than feathers or down. Sanitary synthetic cushion forms in a polycotton envelope. E E

6929 6930

Polyester Pillow—Queen Size 18”x26” Polyester Pillow—King Size 18”x32” PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (5)

A

BOLSTERS 100% polyester silicone bonded Holofil fiber bolster inserts to form cushions and bolsters for furniture and bedding. Covering envelope created from 200 thread count polycotton. D D

6921 6920

Bolster—7”x14” Bolster—9”x39” PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

Please note: Images should only be referenced for shape and form. Sizing may not be proportional to actual product. 372 /

DRAPERY WORKROOM SUPPLIES: PADDING

B

C


FEATHER PILLOWS

FEATHER CUSHIONS

Feather pillow insert to accompany the Down Comforter Inserts on p.374. These high quality feather pillow inserts are filled with 100% white waterfowl feathers for an excellent feel and a higher degree of firmness than you would find in pure down.

Throw cushion inserts of 100% white waterfowl feathers in an envelope of white down proof cotton, with a thread count of 260.

The minimum thread count used on the cover envelope is 200, which will ensure that the feather will not migrate out of the pillow. All products are sanitized and guaranteed against normal defect. G G G

6910 6911 6912

Feather Pillow—Double 20”x26” (32oz.) Feather Pillow—Queen 20”x30” (38oz.) Feather Pillow—King 20”x36” (44oz.) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

H H

13014 Feather Cushion—12”x20” 13013 Feather Cushion—16”x16” PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

H H

13015 Feather Cushion—27”x27” 13016 Feather Cushion—32”x32” PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (6)

H H H

6915 6916 6917

Feather Cushion—18”x18” Feather Cushion—20”x20” Feather Cushion—25”x25” PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

E

G

F

H

D

DRAPERY WORKROOM SUPPLIES: PADDING

/ 373


DRAPERY WORKROOM PADDING

COMFORTER INSERTS Ounce for ounce, down is the most efficient insulator known to man. Synthetic and other natural fibers can match its insulation levels, but not at the same light weight. It is warm, light and easy to care for, making down the ultimate choice for comforters and bed coverings. Down is an insulator, not a heater, allowing air to flow rather than sealing it in, adjusting to the temperature of the body. It can be compressed into small spaces. Down clusters are incredibly resilient, with proper care, a down product will last a lifetime. Be sure that the cover has a high thread count and cotton content. GOOSE DOWN

FEATHER & DOWN BED

The goose down comforter is a higher quality comforter than a duck down comforter. The goose down is much lighter and warmer than duck down. 100% cotton casing (260 thread count) with baffle box construction for even warmth.

These beds are made out of 90% feather and 10% down filling. All beds come in a 260 thread count of 100% cotton casing. The hermetic square style allows for separate squared off sections and an air tight seal. Also can be called a mattress topper.

A A A

13010 13011 13012

Goose Comforter—Double 78”x88” (27oz.) Goose Comforter—Queen 86”x90” (30oz.) Goose Comforter—King 104”x90” (37oz.) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (6)

A A A

13007 13009 13008

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (4)

DOWN COMFORTER Down’s light weight matched with breathability and durability make it ideal for comforter and duvet inserts. These comforters are made with White Canadian Down, contained in a square envelope of baffled construction with a 260 thread count, 100% white cotton. This high thread count ensures that none of the down will migrate out of the comforter. Fill power 652–675. A A A

6901 6902 6903

Down Comforter—Double 78”x88” (27oz.) Down Comforter—Queen 86”x90” (30oz.) Down Comforter—King 104”x90” (37oz.)

JAY FLEX (NEEDLEPUNCH) Jay Flex is a white padding material that is approximately 0.15” thick. 100% polyester needle punched foam. Although thin, its superior inherent properties allow it to replace much heavier materials in padding frames and forms. It is excellent for use on rounded arms, frame fronts, etc. B

5169

B

5179

60” Jay Flex Padding White PRICE BREAK: Roll (27.3yd)

A

DRAPERY WORKROOM SUPPLIES: PADDING

27” Jay Flex Padding White PRICE BREAKS: Roll (27.3yd) | Case (5)

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

374 /

Feather Bed—Double 54”x75” Feather Bed—Queen 60”x80” Feather Bed—King 78”x80”

B


INDEX INTRODUCTION

/ 375


INDEX

INDEX A ADHESIVES 192, 316 Aerosols 193, 316 74 Foam and Fabric Adhesive 316 76 Spray Adhesive 316 80 Supertrim Adhesive 316 470 Feather-Spray 317 476 Spray Adhesive 317 JEF Bond 88 316 JEF Bond 99 193, 316 Bulk 192, 319 Fastbond™ Foam Adhesive 100 320 Foam Adhesive 192, 319 Helmiprene 1535 Pink Adhesive 319 JEF Bond 2000 Foam Adhesive 320 Latex Adhesive 319 Trim 193 Trim Adhesives 193 Trim Adhesives—Bulk 193 Vinyls 192 HH-66 Vinyl Cement 192 AWNING RAIL. SEE FITTINGS

B BAG HARDWARE Bag Accessories 118 Luggage Stud 118 Shoulder Pads 118 Delrin Webbing Buckles 114 Cam Buckles 114 Center Release Buckle 114 Contoured Buckle 114 Detail Buckle 114 Dual Adjustable Side Release Buckles 114 Hot Tub Buckle & Lock 114 Side Release Buckles 114 Metal Webbing Buckles 115 Double-Bar Buckle 115 Steel Adjuster Buckle 115 Steel Web Buckles 115 Web Strap Buckles—Nickel-Plated Steel 115 376 /

INDEX

Webbing Connectors 118 Rectangle—Delrin 118 Triangles—Delrin 118 Webbing D-Rings 119 Brass-Plated Heavy Welded Steel D-Ring 119 Delrin D-RIngs 119 Nickel-Plated Unwelded Steel D-Ring 119 Nickle-Plated Welded D-Ring 119 Sewable D-RIng 119 Snap D-RIng 119 Stainless Steel Welded D-Ring 119 Webbing Loops 118 Loops—Delrin 118 Reducing Loop—Delrin 118 Webbing Slides 116 Dual Lock StrapLock Buckle—Delrin 117 StrapLock Buckles—Delrin 117 Web Slides—Delrin 116 Web Slides—Metal 116 Wide Mouth Web Slides—Delrin 116 Webbing Snap Hooks 120 Bolt Snaps—Brass-Plated Steel 121 Bolt Snaps—Nickel-Plated Steel 121 Heavy Snap Hooks—Nickel-Plated Steel 121 Preassembled Snap Hook—Delrin 120 Snap Hook—Brass-Plated Steel 121 Snap Hook—Nickel-Plated Brass 120 Snap Hooks—Nickel-Plated Steel 121 Spring Snap Hooks—Nickel-Plated Steel 121 Universal Snap Hooks—Delrin 120 BASES: ROCKERS & PLATES 280 Return-О-Matic 281 Swivel Plate 280 Swivel Rocker Bases 280 Swivel Rocker Box 280

Felt Binding 160 SolarGuard 1” Felt Binding 160 Nylon Binding 160 Grosgrain Nylon Binding 160 Polyester Twill 160, 303 Stamoid® Two-Fold Bias Binding 157 Sunbrella® ¹³⁄₁₆” European-Style Acrylic Braid 155 Sunbrella® ⁷⁄₈” Centerfold Binding 154 Sunbrella® Double Fold Bias Binding 153 Top Gun Double Fold Binding 157 Vinyl Binding 159 1¼” Vinyl Bias Binding 159 ¾” Marine Binding 159 Wire On Binding 160 BOAT TOP FRAME KITS. SEE FITTINGS BOLSTERS. SEE PADDING BUTTONS 68, 282 2 Prong Backs 283 Button Shells 282 Dura Snap Rings 285 Loop Eye Backs 284 Nylon Hook Back 285 Nylon Hook Buttons 68 Pivot Back and Tacks 285 Prong Button Washer 283 Rust Resistant Shells 282 Spring Washers 284 Threaded Nail Backs 284 Tufting Washer 283 Wire Eye Backs 284

BEHLEN. SEE PROTECTANTS: BEHLEN FINISHES

C

BINDING 153, 303

CARE & CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS

Automotive/Marine Binding 158 1¼” Topline One Edge Turned Binding 158 ¾” Topline Two Edge Turned Binding 158

Naugahyde® Products 335 Sunbrella® Products 332


CLEANERS 186, 329 303® Cleaners 188, 329 303® Spot Cleaner 188, 329 303® Multi-Surface Cleaner 188, 329 Crypton® Care 330 Crypton® Care Stain Removers 330 Crypton® Care Trigger 330 Crypton® Ink Remover 330 Crypton® Upholstery Brush 330 Fabric Refresher 330 Leather & Vinyl—Cleaner & Restorer 330 Germicidal Cleaner 188, 329 IMAR Cleaners 189 IMAR Stamoid Cleaner 189 IMAR Stamoid Protective Cream 189 IMAR Stamoid Vinyl Protective Spray 189 IMAR Strataglass Cleaner and Polish 189 Iosso® Cleaners 186 Iosso® Metal Polish 186 Iosso® Mildew Stain Remover 186 Iosso® Safe-T-Solve® 186 Leather Care—Vinyl & Leather Conditioner 329

Bell End Cover 163

French Natural—⁵⁄₈” Post 270

Jacket Cord Locks 163

Jewelled Nails—⁵⁄₈” Post 270

Square Cord Locks 163

Nail Strips 269

Wheel Lock 163

Ox Nails—1” Nail Head 269

CUSHION HARDWARE 289 D-Ring 289

Ox Nails—⁵⁄₈” Nail Head 269

Snap Hooks 289

Panel Nail— ¾” Nail Head 269

Spring Hooks 289

Standard— ⁷⁄₁₆” Nail Head 269

CUSHIONS. SEE PADDING

DOT® COMMON. SEE FASTENERS

CUSHION WRAP. SEE PADDING (TERYLENE)

DOT® DURABLE. SEE FASTENERS

CUTTERS 131, 244 Foam 244 Acu-Cutter Queen 244 Bosch—Unit, Blade & Guide 244 U-Cut Foam Cutter 244 Hot Cutters 132 Compact Hot Cutter 132 Production Hot Cutter 132

Marine Window 188

Hot Knife 131 Heavy Duty Hot Knife 131 HSGO Hot Knife 131

Solvent Cleaners 187, 319 Cooley Magic 187 Helmitin Solvent/Cleaner 187, 319

Round Knife 133 1⁷⁄₈” AS100 Knife Cutter 133 Mistee 3½” Round Knife Cutter 133

COMFORTER. SEE PADDING CORDAGE 162, 304

Wire 245 337 Wire Cutters 245

Awning Cords 162 Nylon Awning Cords 162

D

Drawstring Cords 163 Nylon Drawstring Cords—Diamond Braid 163 Polypropylene Drawstring Cords 163

DECKING 239

Shock Cords 164 Nylon Shock Cords 164 Polypropylene Shock Cord 164 Twine 304 Barbours Twine—Linen 304 Ludlow Polyester Twine 304 Nylon Tufting Twine 304 CORD LOCKS 163 Ball Cord Lock 163

Ox Nails—¾” Nail Head 269

Burlap 240 Deck Pad 239 Embossed Decking 239 Enbond Decking 239 Nuface Decking 239 Quilted Decking 239 Typar 240 DECORATIVE NAILS 269 4 Tri Square—⁵⁄₈” Nail Head 269 Dark Natural—⁵⁄₈” Post 270

DRAPERY FABRICS. SEE FABRICS DRAPERY WORKROOM SUPPLIES. SEE SUPPLIES (DRAPERY WORKROOM) DURA SNAP (BABY). SEE FASTENERS

E ELASTIC Knit Elastic 50, 303 Woven Elastic 50

F FABRICS: DRAPERY Citadel 340 Inspired 338 Tropic 341 FABRICS: SPECIALTY Automotive Vinyl 16 Low Temperature Performance Vinyls 17 Talladega 18, 218 Canvas 38 Mallard 39 FR Awning Vinyl 28 Ennis 1974 29 Marine Plastics 20 Marine Vinyl 36 Midship 37 Midship Heat-Sealed 37 Mesh 23 911 Mesh 24 Screening Heavy Mesh 24 INDEX

/ 377


INDEX

F (CONT.) FABRICS: SPECIALTY (CONT.) Nylon 30 Cordura 31 Oxford 32 Sportlight 31 Polyester 25 Defender 26 Tonto 26 PVC Cover/Tarp 33 18oz. Coated PVC 35 Atlas: 10oz. Coated PVC 34 Hercules: 14oz. Coated PVC 34 Sunbrella® Shade & Decorative Fabrics 40 FABRICS: UPHOLSTERY Plains & Textures 196 Aristocrat 197 Duel 197 Exuberance 198 Foundation 199 Heavenly 200 Hendrix 201 Jeffery 201 Journey 202 Loft 202 Louis 203 Medina 203 Remix 199 PU/Bonded 210 Abilene 211 Amarillo 211 Austin 212 Claro 212 Shimmer 213 Texas 213 Turner 214 PVC 216 Sealskin 217 Talladega 218 Suedes & Velvets 204 Irresistible 205 Luscious 206 Royal 207 Urban 208 378 /

INDEX

FASCO TACKERS. SEE TACKERS FASTENERS Awning Fasteners 69 Brass Disc & Prong 69 Baby Dura Snap: Nickel-Plated Brass 63, 286 Baby Dura Snap Caps & Post 63, 286 Baby Dura Snap Socket 63, 286 Baby Dura Snap Stud 63, 286 Delrin/Plastic 68 #40 1” Nylon Hook Buttons 68 Marine Top Clip 68 Plastic Back Plate for Stud 68 Plastic Turn Eyelets 68 Plastic Turn Studs 68 Plastic Washer Plates 68 Slide-In Tarp Clip 68 YKK Snad Dome 68 Dot® Common Sense: Metal 66 Dot® Common Sense Clinch Plate & Washer 66 Dot® Common Sense Eyelets 66 Dot® Common Sense Studs 66 Dot® Durable: Nickel-Plated Brass 65 Dot® Durable Eyelets 65 Dot® Durable Fastener Caps 65 Dot® Durable Molding Fastener 65 Dot® Durable Screw Studs—Stainless Steel/Nickel-Plated 65 Dot® Durable Sockets 65 Dot® Durable Studs 65 Dot® Gypsy Stud 65 Dot® Durable: Stainless Steel 66 Dot® Durable Screw Studs—Stainless Steel 66 Dura Snap Cap—Stainless Steel 66 Dura Snap Post—Stainless Steel 66 Dura Snap Socket—Stainless Steel 66 Dura Snap Stud—Stainless Steel 66 Dura Snap: Nickel-Plated Brass 63, 286 Dura Snap Caps 63, 286 Dura Snap Plastic Caps 63 Dura Snap Posts 63, 286 Dura Snap Socket 63, 286 Dura Snap Stud 63, 286 Self-tapping Screw Stud—Stainless Steel 63

Stik-A-Stud Fastener 63 Dura Snap: Nickel-Plated Steel 64 Dura Snap Steel Caps 64 Dura Snap Steel Socket 64 Dura Snap Steel Stud 64 Screw Studs 64 Lift-the-Dot 67 Lift-the-Dot Clinch Plate 67 Lift-the-Dot Screw Studs 67 Lift-the-Dot Socket 67 Lift-the-Dot Stud 67 Lift-the-Dot Stud Washer 67 Pull-the-Dot 67 Pull-the-Dot Fastener Button 67 Pull-the-Dot Screw Stud 67 Pull-the-Dot Socket 67 Pull-the-Dot Stud Clinch 67 Q-Snap Fasteners 70 Q-Snap Caps 70 Q-Snap Eyelet 70 Q-Snap Kits 71 Q-Snap Socket 70 Q-Snap Studs 70 Rivets 69 All-Aluminum Rivets 69 Aluminum Rivets With Steel Mandrel 69 Snap Ring Washer 69 FITTINGS Aluminum Tubing 88 Bright Anodized Round Aluminum Tubing: 0.058” Wall Thickness 88 Clear Anodized Square Aluminum Tubing: 0.058” Wall Thickness 88 Awning Fittings: Aluminum 86 Camel Back Hinges 86 Cleat 86 Combination Rafter/Slip Tee 86 Post Sockets for Brick 86 Post Sockets for Wood 86 Rod Clamps 86 Slipfit Elbow 86 Slipfit Eye End 86 Slipfit Front Bar Clamp 86 Z-Shaped Awning Mounting Bracket 86


Awning Rail 103 Aluminum Awning Rail 103 Plastic Awning Rail 103 Awning Welt 103 Awning Cover Welt 103 Keder Welt with Two-Flap 103 Keder Welt with Welded Flap 103 Vinyl Extruded Welt 103 Xtreme Awning Seal 104 Boat Top Frame Kits 106 Bimini Boat Top Frame Kit 106 BTK-1 Boat Top Frame Kit 106 Large Boat Top Frame Kit 106 Pontoon Boat Top Frame Kit 106 Chrome Die-Cast Fittings 95 Bow Socket 95 End Cap 95 Eye Ends 95 Hinges 95 Jaw Slides 95 Mounting Plate 95 Delrin: Top Fittings 96 Channels 98 Deck Hinges 96 Eye Straps 98 Inside Eye Ends 96 Jaw Slides 96 Lash Hooks 98 Outside Eye End 96 Screws 98 Slides 98 Sockets 98 Tube Connectors 98 Vadney Windshield Clips 98 Wedge 98 JEF Beam Hooks & Rails 110 JEF Beam 90° Corner Rails—48” Radius 111 JEF Beam Long Plastic Hook 110 JEF Beam Rail Connectors 111 JEF Beam Rails 111 JEF Beam Short Plastic Hook 110 Marine Venting 102 Air Vent 102 Boat Vent II 102 Hole Cutter for Boat Vent II 102 Sun Protector Clips 102 Jaw Slide 102

Marine Welt 104 Marine Ultra Seal 104 Marine V Seal 104 Marine Windshield Welt 104 Stop-Leak Trim 104 Xtreme Edge Seal 104 Miscellaneous Fittings 107 Adjuster Slide 107 Aluminum Boat Seat Hinges 107, 288 Aluminum Track 107 Snap-Hook 107 Wooden Bow 107 Pole Fittings 105 Dura Snap Pole End for Cockpit Pole 105 Grommet Pole End for Cockpit Pole 105 Joint Section for Cockpit Pole 105 Pole Clip 105 Support Poles 105 Swivel Pad for Support Poles 105 Vinyl Foot for Cockpit Pole 105 Stainless Steel: Gemini Fittings 89 Hinges 89 Sliding Side Mounts 89 Split Jaw Slide Mount 89 Stainless Steel: Rail Fittings 90 60° Base 90 60° Universal Tee Fittings 90 90° Base 90 90° Tee Fittings 90 Bow Form 91 Corner Fitting 91 Elbows 91 Rail End 91 Stanchion 91 Stainless Steel: Top Fittings 92 Ball and Socket Fittings 92 Bimini Hinges & Fitting 94 Deck Hinges 94 Eye End 93 Eye Slide 93 Jaw Slides 93 Miscellaneous 93 Pins 94 Side Mounts 94 Stainless Steel Tubing 88

Stayput 101 Curved Base Insert 101 Hook 101 Keder Bullet 101 Knobs 101 Shock Cord Clips 101 Shock Cord Pulls 101 Shock Cord Tool 101 Single Studs 101 Tent Wall Hook 101 FOAM Closed Cell Foam 45 Foam: East 228 Blue Foam Firm 230 Blue Foam Medium 230 Blue Foam Soft 230 Curon C25 228 Curon C35 228 Curon C45 228 Poly Foam Chips 228 Qualux 26 Soft 230 Qualux 31 Medium 230 Qualux 41 Firm 230 R 45 Foam Bolster 228 Rebond 230 Regular 228 Regular Foam Rolls (Toronto Only) 228 Supersoft 228 Ultra Cell 1.8 Firm 228 Visco Elastic (Slow Recovery Foam) 230 Foam: West 224 Blue Foam Firm 226 Blue Foam Medium 226 Convoluted Foam 224 Duron 426 Soft 226 Duron 533 Medium 226 Duron 639 Firm 226 Duron 766 X-Firm 226 H 100 Grey (Edmonton only) 224 K 126 Grey 224 Mattress 224 Poly Foam Chips 224 Qualux 25 Soft 226 Qualux 34 Medium 226 Qualux 46 Firm 226 R 45 224 R 45 Foam Bolster 224

INDEX

/ 379


INDEX

Rebond 226 Regular 224 Regular Foam Rolls (Edmonton Only) 224 Visco Elastic (Slow Recovery Foam) 226 Sew Foam 45, 223

G GEMINI FITTINGS. SEE FITTINGS GLUE GUN 250 GROMMETS 113, 288, 353 Cruiser & Osborne 113 Cruiser Plain & Spur—Brass 113, 353 Osborne Plain—Brass 113 Osborne Rolled-Rim Spur—Brass 113, 353 Self-Piercing—Brass 113 Sewable Black Grommet 113 Vent Die 288 Vents and Washers 288 GROMMETS (DECORATIVE) 354 Round Decorative Metal—ID 1.57”, OD 2½” 354 Round Decorative Plastic—ID 0.79”, OD 1.42” 355 Round Decorative Plastic—ID 1.4”, OD 2.17” 354 Square Decorative Plastic—ID 1.73”, OD 2.76” 355

H HAMMER 140, 255. SEE ALSO MALLET 160 or 33 Magnet Hammer 140 Jeweled Nail Hammer 255 Quick Nailer 255 HARDWARE (UPHOLSTERY) Frames 289 Sectional Connector 289 HINGES. SEE FITTINGS: MISCELLANEOUS FITTINGS HOOK & LOOP 54, 306, 348 3M® Pressure-Sensitive 59 Display Dots 56 380 /

INDEX

JEF Hook & Loop: Pressure-Sensitive 59 JEF Hook & Loop: Sew-On 60, 306, 348 1½” Sew On Hook 61, 349 1½” Sew On Loop 61, 349 1” Sew On Hook—27.3yd Roll 60, 306, 348 1” Sew On Loop—546yd Roll 61, 306, 349 2” Sew On Hook 61, 349 2” Sew On Loop 61, 349 4” Sew On Hook 61, 349 4” Sew On Loop 61, 349 ¾” Sew On Hook 60, 306, 348 ¾” Sew On Loop 60, 306, 348 ⁵⁄₈” Sew On Hook 60, 348 ⁵⁄₈” Sew On Loop 60, 348 Sew On Hook/Loop 61, 349 Velcro® Polyester 55, 351 Velcro® Polyester—Black 55, 351 Velcro® Polyester—White 55, 351 Velcro® Pressure-Sensitive 55, 351 Velcro® Pressure-Sensitive Hook—Black 55, 351 Velcro® Pressure-Sensitive Hook—White 55, 351 Velcro® Pressure-Sensitive Loop—Black 55, 351 Velcro® Pressure-Sensitive Loop—White 55, 351 Velcro® Sew-On 54, 306, 350 Velcro® Hook Sew-On—Black 54, 306, 350 Velcro® Hook Sew-On—White 54, 306, 350 Velcro® Loop Sew-On—Black 54, 306, 350 Velcro® Loop Sew-On—White 54, 306, 350 Velcro® Texacro® 58, 307, 352 Velcro® Texacro® Pressure-Sensitive Hook 58, 307, 352 Velcro® Texacro® Pressure-Sensitive Loop 58, 307, 352 Velcro® Texacro® Sew On Hook 58, 307, 352 Velcro® Texacro® Sew On Loop 58, 307, 352 Velstick Hook & Loop 56 Velstick Hook & Loop—Black 56 Velstick Hook & Loop—White 56 HOOKS 165 Shock Cord Hooks 165 Adjustable Shock Cord Hook—Delrin 165 Metal Shock Cord Hooks 165 Shock Cord Hook—Delrin 165 Stainless Steel Clamps 165

Stainless Steel Cone Hook 165 Stainless Steel S-Hooks 165 Steel S-Hooks 165 HOOKS & RAILS: JEF BEAM. SEE FITTINGS

K KAI. SEE SHEARS KNIVES 128, 245, 360 #14 Mount Trimming Knife 245 Combination Knife 128 Heavy Duty Olfa Knife 128, 245, 360 Olfa Replacement Blades 128, 245, 360

L LIFT-THE-DOT. SEE FASTENERS LINING 240 Skirt Lining 240

M MALLET 140, 255. SEE ALSO HAMMER #4 Hickory Mallet 255 #6 Rubber Mallet 140, 255 MUNDIAL. SEE SHEARS

N NEEDLES 294 Hand Sewing 295 Curved Bayonet Point Needle 295 Curved Round Point Needle 295 Needle Kit 295 Regulators 295 Tufting 294 Double Straight Bayonet Point Needles 294 Double Straight Round Point Needles 294 Single Straight Round Point Needles 294 Tufting 294


O OLFA KNIVES. SEE KNIVES

P PADDING Comforter Inserts 234, 374 Down Comforter 234, 374 Feather & Down Bed 234, 374 Goose Down 234, 374 Fiber, Jay Flex (Needlepunch) & Felt 237 Felt Padding 237 Fiber 237 Jay Flex (Needlepunch) 237, 374 UF8 Felt Bales 237 Pillows & Bolsters 232, 372 Bolsters 232, 372 Feather Cushions 233, 373 Feather Pillows 233, 373 Feather Wrapped In Down Pillows 232, 372 Polyester Pillow Forms 232, 372 Polyester Toss Cushion Forms 232, 372 Polyester (Terylene) 236 Dacron Holofil 236 Quilted Terylene 236 Terylene (Cushion Wrap) 236 Unbonded Terylene 236 PM1/PM5 SNAP DIES & MACHINES. SEE TOOLS: GROMMET TOOLS POP DISPLAY 124, 186 Iosso® One-Tier Pop Display 186 Top Snapper & Canvas Care Kit 124 PROTECTANTS 177, 326 303® Protectants 182, 327 303® Aerospace Protectant 182 303® Fabric Guard 182, 327 Behlen Finishes 322 Blush Eraser 322 Finishing Spray 322 Sand Sealer 322 Spray Stains 322 Iosso® Protectants 184 Iosso® Seam Sealer 184 Iosso® Water Repellent 184

Lubricants & Silicones 180 Iosso® E-Z Snap® Lubricant 180 JEF Spray Silicone 180, 326 Silicone—Sluyter Grip Slip 180, 326 Silicones—Sluyter Super Slip 180, 326 No Fray Spray 327 Scotchgard™ 326 Vinyl Coat 178, 324 SEM Color Coat 178, 324 SEM Pre-Color Treatments 179, 325 SEM Vinyl Finishes 178, 324 Water Repellant Finish 181 Aqua-Tite® Green Water Repellant 181 Canvak® Canvas Preservative 181 FabriGard™—Sluyter 327 PULL-THE-DOT. SEE FASTENERS

Q Q-SNAP FASTENERS. SEE FASTENERS QUICK-RELEASE PINS. SEE FITTINGS: STAINLESS STEEL: TOP FITTINGS: PINS

R RINGS 162, 255 Awning & Tent 162 Nickle-Plated Heavy Welded Steel D-Rings 162 Welded O-Ring 162 Sample Book Rings 255 RIVETS. SEE FASTENERS ROPE 161 Polypropylene Rope 161

S SHEARS 128, 247, 361 Kai 128, 247, 361 Mundial 129, 247, 248, 362 Heavy Duty Mundial Shears 129, 248, 362 Mundial Quick Clip Cutter 129, 247, 361 Pinking Mundial Shears 129, 248, 362 Straight Mundial Shears 129, 248, 362

Wiss 130, 248, 249, 363 Wiss Apparel Shears 130, 249, 363 Wiss Bent Trimmer Shears 130, 249, 363 Wiss Heavy Duty Bent Trimmer Shears 130, 249, 363 Wiss Quick Clip Cutter 130, 247, 361 Wiss X-Sharp Knife Bent Trimmer 130, 249, 363 SPECIALTY FABRICS. SEE FABRICS SPRAY GUN. SEE TOOLS SPRINGS 273 Clips 275 3 Prong Clips 275 BW Edgewire Clips 275 EK No Sag Clips 275 Rubber Webbing Clips 275 Torsion Springs 275 Coil 273 Hide-A-Bed 276 Contract Coil Mattress 276 Contract Units 276 Replacement Deck 276 Residential Coil Mattress 276 Residential Units 276 No Sag Sinuous Springs 274 No Sag Reel 274 No Sag Seat Spring 274 No Sag Soft Edge Spring 274 Seating Mechanisms & Units 278 2 Way Recliner 278 3 Way Recliner 278 Complete Drop In Spring Units 278 Jack Knife Hinge 278 Wire 273 Edgewire 273 Hog Rings 273 Plastic Coated Wire 273 STAPLE REMOVERS. SEE TOOLS STAPLES 134, 272 71 Series Staples 272 71 Stainless Steel Staples 134, 272 1400 Series Staples 272 1400 Stainless Steel Staples 134, 272 Duo-Fast Staples 272 INDEX

/ 381


INDEX

STAYPUT. SEE FITTINGS SUPPLIES (DRAPERY WORKROOM) 347 Hooks 347 Jet Pinner 347 Vario Pleat Clip—Transparent 347 Weights—Lead Free 347 SURCINGLE HOOK & CLASPS 115

T TACKERS 134, 250 Fasco Tackers 134, 250 Fasco Tacker Replacement Parts 251 JEFast Air Tackers 134, 251 TACKS & TACKING STRIPS 271 Blued Upholstery Tacks 271 Cardboard Tacking Strip 271 Curve Ease Strip 271 Fiber Tacking Strip Coil 271 Metal Tacktite Tack Strip 271 TAPES Marine Transfer Tape 171 Packing Products 171, 259 Carton Sealing Tape 171, 259 Carton Sealing Tape Dispenser 171, 259 Hand Stretch Film 171, 259 Scotchlite™ Tapes 168 Scotchlite™ Fire-Retardant Industrial Wash Sew-On 170 Scotchlite™ Fluorescent Fire Retardant Tapes 168 Scotchlite™ High Gloss Tapes 168 Scotchlite™ Industrial Wash 170 Scotchlite™ Iron-On Transfer Film 169 Scotchlite™ Pressure-Sensitive Reflective Tape 169 Scotchlite™ Reflective Fabric Trim Tapes 168 Scotchlite™ Silver Fabric 169 Scotchlite™ SOLAS 169 Scotchlite™ Vest Trim 169 Stenciling Product 171

382 /

INDEX

TAPES (DRAPERY) 344 Austrian & Roman Blind 346 Lift Tape—Transparent 346 Ohio Lift Cord 1mm 346 Ring Tape—Transparent 346 Header Tapes 344 Drapery Header Tape—Medium Weight 345 Pleated—Transparent 344 Pleated—White 344 Technical Tape 345 Velour—White 345 TERYLENE. SEE PADDING THREADS 143, 296 Gore Tenara 143 Gore Tenara® 1400 (92) Threads 143 Gore Tenara® 2500 (138) Threads 143 Monofilament 296 Nylon 149, 299, 368 #9 Nylon Tufting Twine 151, 304 69 Nylon 150, 300, 368 69 Nylon (A&E) 149, 299 69 Nylon G-Type Bobbins 151, 301 CSB138 Nylon Threads 151 CSB207 Hand Sewing Threads 296 Poly-Cotton 147, 301, 369 Koban #25 Dual Duty 147, 301, 369 Polyester 144, 364 #50 Epic 365 #50 Spectrum 366 #70 Spectrum 366 #100 Epic 365 Koban Dual Duty Tex 24 364 Star Ultra Dee 92 146, 367 Star Ultra Dee 138 146, 367 Star Ultra Dee B92 Threads 367 Sunguard B92 “G” Bobbins 144 Sunguard B92 “M” Bobbins 144 Sunguard B138 “G” Bobbins 144 Sunguard B138 “M” Bobbins 144 Sunguard UVR B92 1lb 144 Sunguard UVR B92 Bonded Polyester— ½lb 145 Sunguard UVR B138 Bonded Polyester— 1lb 145 Sunguard UVR B138 Bonded Polyester—

½lb 145 TIE-DOWN ACCESSORIES 52 Cam Buckles—Steel 52 Flat Tie-Down Hooks—Steel 52 L’il Weggie Tarp Clamp 53 Rope Tie-Down Ratchet 53 Rubber Tarp Strap 53 S-Hooks 53 Tie-Down Hooks—Steel 52 Tie-Down Ratchet 52 Tie-Down Triangles 52 Truck Tarp Reinforcements 53 TOOLS Automotive Tools 136 Hot Air Heat Gun 136 Trim Pad Tool 136 Tucking Tool 136 Bending Tools 135 Bendarc® 135 Bendarc® 1” Square Tubing Kit 135 Crownarc® 135 Binding 138 Folder for Binding 138 Buttons Cutters & Die Sets 246 Cutters & Die Sets—Heavy Fabric 246 Cutters & Die Sets—Medium Fabric 246 Cutters Only 246 Jr. Button Machine 246 Cushion Stuffing 243 EZE Cushion Stuffer Machine 243 Piping Tins 243 Drilling Tools 135 Drill Steady 135 Fastener Tools Cutters Hole Cutters 124 Hole Punches 125 Dura Snap Punch & Anvil Dies 123 Hand Rivet Gun 125 Pres-N-Snap 123


Pres-N-Snap Dies 123 Pres-N-Snap Hand Tool 123 Q-Snap Installation Tools 72 Quick-Fit 125 Quick-Fit Holding Cap 125 Quick-Fit Holding Prong 125 Quick-Fit Release Tool 125 Stayput SpinCutters 124 Top Snapper Top-Snapper 124 Top Snapper Display & Canvas Care Kit 124 Grommet Tools 126, 356 Cruiser and Osborne Grommet Hole Cutters 126, 357 Cruiser Spur Grommet Hand-Setting Die 126, 356 Drill Bit Cutter 126, 356 Grommet Fabric Hole Cutter 126, 356 Hand Press Kit & Die 357 Hole Cutting Pad 126, 356 Manual Grommet Kit with Die 356 Osborne Grommet Hand Setting Die— Plain & Spur 126, 357 PM1 Dura Snap Machine 127 PM1/PM5 Snap Die Sets 127 PM5 Snap/Grommet Machine & Dies 127 Vent Die 126, 356 Hog Ring Pliers 256 Hole Punch Tools 141, 259 Revolving Punch 141, 259 Revolving Punch Replacements 141, 259 Pattern-Making Tools 140, 293, 359 60” Aluminum Ruler 140, 293, 359 Cardboard 293, 359 Head Pins 293, 359 Sanigene® Chalk 293, 359 Skewers 293, 359 Tailors Chalk 293, 359 Twist Pin 293, 359 Wash-Out Marker 140, 293, 359

Sample Book Handle 255 Sample Book Ring 255 Spray Gun 139, 260 118 Spray Gun 139, 260 118 Spray Gun Replacement Parts 139, 260 EZE Spray Gun 139, 260 Spring Clips Tools 254 #445 Pliers for 3 Prong Clips 254 #522 Pliers for BW Clips 254 Spring Tools (No Sag) 254 Lever Type Spring Stretcher 254 Spring Bender 254 Spring End Former 254 Spring Stretcher 254 Staple Removers 252 Pneumatic Ripping Tool 252 Staple Lifter & Chisel 252 Steamers 257, 358 Hand Held Steamer 257, 358 J-2 Jiffy Steamer 257, 358 J-4000 Jiffy Steamer 257, 358 Replacement Hose for J-2 & J-4000 257, 358 Thread Tools 253 #522 Seam Stretcher 253 Two Spool Thread Stand 253 Upholstery Kit 258 Webbing Tools 258 Goose Neck Webbing Stretcher 258 Jaw Webbing Stretcher 258 Wooden Webbing Stretcher 258 Zipper Tool 141, 256 TRIMMINGS 173, 309 Chair Edge Molding 310 E-Z Lace Supreme 173 Hydem Gimp 310 Hydem Gimp: Midship 174 Perflex Clip Edgeroll 309

Welt 173, 311 ⁵⁄₈” Welt: Midship 175 Embossed Welt 173, 311 Fiberflex Welt 311 J Welt 173, 311 Poly Welt 311 Premier Welt 173, 311 Twin Fiber Flex Welt 311 TUBING. SEE FITTINGS TWINE. SEE CORDAGE: TWINE

U UPHOLSTERY FABRICS. SEE FABRICS UPHOLSTERY LEGS 263 Accessories 265 Barbed T-Nut 265 Hanger Bolt 265 Glides 267 Leg Hole Finder 267 Metal 266 Metal Legs—Without Removable Plate 266 Metal Legs—With Removable Plate 266 Stainless steel—L Shaped 266 Stainless Steel—Straight 266 Plastic 267 Wood 263 3-Corner Legs—With Recessed Holes 263 Bun Legs—With Mounting Bolt 263 Contoured Legs—With Bolt 264 Curved Legs 264 Curved Legs—With Bolt 264 Queen Anne Legs—With Block 264 Queen Anne Legs—With Bolt 264 Queen Anne Legs—Without Block 264 Round Legs 265 Square Tapered Legs—With Mounting Bolt 263 Tapered Wooden Legs—With Recessed Holes 263

PVC Welder Tools 137 Angle Slit Nozzle 137 Eagle Hot Air Welder 137 Silicone Roller for Tarp Welder 137

Poly-Flex 310

Snap-On Trim 175

V

Sampling Accessories 255 Hanger with Metal Hook 255

Sponge Rod 174

VENTING (MARINE). SEE FASTENERS

Scroll Gimp 313

Spunbonded Edgeroll 309 INDEX

/ 383


INDEX

W WEBBING 48, 305 4-Panel Polypropylene Webbing 48 Cotton Webbing 47 Furniture Webbing 305 Jute Webbing 305 Non-Retractable Lap Belt 50, 305 Nylon Webbing—Heavy-Duty 47 Nylon Webbing—Regular 47 Polyester Tie-Down Webbing 49 Polyester Webbing 49 Polypex Webbing 305 Polypropylene Webbing—Regular & Heavy-Duty 48 Retractable Lap Belt 50, 305 Seat Belt Webbing 50 Sunbrella® Webbing 49 WELT (AWNING). SEE FITTINGS WELT (MARINE). SEE FITTINGS WISS. SEE SHEARS

Z ZIPPERS 76, 290, 370 Coil Zippers: JEF Zip 76, 290, 370 #4 Coil Chain Zipper 290, 370 #4 Coil Slide Non-Lock 290, 370 #4 Coil Slide Non-Lock—Long Tab 290, 370 #4 Coil Slide Pin Lock 290, 370 #5 Coil Zipper Chain 76, 290, 370 #5 Finished Coil—Closed End Autolock 76 #5 Finished Coil—Open End Autolock 76, 290, 370 #5 Zipper Sliders 76, 290, 370 #8 Coil Zipper Chain 76 #8 Zipper Sliders 76 #10 Coil Zipper Chain 76 #10 Zipper Sliders 76 Delrin Zippers: JEFZip 79 JEFZip #5 Delrin Chain Zipper 79 JEFZip #5 Delrin Locking Zipper Sliders 79

384 /

INDEX

JEFZip #5 Delrin Open-End Autolock Zippers 79 JEFZip #10 Delrin Chain 79 JEFZip #10 Delrin Two-Tab Sliders—NonLocking 79 Delrin Zippers: LENZip 78 Lenzip #8 Two-Tab Autolock Zippers 78 Lenzip #10 Two-Tab Autolock Zippers 78 YKK Metal Zippers: Aluminum 84, 291, 371 YKK #4 Aluminum Zipper Slider 291, 371 YKK #4 Aluminum Zipper Tape 291, 371 YKK #5 Aluminum Zipper Slider 291, 371 YKK #5 Aluminum Zipper Tape 84, 291, 371 YKK #10 Aluminum Zipper Sliders 84 YKK #10 Aluminum Zipper Stops 84 YKK #10 Aluminum Zipper Tape 84 YKK Metal Zippers: Brass 85, 291, 371 YKK #4 Brass Zipper Slider 291, 371 YKK #4 Brass Zipper Tape 291, 371 YKK #10 Brass Two-Tab Zipper Slider 85 YKK #10 Brass Zipper Stops 85 YKK #10 Brass Zipper Tape 85 YKK Vislon: Finished Zippers 82 YKK #8 Locking Vislon Zippers 82 YKK #10 Locking Vislon Zippers 82 YKK #10 Non-Locking Vislon Zippers 83 YKK Vislon: Unfinished Zippers 80 YKK #5 Vislon Stops 81 YKK #5 Vislon Two-Tab Sliders—NonLocking 81 YKK #5 Vislon Zippers 81 YKK #5 Vislon Zipper Sliders—NonLocking 81 YKK #8 Coil Two-Tab Slider—Non-Locking 81 YKK #8 Coil Zippers 81 YKK #8 Coil Zipper Slider—Non-Locking 81 YKK #10 Vislon Stops 81 YKK #10 Vislon Two-Tab Sliders—Locking 81 YKK #10 Vislon Two-Tab Sliders—NonLocking 81 YKK #10 Vislon Zippers 81 YKK #10 Vislon Zipper Sliders—NonLocking 81


CANADA ENGLISH 800.663.6647 · FRANÇAIS 888.663.6647 USA 877.953.6647 FAX 888.274.2910

JENNISFABRICS.COM

*00699113* 00699113 | 0815 BC31

Sunbrella® is a registered trademark of Glen Raven, Inc.

J. Ennis Fabrics Supply Catalogue 6th Edition  
Read more
Read more
Similar to
Popular now
Just for you